T.A.SPRINGER F. D. VELDKAMP
VI V
..... fa
E C1I
.c ..., to
C .-
.c '" ~
en 0 c 0
QI
Springer
C .a..
Springer Monographs in Mathematics
Springer Berlin Heidelberg New York Barcelona Hong Kong London Milan Paris Singapore Tokyo
ronny A. Springer • Ferdinand D. Veldkamp
Octonions, Jordan Algebras and Exceptional Groups
,
Springer
Tonny A. Springer Mathematisch Instituut Budapestlaan 6 3584 CD Utrecht, The Netherlands e-mail:
[email protected] Ferdinand D. Veldkamp t
Ubrary of Congreu Cataloging-in-Publitation Data Spripger, T. A. (Tonny Albert), 1926Octonions, Jordan algebru and exceptional groups I Tonny A. Springer, Ferdinand D. Veldkamp. p. cm. -- (Springer monographs in mathematics) "(Revised) Eng\ilh venion of the original German notes·--Pref. Includes bibliographical reference. and index. ISBN 3540663371 (aik. paper) 1. Jordan algebru. 2. A1ternath>e ring•. 3. tinear algebrail: group.. I. Vehllr.amp. Perdinand D., 1931-1W!>. U. Title. m. Series. QA252.5 .569 2000 512'.24--dc21
00-021741
Mathematics Subject Classification (1991): 17 C 50, 17 DOS, 20 GIS
ISBN 3-540-66337-1 Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg New York This work is subject to copyright. All rights are reserved, whether the whole or part of the material is concerned, specifically the rights of translation, reprinting, reuse of illustrations, recitation, broadeuting, reproduction on microfilm or in any other way, and storage in data banks. Duplication of this publication or parts thereof is permitted only under the provisions of the German Copyright Law of September 9, 1965, in its current venion, and permission for use must always be obtained from Springer-Verlag. Violations are liable for prosecution under the German Copyright Law. Springer-Verlag is a company in the BertelsmannSpringer publishing group. o Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2000 Printed in Germany The use of general descriptive names, registered names, trademarks etc. in this publication does not imply, even in the absence of a specific statement, that such names are exempt from the relevant protective laws and regulations and therefore free for general use. Cover design: Erich Kirchner, Heidelberg Typesetting by the author using a Springer TEX macro package Printed on acid-free paper SPIN 10651162 4113143AT-543210
Preface
In the summer of 1963, T.A. Springer gave a course of lectures at the Mathematical Institute of Gottingen University on the theory of octonion and Jordan algebras and some exceptional groups related to these. Notes were written by Peter Eysenbach and these were published in mimeographed form by the Gottingen Institute under the title "Oktaven, Jordan-Algebren und Ausnahmegruppen" ([Sp 63] in the references at the end of this book). For a considerable part the results exposed in these lectures were not new, but they were brought in greater generality, with new proofs or with a different approach. New features were the introduction of twisted composition algebras, and their use in the description of exceptional Jordan division algebras. The Gottingen notes shared the fate of so many mimeographed lecture notes: to become of difficult access after some time. But they are still being referred to in recent publications, so that they have some actual value. Therefore a new edition does not seem out of place. The present volume contains an English version of the original German notes. The text has been completely revised: the order of exposition has been changed at several places and proofs have been rewritten. Also, the notes have been expanded: proofs are included for results that originally were mentioned without proof, additional results that fit in the framework are included and more recent developments are discussed. The initiative to publish the old notes was due to Martin Kneser. We thank him heartily for his past and present interest. Also, we are indebted to Peter Eysenbach for writing the original German notes. We most gratefully acknowledge the help of Joseph C. Ferrar, who very carefully read the whole text of the present version. He ~ved us from several errors and offered numerous suggestions for improvement. We are also very
VI
Preface
grateful to Markus Rost for his comments, mathematical and typographical. Finally, we thank Springer-Verlag for the interest in the publication of this new version of old notes.
T. A. Springer F. D. Veldkamp
When the manuscript of this book was almost completed, F. D. Veldkamp fell ill. He passed away on August 3, 1999.
T.A.S.
Contents
1.
Composition Algebras... .. .. . ... .. ...... .. ...... . . . ...... 1.1 Quadratic and Bilinear Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 Composition Algebras. The Minimum Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 Conjugation. Inverses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 Moufang Identities. Alternative Laws ..................... 1.5 Subalgebras. Doubling .................................. 1.6 Structure and Dimension of a Composition Algebra. . . . . . . .. 1. 7 A Composition Algebra is Determined by its Norm ....... " 1.8 Split Composition Algebras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1. 9 Center and Associating Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1.10 Classification over Special Fields ......................... 1.11 Historical Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
1 1 4 7 9 11 14 16 18 20 21 23
2.
The 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
Automorphism Group of an Octonion Algebra ....... Automorphisms Leaving a Quaternion Subalgebra Invariant.. Connectedness and Dimension of the Automorphism Group.. The Automorphism Group is of Type G 2 •...••...•. " .•••• Derivations and the Lie Algebra of the Automorphism Group Historical Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
25 25 26 30 33 35
3.
'l'riality................................................... 3.1 Similarities. Clifford Algebras, Spin Groups and Spinor Norms 3.2 The Principle of Triality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3.3 Outer Automorphisms Defined by Triality .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. 3.4 Automorphism Group and Rotation Group of an Octonion Algebra ............................................ , .. 3.5 Local Triality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3.6 The Spin Group of an Octonion Algebra. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 3.7 Fields of Definition ..................................... 3.8 Historical Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
37 37 42 45
Twisted Composition Algebras ........................... 4.1 Normal Twisted Composition Algebras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.2 Nonnormal Twisted Composition Algebras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.3 Twisted Composition Algebras over Split Cubic Extensions ..
69 70 79 89
4.
48 50 58 65 66
VIII
Contents
4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.10 4.11 4.12
Automorphism Groups of Twisted Octonion Algebras . . . . . .. 92 Normal Twisted Octonion Algebras with Isotropic Norm .... 94 A Construction of Isotropic Normal Twisted Octonion Algebras 99 A Related Central Simple Associative Algebra ............. 102 A Criterion for Reduced Twisted Octonion Algebras. Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 105 More on Isotropic Normal Twisted Octonion Algebras ....... 108 Nonnormal Twisted Octonion Algebras with Isotropic Norm. 110 Twisted Composition Algebras with Anisotropic Norm ...... 112 Historical Notes ........................................ 115
5.
J-algebras and Albert Algebras ........................... 5.1 J-algebras. Definition and Basic Properties ................ 5.2 Cross Product. Idempotents ............................. 5.3 Reduced J-algebras and Their Decomposition .............. 5.4 Classification of Reduced J-algebras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5.5 Further Properties of Reduced J-algebras ............... " . 5.6 Uniqueness of the Composition Algebra ........... " ...... 5.7 Norm Class of a Primitive Idempotent .................... 5.8 Isomorphism Criterion. Classification over Some Fields ...... 5.9 Isotopes. Orbits of the Invariance Group of the Determinant. 5.10 Historical Notes ............... " ............. , ........ ,
117 117 122 125 133 141 145 149 152 154 159
6.
Proper J-algebras and Twisted Composition Algebras .... 6.1 Reducing Fields of J-algebras ............................ 6.2 From J-algebras to Twisted Composition Algebras .......... 6.3 From Twisted Composition Algebras to J-algebras .......... 6.4 Historical Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
161 161 163 167 171
7.
Exceptional Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 The Automorphisms Fixing a Given Primitive Idempotent ... 7.2 The Automorphism Group of an Albert Algebra. . . . . . . . . . .. 7.3 The Invariance Group of the Determinant in an Albert Algebra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4 Historical Notes ........................................
173 173 178
Cohomological Invariants ................................. 8.1 Galois Cohomology ....................... , .......... , ., 8.2 An Invariant of Composition Algebras ..................... 8.3 An Invariant of Twisted Octonion Algebras ................ 8.4 An Invariant of Albert Algebras .......... " .............. 8.5 The Freudenthal-Tits Construction ....................... 8.6 Historical Notes ........................................
185 185 189 191 195 199 200
8.
180 182
References ... " ............................................... 201 Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . 205
1. Composition Algebras
In this chapter we present the basic theory of composition algebras and determine their structure. Since these are (not necessarily associative) algebras with quadratic norms, we need some fundamental parts of the theory of quadratic forms, which we therefore recall in the first section. It will be shown that the norm on a composition algebra already determines the algebra up to isomorphism. This leads to a more or less explicit determination of all composition algebras over some special fields, using the classification of quadratic forms over these fields. The theory in this chapter, and in the following two chapters, will in general be developed over arbitrary fields. In particular, there will be no restriction on the characteristic, though occasionally in characteristic two the situation may be slightly different from other characteristics.
1.1 Quadratic and Bilinear Forms In this section we present some basic material from the theory of quadratic and bilinear forms. For proofs and more information about these forms, we refer the reader to [Che 54, Ch. I] or [Dieu, Ch. I, § 11 and § 16]j for forms over fields of characteristic 12, one may consult textbooks like [Ja 74, Ch. 6], [Lam], [Lang, Ch. XIV], [O'M, § 42F] or [Schar, Ch. I]. For the basic definitions and most elementary results no restriction on the dimension of vector spaces is needed, but sometimes the dimension must be finite, which we will make mention of in each case. For quadratic forms in infinite-dimensional spaces in particular, we refer to [Gro]. To begin with, we recall that a quadratic form on a vector space V over a field k is a mapping N : V -+ k with the properties: (i) N()"x) = )..2 N(x) ().. E k, x E V)j (ii) The mapping ( , ) : V X V -+ k defined by (x, y)
= N(x + y) -
N(x) - N(y)
is bilinear, Le., it is linear in each of x and y separately.
One calls ( , ) the bilinear form associated with Nj as one sees, it is symmetric. If there is danger of confusion, we may use the notation N( , )
2
1. Composition Algebras
for the bilinear form associated with a quadratic form N, so N(x, y) instead of (x, y). From the conditions (i) and (ii) it follows that
(x,x)
= N(x+x)-N(x)-N(x) = N(2x)-2N(x) = 4N(x)-2N(x) = 2N(x).
So if char(k) '" 2, then N(x) = !(x,x). But if char(k) = 2, then always (x, x) = o. The case char(k) = 2 will sometimes require a separate treatment in the sequel. A vector x E V is called isotropic if N(x) = 0 and anisotropic if N(x) '" o. The quadratic form N is said to be isotropic if there exist nonzero isotropic vectors in V and anistropic otherwise. Finally, a subspace W of V is said to be anisotropic or isotropic if the restriction of N to W is anisotropic or isotropic, respectively, and totally isotropic if N{x) = 0 for all x E W. The mdical R of N is defined by
= {r E V I (r, x) = 0 for all x E V, N(r) = O}. If char(k) '" 2, (r, x) = 0 for all x E V implies already that N(r) = !( r, r) = R
0, so in that case
R
= {r E vI (r,x) = ofor all x E V}.
Consider a bilinear form ( , ) : V x V -+ k. The vectors x, y E V are said to be orthogonal if (x, y) = OJ notation: x ..1 y. Two subspaces P and Q of V are called orthogonal, P ..1 Q, if x ..1 y for all x E P and y E Q. The orthogonal complement of a subspace P of V is pJ. = {x E Vlx..l yfor all YEP}. pJ. is a subspace of V. For a E V we usually write aJ. instead of (ka)J.. The form ( , ) is said to be nondegenemte if VJ. = 0, i.e., if
( x, y)
= 0 for all y E V
=> x
= O.
From this condition we infer: If (a, y) = (b, y) for all y E V, then a = b. A linear subspace W of V such that the restriction of ( , ) to W x W is nondegenerate, is called a nonsingular subspace. If W is a nonsingular subspace of finite dimension, then V = W $ W 1. , a direct sum decomposition, and WJ. is nonsingular, too. A quadratic form N on a vector space V over k is called nondegenemte, if the associated bilinear form ( , ) is nondegenerate (see Rem. 1.2.2 below). If N is a quadratic form on V and the subspace W of V is nonsingular with respect to the associated bilinear form, then W may be considered as a vector space with a nondegenerate quadratic form, viz., the restriction of N to W. If char(k) = 2, the fact that N is nondegenerate on a finite-dimensional space V means that V has even dimension and N is nondefective in the sense of [Dieu, Ch. I, § 16J.
1.1 Quadratic and Bilinear Forms
3
With respect to a quadratic form N on V, all maximal totally isotropic subspaces of V have the same dimension, which is called the Witt index (or index for short) of N. If N is nondegenerate and dim V is finite, the index is at most equal to ~ dim V. Let Vi (i = 1, 2) be vector spaces over fields ki' with nondegenerate quadratic forms Ni and associated bilinear forms ( , k A C1-similarity t of Vl onto V2 , where C1 is an isomorphism of kl onto k2' is a surjective C1-linear mapping such that
{x
E
Vt}
for some n(t) E k*, called the multiplier of t. Clearly, (t(x), t(y) h = n(t)C1( (x, y h), from which it follows that t is also injective and hence bijective. If C1 = id, one calls t a similarity; if n(t) = 1, then t is said to be a C1-isometry; if both n(t) = 1 and C1 = id, then t is an isometry. If there exists a C1-similarity or a similarity of Vl onto V2 , one calls the quadratic forms Nl and N2 C1-similar or similar, respectively; in case of C1-isometries one speaks of C1-isometric forms and in case of isometries of isometric or rather of equivalent forms. A key result about isometries is Witt's Theorem: If Vl and V2 have finite dimension and the nondegenerate forms Nl on Vl and N2 on V2 are C1-isometric, then every C1-isometry of a subspace of Vl onto a subspace of V2 can be extended to a C1-isometry of Vl onto V2 . In the case of one vector space V with a nondegenerate quadratic form N, an isometry of V onto itself is called an orthogonal trons/ormation in V with respect to N. These orthogonal transformations form a group, the orthogonal group in V, denoted by O(N). Orthogonal transformations in finite dimension have determinant ±1, and if char(k) i= 2, the orthogonal transformations having determinant 1 form a subgroup SO(N) of index 2 in O(N), called the special orthogonal group or rotation group with respect to N; its elements are called rotations. The definition of SO(N) in characteristic 2 is different; see [Dieu, Ch. II, § 10]. Consider again an arbitrary quadratic form N on a vector space V over k. A special type of orthogonal transformations which are not rotations are the following. For a E V with N (a) ¥- 0 we define Sa by
(x E v).
(1.1)
If char(k) i= 2, this is the reflection in the hyperplane orthogonal to a. If char(k) = 2, it is the orthogonal tronsvection with center a. We will use the word "reflection" to also mean an orthogonal tronsvection in characteristic 2. By a hyperbolic plane we understand a two-dimensional subspace H = ka 63 kb with N(a) = N(b) = 0, (a, b) = 1. If k has characteristic i= 2, this is equivalent to requiring that H = kc 63 kd with N(c) = 1, N(d) = -1 and (c,d) = 0 (take c = a + b, d = a - b, and conversely a = ~(c + d), b = ~(c - d)). Every nonzero isotropic vector not contained in the radical is
4
1. Composition Algebras
contained in a hyperbolic plane. On a hyperbolic plane, the quadratic form N takes all values since N({a + 1Jb) = {1J. In particular, a nondegenerate isotropic quadratic form takes all values. If HI and H2 are hyperbolic planes in V, the restrictions of N to HI and H2, respectively, are equivalent, so by Witt's Theorem the same holds for their orthogonal complements Ht and Hi", provided N is nondegenerate and dim V is finite.
1.2 Composition Algebras. The Minimum Equation After the above preparations, we start with composition algebras.
Definition 1.2.1 A composition algebra C over a field k is a not necessarily associative algebra over k with identity element e such that there exists a nondegenerate quadratic form Non C which permits composition, i.e., such that N(xy)
= N(x)N(y)
(x,y E C).
The quadratic form N is often referred to as the norm on C, and the associated bilinear form ( , ) is called the inner product. A linear subspace of Cis said to be nonsingular, if it is nonsingular with respect to the inner product. By a subalgebra of a composition algebra C, or composition subalgebra, we understand a nonsingular linear subspace D which is closed under multiplication and contains the identity element e of C. Let C i be a composition algebra over ki with norm Ni for i = 1,2, and let u denote an isomorphism of kl onto k2. A bijective u-linear transformation t : C I -+ C2 is called a u-isomorphism if
t(xy)
= t(x)t(y)
We call t a linear isomorphism, or isomorphism for short, if kl = k2 and u =id. In Cor. 1.2.4 we will see that the norm N on a composition algebra is already determined by the algebra structure, i.e., the structure of vector space with a product, and that a u-isomorphism is automatically au-isometry. Conversely, it will be shown in Th. 1.7.1 that the existence of au-similarity between two composition algebras implies that they are u-isomorphic. So the algebra structure and the metric structure on a composition algebra mutually determine each other. In the above definition, no restriction on the dimension of Cover k is made. We will see, however, that this dimension must be finite and can, in fact, only be 1, 2, 4 or 8 (see Th. 1.6.2).
Remark 1.2.2 In the literature, one also calls a quadratic form N nondegenerate if N(a+x) = N(x) for all x implies a = 0, or equivalently, N(a) = 0 and (a, x) = 0 for all x implies a = O. In characteristic ¥= 2 this is equivalent
1.2 Composition Algebras. The Minimum Equation
5
to the definition we have given in § 1.1, since then (a, x) = 0 for all x implies N(a) = o. In characteristic 2, the alternative definition would lead to some more composition algebras, viz., k itself (as in all other characteristics, see Th. 1.6.2) and certain purely inseparable field extensions of kj cf. [BlSp 59, p. 408]. Since the latter case is uninteresting, we have preferred to call a quadratic form nondegenerate if the associated bilinear form is nondegeneratej this makes certain proofs simpler. From Def. 1.2.1 we will derive a number of equations for the norm and the associated bilinear form on a composition algebra. From
N(x)
= N(ex) = N(e)N(x)
(x E C)
we deduce
N(e)
= 1.
(1.2)
Further, we have
N(XIY + X2Y)
= N(XIY) + N(X2Y) + (XIY, X2Y) = N(XI)N(y)
+ N(X2)N(y) + (XIY, X2Y),
and on the other hand
N(XIY + X2Y) = N((XI N(xd
+ X2)Y) =
N(XI
+ x2)N(y) =
+ N(X2) + (Xl, X2) )N(y),
hence (1.3)
In a similar way we find (1.4)
If we replace Y by YI + Y2 in equation (1.3) and subtract from both sides the terms with YI only or Y2 only, we obtain
+ (XIY2, X2Yl ) =
(XI. X2, Yl, Y2 E C). (1.5) We say that this equation is obtained from (1.3) by linearizing it with respect to the variable y. A special case of (1.5) is (XIYl, X2Y2)
(X,yX) + (x2,y)
(Xl, X2)( Yl, Y2)
= (x,y)(e,x)
(X,y
E
C),
(1.6)
which we will use in the proof of the proposition that follows. This proposition says that every element of a composition algebra satisfies a quadratic equation, which is its minimum equation if the element is not a scalar multiple of the identity.
1. Composition Algebras
6
Proposition 1.2.3 Every element x of a composition algebra C satisfies x2
-
(x,e)x
+ N(x)e = o.
(1.7)
For x, y E C we have xy + yx - {x, e)y - (y, e)x + (x, y)e =
o.
(1.8)
If the subspace ke$kx is two-dimensional and nonsingular, it is a composition algebra. Proof. Form the inner product of the left hand side of equation (1.7) with an arbitrary element y of C:
(x 2
-
(x,e)x
+ N(x)e,y) = (x 2 ,y) 2
= (x ,y) = 0
+ N(x)(e,y) (x,e)(x,y) + (x,yx) (x,e)(x,y)
(by (1.3))
(by (1.6)).
Since this holds for all y E C, (1.7) follows. The other equation is proved by linearizing, i.e., by replacing x by x + y in (1.7) and subtracting from the expression thus obtained the equations (1.7) for x and y, respectively. To prove the last point observe that W = ke $ kx is a commutative and associative subalgebra of C by (1.7). If W is two-dimensional, N(o:e + f3x) = 2 2 0: + o:f3(x, e) + 13 N(x) is the determinant of the linear map of W defined by multiplication with o:e + f3x. It follows that the restriction of N permits composition and that W is a composition subalgebra if that restriction is nonsingular. 0 Formula (1.8) is convenient for changing the order in certain products; it implies, in particular, that xy = -yx if x, y E el. with x J.. y.
Corollary 1.2.4 The norm N on a composition algebra is uniquely determined by its algebra structure (vector space with multiplication). A aisomorphism is necessarily a a-isometry. Proof. N(>.e) = >.2, and for x
(If A has an identity element e, one starts off with XO = e.) A is said to be power associative if xixi = xi+i (i, j ~ 1) for all x E A, or equivalently if the subalgebra k[x] generated by x is associative for every x E A. (The word "subalgebra" here means a linear subspace closed under multiplication, as is usual in the theory of general nonassociative algebras; it is also assumed
1.3 Conjugation. Inverses
7
to contain the identity element, if there exists one in the whole algebra. For a "composition subalgebra" we require in addition that it is a nonsingular subspace, see Def. 1.2.1.) From (1.7) it is immediate that in a composition algebra xx 2 = x 2 x for all x, and from this it follows by a straightforward computation that for any x E C the one- or two-dimensional algebra k[x] is associative. Thus we have:
Corollary 1.2.5 Composition algebras are power associative.
1.3 Conjugation. Inverses We now introduce conjugation in a composition algebra C, which is the mapping - : C -+ C defined by
x = (x, e)e - x = -se(x) where
Se
is the reflection in e.L. One calls
(x E c),
(1.9)
x the conjugate of x.
Lemma 1.3.1 The following rules hold for conjugation in a composition algebra.
(i) xx
= xx = N(x)ej
(ii) xy = iiXj (iii) = Xj (iv) x + y = x
x
+ iij
(v) N(x) = N(x)j (vi) (x,ii) = (x,y). Proof. (i) Immediate from (1.7). (ii) This is proved by the following computation.
fjx = «(y,e)e-y)«(x,e)e-x) = (x, e) (y, e)e - (x, e)y - (y, e)x + yx = (x,e)(y,e)e - xy - (x,y)e (by (1.8)) = (xy, e)e - xy (by (1.5)) = xy. (iii) This follows from the fact that x forward computation. (iv) Immediate. (v) N(x)e = xx = xx = N(x)e. (vi) Immediate from (v) and (iv).
1-+
-x is a reflection, or by a straight-
Other useful identities are given in the following lemma.
0
8
1. Composition Algebras
Lemma 1.3.2 For x,y,z E 0,
(xy,z) (xy,z) (xy,z)
= (y,xz), = (x,zy), = (yz,x).
(1.10) (1.11) (1.12)
The last equation shows that (xy, z) is invariant under cyclic permutations. Proof. We prove the first equation; the other ones then easily follow by using Lemma 1.3.1.
(y,xz)
= (y, «(x, e}e -
x)z) = (x,e}(y, z) - (y,xz) = (xy,z) + (xz,y) - (y,xz) (by (1.5») = (xy,z).
o From the above lemma we derive some more important formulas. Lemma 1.3.3 For all x, y, z E 0,
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
x(xy) = N(x)y; (xy)y = N(y)x; x(yz) +y(xz) = (x,y)z; (xy)z + (xz)y = (y, z }x.
Proof. To prove (i), we take the inner product of x{xy) with any z E 0: (by the previous lemma) (x(xy),z) = (xy,xz) = N(x)(y,z) (by (1.4) and Lemma 1.3.1 (v») = (N(x)y, z). Since this holds for all z E 0, we get the result. By conjugating (i) we get (ii), and (iii) and (iv) follow by linearizing (i) and (ii). 0 The first two statements of this lemma can be interpreted as associativity results; indeed, since xx = N(x), we can read (i) as
x(xy)
= (xx)y
and similarly for (ii). Recall that we have not assumed associativity in Def. 1.2.1. We will see in Th. 1.6.2 that there are, indeed, composition algebras that are not associative. In a not necessarily associative algebra A an element a is said to have b as an inverse if
a(bx)
= b(ax) = (xa)b = (xb)a = x
(x E A).
1.4 Moufang Identities. Alternative Laws
9
In other words: a has b as an inverse if and only if the left multiplication la : A ~ A, x I-t ax, and the right multiplication ra : A ~ A, x I-t xa, are invertible and have lb and Tb as inverses, respectively. If A has an identity element e, then ab = ba = e; in that case the inverse b is uniquely determined by a, viz., b = l;;le, and it is denoted by a-l. Proposition 1.3.4 In a composition algebra an element a has an inverse if and only if N(a) i= 0, and then a-l = N(a)-la.
o
Proof. Use (i) and (ii) of Lemma 1.3.3.
1.4 Moufang Identities. Alternative Laws The aim of this section is the proof of three important identities for composition algebras, the Moufang identities, and some consequences thereof. Proposition 1.4.1 In any composition algebra, the following identities hold.
(ax)(ya) = a((xy)a); a(x(ay)) = (a(xa))y; x(a(ya)) = ((xa)y)a.
(1.13) (1.14) (1.15)
(Moufang identities) Proof. To prove the first identity we form the inner product of the left hand side of (1.13) with an arbitrary z E C :
((ax)(ya), z) = (ya, (xa)z) (by (1.10) and Lemma 1.3.1) = (y,xa)(a,z) - (yz,(xa)a) (by (1.5)) = (xy,a)(z,a) - N(a)(yz,x) (by (1.10) and Lemma 1.3.3). The inner product of the right hand side of (1.13) with any z becomes
(a((xy)a),z) = ((xy)a,az) = (xy,a)(a,z) = (xy,a)(z,a) = (xy,a)(z,a) = (xy,a)(z,a)
-
((xy)z,aa) N(a)( (xy)z,e) N(a)(xy,z) N(a)(yz,x).
So the left hand side and the right hand side of (1.13) have the same inner product with every z, which implies that they are equal. The proof of the second identity runs along similar lines:
10
1. Composition Algebras
( (a(xa)y, z)
= (a(xa), zy} (xa, a(zy) } = (x, (a(zy)a) = (x, a«yz)a)} = (x, (ay)(za)} = (x, (az)(ya) ) = (x(ay),az) = (a(x(ay)), z}, =
(by Lemma 1.3.1 (vi)) (by the first Moufang identity) (by Lemma 1.3.1 (vi) again)
which proves the second Moufang identity. To prove the third identity, conjugate the second one and use Lemma 1.3.1 (ii) and the identity (ax)a = a(xa), which follows from (1.13). 0 From the Moufang identities we derive three more associativity relations.
Lemma 1.4.2 In a composition algebra the following identities hold.
(xy)x = x(yx); x(xy) = x 2y; (xy)y = xy2.
(1.16) (1.17) (1.18)
(Alternative laws). This means that for all x E C, the left multiplication Ix and the right multiplication r z commute: lzrz = rzlz, and that l~ = lZ2, r~ = r z 2. Proof. The first relation is immediate from the first Moufang identity (1.13). The second relation is a consequence of the following set of equalities:
x(xy) = (xx)y (by Lemma 1.3.3), x«(x,e}e-x)y) = (x«(x,e)e-x»y, x«(x,e)y-xy) = «(x,e)x-x2)y, (x,e}xy-x(xy) = (x,e}xy-x 2y. The third relation is proved in a similar way.
o
The three relations of this lemma permit us to rewrite the Moufang identities in the following form:
(ax)(ya) = (a(xy))a; a(x(ay» = «ax)a)y; x«ay)a) = «xa)y)a. The expression
{x, y, z} = (xy)z - x(yz)
(1.19) (1.20) (1.21)
1.5 Subalgebras. Doubling
11
is called the associator of x, y and z. It is trilinear, i.e., linear in each of its three variables, because of the distributive law. Lemma 1.4.2 says that the associator vanishes whenever two of its variables are equal, i.e., it is an alternating function. Any not necessarily associative algebra with this property is called an alternative algebm. By linearizing the alternative laws one shows that the associator changes sign whenever two of its variables are interchanged, so it is skew symmetric: {X1l"(1), X1l"(2), X1l"(3)} = sg(7r){Xl, X2, X3} for any permutation 1C'. In characteristic =1= 2 the latter property is equivalent to the alternative laws, but in characteristic 2 it is weaker. In an alternative algebra associativity holds for any product of three elements at most two of which are distinct, by definition. A beautiful result by Artin says that this implies a stronger property, viz., that every subalgebra generated by two elements is associative: Theorem 1.4.3 (E. Artin) The subalgebm genemted by any two elements of an alternative algebm is associative.
For a proof, we refer to [Schaf, Th. 3.1], or to [Ja 74, § 7.6, ex. 9].
0
This implies in particular that any alternative algebra is power associative; for composition algebras we saw this already in Cor. 1.2.5.
1.5 Subalgebras. Doubling In this section we study finite-dimensional subalgebras of composition algebras; these will be the key to the description of the structure of composition algebras. (In the next section we will see that all composition algebras have finite dimension, so then the restriction "finite-dimensional" becomes superfluous.) It is clear that a sub algebra of a composition algebra is closed under conjugation. Let C be a composition algebra and D a finite-dimensional composition subalgebra. Since D is a nonsingular subspace of finite dimension, C = D E9 DJ. and DJ. is also nonsingular. If D =1= C, there must exist a E DJ. which is anisotropic, Le., N(a) =/:. O. Proposition 1.5.1 Let C be a composition algebm and D afinite-dimensional composition subalgebm, D =1= C. If a is chosen in DJ. with N(a) =/:. 0, then
is a composition subalgebm. Product, norm and conjugation on Dl are given by the formulas (x, y, u, v (x + ya)(u + va) = (xu + ..\vy) + (vx + yu)a N(x + ya) = N(x) - "\N(y) (x, y ED), x + ya = x - ya (x, y E D),
E
D ),(1.22) (1.23) (1.24)
12
1. Composition Algebras
respectively, where ).
= -N(a),
and dimD l
= 2dimD.
Proof. We begin by showing that Da ~ DJ., from which it follows that the sum of D and Da is indeed direct. If xED, then
( xa, y)
= (a, xy) = 0
(y ED),
so xa E DJ.. It is evident that Dl is closed under addition. To prove this for multiplication, it suffices to derive (1.22). This formula is a consequence of the following three formulas:
x(va) = (vx)a (x,v E D)j (ya)u = (yu)a (y,u E D)j (y,v ED). (ya)(va) = -N(a)vy
(1.25) (1.26) (1.27)
To prove the first of these three formulas, we form the inner product of the left hand side with an arbitrary z E C:
(x(va),z)
= (va,xz) = -(va,zx) (by (1.9),since (va,e) =0) = (vx, za ) (by (1.5) and (a, x) = 0 ) =-(vx,za)+(z,e)(vx,a) (by (1.9)) = -(vx,za) (since (vx,a) = 0) = «vx)a, z) (since a = -a).
Since this holds for all z E C, formula (1.25) follows. The proof of (1.26) is similar, but easier: use (1.5) and a E DJ.. For the proof of (1.27), we first notice that (y ED), ya = -ay + ( ya, e)e = ay (1.28) since ya
E
DJ. and a = -a. Now
(ya)(va) = (ay)(va) (by (1.28)) (by the first Moufang identity, (1.13)) = a«yv)a) = a(a(vy)) (by (1.28) again) (by Lemma 1.3.3 (i), since a = -a). = -N(a)(vy) This completes the proof of (1.27), whence also that of formula (1.22). Since (x,ya) = 0, we have
N(x + ya) = N(x) + N(y)N(a), which proves formula (1.23). From this it easily follows that the norm N is nondegenerate on D1 , which completes the proof that Dl is a composition subalgebra.
1.5 Subalgebras. Doubling
13
Formula (1.24) is proved as follows:
x
+ ya = x + ay = x - ay = x - ya
using (1.28). Since ra : D ~ Da is bijective, Da has the same dimension as D, so Dl = D EB Da has double dimension. 0
Dl is said to be constructed from D by doubling. Proposition 1.5.2 Let C be a composition algebra and D a finite-dimensional proper subalgebra. Then D is associative. A subalgebra DEBDa, where a E Dl. with N(a) '" 0, is associative if and only if D is commutative and associative. Proof. Choose any a E Dl. with N(a) '" OJ let again A = -N(a). By writing out
N((x + ya)(u + va)) = N(x + ya)N(u + va)
(x,y,u,v ED),
we find
(xu,VY) - (vx,yu)
= 0,
hence
((xu)y,V) = (v,(yu)x) = (x(uy),v). Thus ((xy)z, w) = (x(yz), w) for all WED, which implies that (xy)z = x(yz) for all x, y, zED, i.e., D is associative. Now assume that DEBDa is associative, where a E Dl. with N(a) '" O. By (1.25), x(va) = (vx)a. Using associativity we get (xv)a = (vx)a. Multiplying this on the right by a-l yields xv = vx, which proves commutativity of D. Conversely, a straightforward computation shows that DEB Da is associative 0 if D is commutative and associative. As a counterpart of Prop. 1.5.1 we have the following result, which permits us to start from any associative composition algebra D and construct a composition algebra C from it by doubling.
Proposition 1.5.3 Let D be a composition algebra and A E k*. Define on C = DEB D (direct sum) a product by
(x, y)(u, v) = (xu + AVY, vx + yu)
(x,y,u,v ED)
and a quadratic form N by N((x, y)) = N(x) - AN(y)
(x,y ED).
If D is associative, then C is a composition algebra. C is associative if and only if D is commutative and associative. Proof. The verification of these facts is left to the reader.
o
1. Composition Algebras
14
1.6 Structure and Dimension of a Composition Algebra The results of the previous section enable us to prove a key result on the structure of a composition algebra O. Assume 0 has dimension> 1. If char(k) i= 2, the subspace D = ke is a subalgebra of 0, and with the aid of Prop. 1.5.1 we find a two-dimensional subalgebra D 1 • In case char(k) = 2 we have to proceed differently, for then the subspace ke is no longer nonsingular since (e, e) = o. In this case, pick any a with (a, e) i= O.
Lemma 1.6.1 Let 0 be a composition algebra over a field k of characteristic 2. If a E 0 with ( a, e) i= 0, the linear subspace ke $ ka is a two-dimensional composition subalgebra of o. Proof. The subspace ke $ ka is nonsingular, for >.e + J.La .L e, a yields J.L = 0 and>' = o. By Prop. 1.2.3, Dl = ke $ ka is a composition subalgebra. 0 Thus we have found a two-dimensional subalgebra Dl of 0 in any characteristic. If dim 0 > 2, we apply Prop. 1.5.1 again to find a four-dimensional subalgebra D2 ::) Db and if dim 0 > 4, we repeat this to obtain an eightdimensional subalgebra D3 ::) D2. In this way we get a sequence of composition subalgebras Dl C D2 C D3 of dimensions 2,4 and 8, respectively. At this point the doubling process has to stop, as the following argument shows. Dl is evidently a commutative, associative subalgebra. By Prop. 1.5.2, D2 must be associativej however, it is not commutative. For pick a E Dl with a i= aj from the argument at the beginning of this section it follows that D2 n is nonsingular, so there exists x E D2 n with N{x) i= o. Then
Dr
Dr
xa+ax =0, whence xa
= ax i= ax.
This implies by Prop. 1.5.2 that D3 is not associative, so by the same proposition D3 is not a proper subalgebra of O. Thus we have proved the following structure theorem.
Theorem 1.6.2 Every composition algebra is obtained by repeated doubling, starting from ke in characteristic i= 2 and from a 2-dimensional composition subalgebra in characteristic 2. The possible dimensions of a composition algebra are 1 (in characteristic i= 2 only), 2, 4 and 8. Composition algebras of dimension 1 or 2 are commutative and associative, those of dimension 4 are associative but not commutative, and those of dimension 8 are neither commutative nor associative. A composition algebra of dimension 2 over k is either a quadratic field extension of k or is isomorphic to k$k. A composition algebra 0 of dimension 4 is called a quaternion algebra and its elements are called quaternions. If C has dimension 8, it is called an octonion algebra and its elements are called octonions.
1.6 Structure and Dimension of a Composition Algebra
15
Corollary 1.6.3 Any octonion algebra C over a field k of characteristic =/= 2 has an orthogonal basis of the form e, a, b, ab, e, ae, be, (ab)e with N(a)N(b)N(e) =/= o. If char(k) = 2, then C has a basis e, a, b, ab, e, ae, be, (ab)e with
(e, a)
= 1,
(b, ab)
= N(b),
(c, ae)
= N(e),
(be, (ab)e)
= N(b)N(e),
all other inner products between distinct basis vectors are zero and N(a)N(b)N(e) =/= o. Similarly for quatemion algebras and for two-dimensional composition algebras, except in one case, viz., k = lF2, dimC = 2, N isotropic. Proof. In the characteristic =/= 2 case one uses the proof of Th. 1.6.2 and Prop. 1.5.1. If char(k) = 2 one uses in addition Lemma 1.6.1 to construct a basis satisfying the inner product relations between distinct basis vectors and such that N(b)N(e) =/= o. If then N(a) = 0 and dimC > 2, one starts again with a replaced by a' = a + b and then proceeds to find b' and e' for the desired basis. If char(k) = 2, k =/= lF2' dimC = 2 and N(a) = 0 for some a with (e, a) = 1, then replace a by a' = >.e + a with>' =/= 0,1. (In the exceptional case C ~ lF2 $lF2.) 0 We call a triple a, b, e in an octonion algebra that provides a basis as in the above corollary a basic triple. If char(k) =/= 2, we understand by a standard orthogonal basis of an octonion algebra C an orthogonal basis as in the above corollary, but normalized so as to make the product of the norms of all basis vectors equal to 1: el
= e,
e2
= a,
e3
= b,
e4
= ab,
e5
= e,
e6
= ae,
e7
= be, (1.29)
In an octonion algebra C over a field k of characteristic 2 we take a basis
as in the above corollary. Then el = e, e2 = b, e3 = e, e4 = be, e5 = a, e6 = N(b)-lab, e7 = N(c)-lae, es = N(b)-l N(e)-l(ab)e form a basis of C such that
(ei,ei+4) =1
(l:$i:$4)
and
(ei,ej)=O
(l:$i<j:$8,j=/=i+4),
(1.30) which we call a symplectic basis. After at most three separable quadratic extensions of k we may require in addition that N(a) = N(b) = N(e) = 1. Then we get a symplectic basis with N(ei) = 1 for all ij we call that a standard symplectic basis of C. Let a be any element of a composition algebra that is not a multiple of the identity. If ke $ ka is nonsingular, it is a subalgebra by Prop. 1.2.3. But if the restriction of the norm to ke $ ka is degenerate, a is not contained in a two-dimensional subalgebra. However, we can prove that a is contained in a four-dimensional subalgebra.
16
1. Composition Algebras
Proposition 1.6.4 Every element a of an octonion algebra Cover k is con-
tained in a quaternion subalgebra of C.
rt
Proof. For a E ke this is obvious, so assume a ke. If char(k) 1= 2, we may assume that (a, e) = 0, for if not, we can replace a by a - ~(a, e )e. If either char(k) 1= 2, (a, e) = 0 and N(a) 1= 0 or char(k) = 2 and (a, e) 1= 0, then the subspace D = ke $ ka is nonsingular, so it is a subalgebra. By doubling D we get a quaternion subalgebra containing a. Now assume char(k) 1= 2, (a, e) = 0 and N(a) = o. Pick b E e.L with (a, b) 1= 0 and N(b) 1= o. The subspace D = ke $ kb is a subalgebra. Take c = a + )"b with (c, b) = o. One easily sees that N(c) = _)..2 N(b) 1= O. So c E D.L with N(c) 1= 0 and D $ Dc is a quaternion subalgebra containing a (cf. Prop. 1.5.1). Finally, we have to consider the case where char(k) = 2 and (a, e) = o. We may assume that N(a) 1= 0, for otherwise replace a by e + a. Since e.L and a.L are distinct subspaces of the same dimension, we can find b with ( a, b) = 0 and (e, b) 1= o. Then D = ke $ kb is a subalgebra. Now a E D.L and N(a) 1= 0, so D $ Da is a quaternion subalgebra that contains a. 0
1. 7 A Composition Algebra is Determined by its Norm The metric structure of a composition algebra C already determines its algebraic structure, i.e., a scalar multiple of the norm on C determines C up to isomorphism: Theorem 1. 7.1 Let C and C' be composition algebras over fields k and k',
respectively, and let q : k - k' be a field isomorphism. If there exists a -similarity of C onto C', then the two algebras are q -isomorphic.
q
Proof. The identity elements of C and C' are denoted by e and e', respectivelYj the two norms are both denoted by N. Let t : C - C' be a q-similarity with multiplier n(t). Since N(t(e» = n(t)N(e) = n(t) 1= 0, t(e) is invertible. The map C - C', X t-+ t(e)-lt(x), is a q-isometry which maps e to e', so we may assume that t is a q-isometry with t(e) = e'. We give the rest of the proof for octonion algebrasj in lower dimensions one just has to stop earlier. For simplicity of notation, we write down the proof in the case that t is an isometry, i.e., q = idj the general case is a straightforward extension. We are going to construct a linear isomorphism cp: C - C'. Pick a E C with (a, e) = 0 and N (a) 1= 0 if char k 1= 2, and with (a, e) = 1 if char k = 2, and take a' = t(a). Then N(a') = N(a) and (a', e') = (a, e).
1. 7 A Composition Algebra is Determined by its Norm
The two-dimensional subalgebras D C', respectively, are isomorphic and
17
= ke E9 ka and D' = ke' E9 ka' of C and
cp; D ~ D', Ae + I-'a 1-+ Ae' + I-'a'
(A, I-' E k),
is an isomorphismj if char k i:- 2, this follows from Prop. 1.5.1, and in the characteristic 2 case one has to use Lemma 1.6.1. Notice that cp coincides with the restriction of t to D. Pick b E Dl. with N(b) i:- 0 and take b' = t(b)j then b' E D'l. and N(b') = N(b). We extend cp to D E9 Db by defining
cp(x + yb)
= cp(x) + cp(y)b'
(X,YED).
This is an isomorphism from the subalgebra E = DE9Db onto the subalgebra E' = D' E9 D'b' by Prop. 1.5.1, using that cp(x) = cp(x) for xED. By Witt's Theorem we can extend cp to an isometry u ; C ~ C'. Now we repeat the last step with C E El., N (c) i:- 0 and c' = u( c), extending cp to an isomorphism from C onto C' by
cp(X + yc) = cp(x)
+ cp(y)c'
(X,y E
E). o
As a special case of the above theorem we have the following corollary. Corollary 1.7.2 Let C be a composition algebra over k and u a field automorphism of k. Then there exists a u-automorphism of C if and only if there exists a u-isometry of C onto itself. From the proof of the Theorem we infer another important corollary. Corollary 1.7.3 Let C be a composition algebra and let D and D' be subalgebras of the same dimension. If C admits a u-isometry onto itself, then every u-isomorphism from D onto D' can be extended to au-automorphism of C. In particular, every linear isomorphism from D onto D' can be extended to an automorphism of C. Also from the proof of Th. 1.7.1 we can derive a transitivity result, which will be used in the next chapter. First a definition. Definition 1.7.4 For A, I-' E k with A i:- 0 and I-' i:- 0 if char(k) i:- 2, and with I-' i:- 0 (and A arbitrary) if char(k) = 2, we define a special (A,I-')-pair to be an ordered pair a, b with a, bEe satisfying: • if char(k) i:- 2, then (a,e) = (b,e) = (a,b) = 0, N(a) = A, N(b) = I-'j • if char(k) = 2, then (a,e) = 1, (b,e) = (a,b) = 0, N(a) = A, N(b) = 1-'. By a special pair we understand a special (1,1)-pair if char(k) special (O,I)-pair if char(k) = 2.
i:-
2 and a
18
1. Composition Algebras
Notice that every special (A, ~)-pair a, b is contained in a unique quaternion subalgebra, which has e, a, b, ab as a basis, and that every quaternion subalgebra contains special (A, ~)-pairs for suitable A and ~. Now the transitivity result is: (A,~)-pairs a,b and a',b' in a composition algebra C, there exists a linear automorphism cp of C with cp(a) = a' and cp(b) = b'.
Corollary 1.7.5 For any two special
1.8 Split Composition Algebras With respect to the metric structure of a composition algebra there is an important dichotomy: either N is isotropic, i.e., there exist nonzero x E C with N(x) = 0, or N is anisotropic, i.e., N(x) t= 0 for all x E C, x t= O. Since xx = xx = N(x)e by Lemma 1.3.1, C has zero divisors in the first case, viz., all x t= 0 with N(x) = O. In the second case, every nonzero x E C has an inverse, viz., N(X)-lX (see Prop. 1.3.4); such a C is called a composition
division algebra. We further examine the case that N is isotropic. First assume that char(k) t= 2. We want to find a E e.l with N(a) = -1. Pick any nonzero x with N(x) = O. If x E e.l, we pick a' E e.l with (a', x) = 1, then a = a' - (1 + N(a'»x does the job. If x ¢ e.l, then we can write x = ae + y with a t= 0 and y E e.l. Since 0= N(x)
= a 2 + N(y),
we find N(y) = _a 2 • We can take a = a-1y. The subspace ke $ ka is nonsingular and hence it is a composition subalgebra. Further, it is isotropic, since N(e + a) = 0. By repeatedly applying the doubling procedure (cf. Prop. 1.5.1 and Th. 1.6.2) we find that the Witt index, i.e. the dimension of any maximal totally isotropic subspace, must be !dimC. In case k has characteristic 2, we can reach the same conclusion by the following argument. First, we must find a E C with N(a) = 0 and (a, e) t= O. To this end we pick any nonzero x E C with N(x) = 0. If (x,e) t= 0, we take a = x. If (x, e) = 0, then we further pick y E C with (y, e) t= 0 and (y, x) t= OJ if N(y) = 0, we take a = y, and if N(y) t= 0, then
a = SyX
=x -
N(y)-l(X,y)y
has the required properties. Now the subspace ke $ ka is a subalgebra by Lemma 1.6.1, and it is isotropic. As above we find that C has maximal Witt index, i.e., equal to ! dim C. Two vector spaces of the same dimension over the same field with a nondegenerate quadratic form of maximal Witt index are necessarily isometric.
1.8 Split Composition Algebras
19
It follows from Th. 1.7.1 that any two composition algebras of the same dimension over the same field k which both have isotropic norm are isomorphic. We call these split composition algebms. Summing up our results, we have proved: Theorem 1.8.1 In each of the dimensions 2, 4 and 8 there is, up to isomorphism, exactly one split cqmposition algebm, i. e. , composition algebm with isotropic nonn, over any given field k. These are the only composition algebms containing zero divisors.
The two-dimensional split composition algebra over k is k $ k with N((~, "I)) = ~"I (~, "I E k). The four-dimensional one is the algebra of 2 x 2 matrices over k with the determinant as norm, the split quaternion algebm. An easy computation shows that for a matrix
we have (x, e) = tr(x), where e denotes the identity matrix, tr(x) is the trace of the matrix x, and
x=
(
_~~~ -~~~ )
.
The split octonion algebm can be constructed from the split quaternion algebra D by the doubling process as in Prop. 1.5.3. We may take an arbitrary oX i 0 in this proposition, since all the resulting algebras are isomorphic. Choosing oX = 1, we get for the product (x,y)(u,V)
= (xu+iiy,vx+yu)
(x,y,u,v ED)
and for the norm N((x,y)) = det(x) - det(y)
(X,yED).
There is another description of split octonions over a field k, which uses vector matrices
where k3 is the three-dimensional vector space over k. On k3 we have the nondegenerate bilinear form ( , ) defined by 3
(x,y) = I:~i"li i=l
and the exterior product I\. defined by (xl\.y,z) =det(x,y,z)
20
1. Composition Algebras
Addition of vector matrices is defined entrywise, and multiplication by
ex) (e'X') _ ( ee'+(x,y') eX'+""x+YAY') ( y ." y'.,,' - ."y' + e'y + x A x' .".,,' + (y, x') . The quadratic form N is defined by
N{ (; ~ ))
= e." - (x, y ).
The bilinear form associated with N is obviously nondegenerate, and one easily verifies that N permits composition, using the identity
(xAx',yAy')
= (x,y)(x',y') -
(x,y'}(x',y)
for the exterior product. Thus, the vector matrices form an eight-dimensional composition algebra, and since N is isotropic this must be the split octonion algebra.
1.9 Center and Associating Elements By the center of a composition algebra C we understand {c E C Iex = xc for all x E C}. We determine the center of a quaternion or octonion algebra, and also the elements in an octonion algebra that "associate" with all other elements. Proposition 1.9.1 The center of a quaternion or octonion algebra Cover k is ke.
Proof. That the center of a quaternion algebra C is ke, is seen by extending k to an algebraic closure K. The norm N on C K = K ®k C is isotropic, so CK ~ M(2,K), which has center Ke. Let now C be an octonion algebra and z an element of its center. By Prop. 1.6.4, z is contained in a quaternion subalgebra D. Since z is central 0 in D, it must lie in ke. Thus, a quaternion algebra over k is a central simple associative algebra over k (see [Ja 80, § 4.6]). Proposition 1.9.2 Let C be an octonion algebra. If a E C satisfies
(xy)a = x{ya)
(x,y E c),
(1.31)
then a Eke. Condition (1.31) is equivalent to the condition (xa)y = x(ay) for all X,y E C, and also to (ax)y = a{xy) for all X,y E C.
1.10 Classification over Special Fields
21
Proof. The latter statement is a consequence of the fact that the associator {x,y,z} = (xy)z - x(yz) is an alternating function, which we saw in § 1.4 before Artin's Theorem 1.4.3. Let a satisfy (1.31). By Prop. 1.6.4 we can pick a quaternion sub algebra D which contains a. Write C = D E9 Db with some bE DJ., N(b) = -,X f:: O. Taking x = ub (u E D) and y = b in (1.31), we get
«ub)b)a = (ub)(ba). Write this out, repeatedly using formula (1.22) in which a is replaced by b:
'xua This implies that ua ke.
= au for
= (ub)(ab) =
'xau.
u ED, so a lies in the center of D, which is 0
1.10 Classification over Special Fields Over some special fields k one can give a classification of quaternion and octonion algebras; we will do this for algebraically closed fields, the reals, finite fields, complete, discretely valuated fields with finite residue fields, and for algebraic number fields. In a four- or eight-dimensional composition algebra C we choose a basis as in Cor. 1.6.3. If char(k) f:: 2, the norm N gets the form (in coordinates ~o, ... ,6 or ~o,· .. , ~7, respectively):
~5 + Q~~ + /3~~ + Q/3~~ ~5 + Q~~ + /3~~ + Q/3~i + 'Yd + Q'Y~g + /3'Y~~ + Q/3'Y~? with nonzero constants
Q,
/3 and 'Y.
(1.32) (1.33)
If char( k) = 2, we get for N:
~5 + ~O~l + Q~~ + /3~~ + /3~2~3 + Q/3~~ ~5 + eo6 + Qe~ + /3d + /366 + Q/3d + 'Ye~ + 'Ye4eS + Q'Y~g + /3'Ye~ + /3'Ye6e7 + Q/3'Y~?
(1.34) (1.35)
with nonzero constants Q, /3 and 'Y. (Quadratic forms of these kinds are called twofold and threefold Pfister forms, respectively.) Since by Th. 1.7.1 the norm determines a composition algebra up to isomorphism, the classification of quaternion and octonion algebras boils down to the description of the equivalence classes of the above quadratic forms. We do this for some special fields.
(i) k algebraically closed. Here all quadratic forms are isotropic, so there are only split composition algebras.
1. Composition Algebras
22
(ii) k = JR., the field of the reals. It is easily seen that there are two classes of quadratic forms (1.32) and (1.33), respectively, viz., the isotropic ones and the positive definite ones. To the latter correspond the Hamiltonian quaternions and the Cayley numbers (real octonion division algebra), respectively. (iii) k a finite field. If k has characteristic =I 2, every quadratic form in dimension> 2 is isotropic (see, e.g., [O'M, § 62]). In the characteristic 2 case, every element of k is a square, so a quadratic form as in (1.34) or (1.35) has a nontrivial zero, viz., with such that e~ = /3, = 1 and all other = o. Hence there are only the split quaternion and octonion algebras.
eo
e2
ei
(iv) k a complete, discretely valuated field with finite residue class field. In this case all quadratic forms in dimension> 4 are isotropic (see [O'M, § 63]), so there is only the split octonion algebra. In dimension 4 there is exactly one class of anisotropic quadratic forms, so there exists one isomorphism class of quaternion division algebras. (v) k an algebraic number field. For the classification of quadratic forms in this case one has to use Hasse's Theorem, which says that two quadratic forms over k are equivalent if and only if they are so over all local fields kv, where v runs over all places of k (see [O'M, § 66]). If dim C = 8, a form like (1.33) has maximal Witt index at an finite places, and also at all complex infinite places. So we have to look at the real places. Let r be the number of these places. At each of them we have two possibilities as we saw above in (ii), so according to Hasse's Theorem there are at most 2r octonion algebras over k. These can all be realized by a suitable choice of the signs of Ct, /3 and 'Y at the real places. For k = Q, the field of the rationals, we thus find exactly two octonion algebras, the split one and the division algebra. For the case dim C = 4, one needs, moreover, Hilbert's Quadratic Reciprocity Law (see [O'M, § 71]). The result is as follows. If S is any finite set of an even number of finite or real places of k, then there is, up to is0morphism, exactly one quaternion algebra over k whose norm is anisotropic precisely at the places v E S. All quaternion algebras are obtained in this way.
(vi) Let k be a field with the following property: for any quaternion algebra Dover k its norm N D takes all values in k. Then any octonion algebra Cover k is split. For, constructing C by doubling as in § 1.5, one sees from (1.23) that the norm of C is isotropic, hence C is split (see § 1.8). Fields which have this property are the perfect fields with cohomological di-
1.11 Historical Notes
23
mension ::; 2, see [Se 64, 5-e ed., p.98J. Examples of these are: finite fields (which have dimension 1), p-adic fields and totally imaginary algebraic number fields, see [loc.cit., p.90, p.96, p.97J.
1.11 Historical Notes The four-dimensional division algebra of real quaternions was discovered by W.R. Hamilton in 1843, as a result of a vain search for a three-dimensional division algebra over the reals. Hamilton was interested in the latter for geometric reasons: he wanted to use these ''triplets'' to describe motions in three-space, just as complex numbers are used for this purpose in the plane. J.T. Graves (1843) and, independently, A. Cayley (1845) followed with the eight-dimensional nonassociative real division algebra of the octaves, or Cayley numbers. We prefer the name octonions, of more recent date, in view of its analogy with "quaternions", and since "octave" already refers to other notions, in particular in music. Quaternions and octonions over the complex numbers followed soon, and in due course one became interested in quaternion and octonion algebras over arbitrary fields, possibly with zero divisors. In [Zo 31 J, M. Zorn studied them in the framework of alternative rings; from this paper stems the representation of the split octonions by vector matrices. In [Zo 331, Zorn gave the classification of octonion algebras over algebraic number fields, as in (v) of § 1.10 above. A typical feature of quaternion and octonion algebras is the presence of a quadratic norm N (the square of the absolute value) which permits composition: N(xy) = N(x)N(y). The study of such forms goes back to Gauf3 and culminated in Hurwitz's Theorem, which says that they can only exist in dimensions 1, 2, 4 and 8 (cf. Th. 1.6.2). N. Jacobson [Ja 58J placed all this in the framework of what he named composition algebras. He determined the structure of these algebras over fields of characteristic not two, a restriction removed by T.A. Springer in [Sp 63J. For more historical information about this subject, see [BI] and [EbJ.
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
2. The Automorphism Group of an Octonion Algebra
In this chapter we study the group G = Aut(C) of automorphisms of an octonion algebra C over a field k. By "automorphism" we will in this chapter always understand a linear automorphism. Since automorphisms leave the norm invariant, Aut(C) is a subgroup of the orthogonal group O(N) of the norm of C. Let K be an algebraic closure of k and put C K = K ®k C. The automorphism group G = Aut(CK ) is a linear algebraic group in the sense of [Bor], [Hu] and [Sp 81]; we refer to these books for the necessary background from the theory of algebraic groups. In the sequel we will, as a rule, denote algebraic groups by boldface letters. G is a closed subgroup of the algebraic group O(N) (the orthogonal group of the quadratic form on CK defined by N). We will prove in Th. 2.3.5 that G is a connected, simple algebraic group of type G2 . We will prove in Prop. 2.4.6 that the algebraic group G is defined over k; from this it follows that the automorphism group G is the group G(k) of k-rational points of the algebraic group G. The results in this chapter are valid in any characteristic, though the characteristic two case sometimes requires a separate treatment.
2.1 Automorphisms Leaving a Quaternion Subalgebra Invariant We begin by studying the automorphisms that map a given quaternion subalgebra D of C onto itself. Let t be such an automorphism. From t(D) = D it follows that t(D.1) = D.1. As we did before, we write D.1 = Da for a fixed a E D.1 with N (a) 1= 0; every element of C can then be written as x + ya with x, y E D. We have
t(x + ya)
= t(x) + t(y)t(a)
with t(x), t(y) E D and t(a) E D.1 = Da. We define mappings u, v : D --. D by t(x) = u(x) and t(y)t(a) = v(y)a (X,YED). Hence
26
2. The Automorphism Group of an Octonion Algebra
t(x + ya)
= u(x) + v(y)a
(x,y ED).
Clearly, u = tiD is an automorphism of D, and v is an orthogonal transformation. Writing out
t«xa)w) = t(xa)t(w)
(x,w E D)
with the aid of (1.22), we find
v(xw) = v(x)u(w) Since u is an automorphism, u(w)
(x,w ED).
= u(w). Hence, writing y for w,
= v(x)u(y) (x,y ED). Substituting x = e and defining p = v(e) we derive from this v(xy)
v(y) = pu(y)
(y ED).
Here p ED, and since v is an isometry, N(p) = 1. Thus we find for t: (2.1) = u(x) + (pu(y»)a (x,y ED). D with N(p) = 1 and any automorphism u of D,
t(x + ya)
Conversely, for any p E equation (2.1) defines an automorphism t of C which leaves D invariant; this is easily verified using (1.22) and the associativity of D. Since the associative algebra D is central simple, every automorphism of D is inner by the Skolem-Noether Theorem (see, e.g., [ArNT, Cor. 7.2D] or [Ja 80, § 4.6, Cor. to Th. 4.9]). Hence by (2.1) every automorphism of C that leaves D invariant can be written as
(x,y ED) with c E D, N(c) =F 0 and p E D, N(p) a nonzero scalar factor.
(2.2)
= 1. Here c is determined by t up to
2.2 Connectedness and Dimension of the Automorphism Group For a quaternion subalgebra D of C, denote by G D the algebraic group of K-automorphisms of CK that fix DK elementwise and by GD the group of k-automorphisms of C that fix D elementwise. Dl is the algebraic group of elements p E DK with N(p) = 1, and Dl = Dl n D. These are the norm one groups in DK and D, respectively. GD is a closed subgroup of the algebraic group G. The group Dl is isomorphic to the special linear group SL2 = SL2(K), since DK is isomorphic to the algebra of 2 x 2 matrices over K with det as norm. So Dl is a three-dimensional connected algebraic group.
2.2 Connectedness and Dimension of the Automorphism Group
27
Proposition 2.2.1 There is an isomorphism of algebraic groups
= x + (
Consequently, G D is 3-dimensional and connected.
Proof. Use equation (2.1) with u
= id and the associativity of D.
0
G is contained in the stabilizer of e in the orthogonal group O(N), which also leaves the orthogonal complement e.l in CK invariant. We will need that restriction of the stabilizer of e in SO(N) to e.l yields an isomorphism with the rotation group SO(Nl ), where Nl is the restriction of N to e.l. In characteristic =I 2 this is an almost trivial matter, but in characteristic 2 there are complications due to the fact that then e E e.l. For the purposes of the present chapter we could do with less, but in the next chapter we will use the full isomorphism result. Let F be the stabilizer of e in O(N), and SF = F n SO(N). These are closed subgroups of O(N) and SO(N), respectively. We denote by F and SF the corresponding groups over k. If t E F, it leaves e.l invariant and its restriction to e.l is an element of the orthogonal group O(Nt}. If char(k) = 2 the quadratic form Nl is degenerate. Then O(Nt} and O(N1 ) are defined to be groups of linear isometries of e.l, as in §1.1. In this case we put SO(Nt} = O(Nl), SO(Nt} = O(Nt}. Proposition 2.2.2 The restriction homomorphism
is an isomorphism of algebraic groups which induces an isomorphism SF SO(Nt}.
Proof. It is evident that e is a homomorphism of algebraic groups. If char(k) =I 2, define for u E SO(Nl ) its extension e(U) to C by e(U)(e) = e. Clearly, e: SO(Nt} - SF is a homomorphism of algebraic groups and e = e- l , so e is an isomorphism of algebraic groups. The proposition follows. In characteristic 2 the extension of u E O(Nt} to an element of SF cannot be defined in this way: then e E e.l, whereas we have to define the image of a vector outside e.l. We will follow a different approach in this case. So let char( k) = 2. Note that in this case the restriction Nl is a quadratic form having defect 1, i.e. dim V.l = 1 (cf. [Che 54, § 1.2] or [Dieu, Ch. I, § 16]). Every element of O(Nt} is a product of orthogonal transvections or reflections Sa, N(a) =I 0 of the form (1.1) (see [Dieu, Ch. II, § 11]). The algebraic group O(Nl ) is connected; this can be seen in the following manner. The restriction of the polynomial function N - 1 to e.l is irreducible (over the algebraic closure K), since otherwise Nl would be a square of a linear polynomial, which would vanish on a 6-dimensional subspace of e.l. It would
28
2. The Automorphism Group of an Octonion Algebra
follow that there were 6-dimensional totally isotropic subspaces with respect to the nondegenerate quadratic form N in 0, which is impossible. Hence S = {x E el.I N(x) = I} (over K) is an irreducible variety. The morphism
s -+ O(Nl ), a
H
Sa,
maps S onto an irreducible set of generators of O(Nl ) containing the identity, so O(Nl ) is a connected algebraic group (see [Hu, § 7.5J or [Sp 81, Prop. 2.2.6]). The quadratic form N on 0 is nondegenerate, so here we have a rotation subgroup SO(N). Rotations are now orthogonal transformations with Dickson invariant 0; every rotation is a product of an even number of reflections (see [Dieu, Ch. II, § 10]). The restriction homomorphism
is surjective, since every orthogonal transformation of el. leaves e invariant and can be written as a product of reflections Sa with a E el.. Its kernel has order 2, it is the subgroup generated by the reflection Se. This can be seen by using a symplectic basis el = e, ... , es of 0 as in (1.30); the ei with i # 5 form a basis of el.. Since Se is not a rotation, the restriction homomorphism SF -+ O(Nl ) is an isomorphism of abstract groups. Clearly, e is a homomorphism of algebraic groups. To show that it is an isomorphism of algebraic groups, it suffices by [Sp 81, Cor. 5.3.3J, to prove that the Lie algebra homomorphism de : L(SF) -+ L(O(Nl)) is an isomorphism. The Lie algebra L(SF) is contained in the space S of the linear transformations t : OK -+ OK satisfying
{x,tx)=O (xEOK)andte=O. To see this we work over the ring of dual numbers K[eJ, e2 = 0 (see [Bor, Ch. I, 3.20]). The elements of L(SF) are linear maps t of OK with te = 0 such that id + et, acting on x + ey E K[eJ ® 0, satisfies N«id + d)(x + ey)) = N(x + ey). It follows that (x, tx) = O. Writing this out for the matrix (O!ij ) of t with respect to the above symplectic basis, we find 43 independent equations: O!i,j+4
+ O!j,iH = 0
=0 O!l,; = 0
O!i,H4
(i # j, indices mod 8), (i # 1), (allj).
So S has dimension 21. As L(SO(Nl» also has dimension 21, we have S = L(SO( N l The Lie algebra homomorphism de acts on the matrices of L(SF)
».
2.2 Connectedness and Dimension of the Automorphism Group
29
by deleting the fifth row and the fifth column. Since aj,5 = a1,j+4 for j '" 1, = aj,l for j '" 1 and a1,1 = as,s = 0, de is injective and hence is an 0 isomorphism. The last point is clear.
a5,j+4
Proposition 2.2.3 The automorphism group G of CK is a connected algebmic group of dimension 14.
Proof. Consider the set of special pairs in CK (see Def. 1.7.4). Since K is algebraically closed, special pairs certainly exist. For any two special pairs there exists a linear isometry t of C K fixing e and mapping one pair to- the other, by Witt's Theorem; clearly, we may assume that t is a rotation. So the group SF operates transitively on the set of special pairs. Fix one special pair a, b with a, bE DK, a quaternion subalgebra of CK. The stabilizer H of a, b in SF is isomorphic to the special orthogonal group SO(N2 ) of a five-dimensional quadratic form N 2 , under the isomorphism e of SF with SO(N1)' If char(k) '" 2, this isomorphism is restriction to (Ke61 Ka $ Kb).L; that this is an isomorphism of algebraic groups is seen as in the first paragraph of the proof of Prop. 2.2.2. If char(k) = 2, we restrict in two steps: first to (Ke61Ka).L (same argument as in the characteristic '" 2 case), from there to (Ke $ Ka).L n b.L = (Ke $ Ka $ Kb).L (argument as in the characteristic 2 case in the proof of Prop. 2.2.2). The homogeneous space X = SF /H can be identified as a set with the set of all special pairs. Counting dimensions we find dim X
= dimSF/H = dimSO(N1) -
dimSO(N2 )
= 21-10 = 11.
From Cor. 1.7.5 we infer that G operates transitively on the set of special pairs, i.e., on X. Since e, a, band ab form a basis of DK, the stabilizer in G of the special pair a, b is G D. This implies that X ~ G/GD' So another dimension count yields dimG
= dim X + dimG D = 11 + 3 = 14.
As a homogeneous space of a rotation group, X is an irreducible algebraic variety. Since GD is connected, it follows that G is connected (see [Sp 81, Ex. 5.5.9 (1)]). 0 The transitivity of G on special pairs implies transitivity on the set of quaternion subalgebras, so Corollary 2.2.4 The automorphism group G of CK acts tmnsitively on the set of quaternion subalgebras.
(This also follows from Cor. 1.7.3, since over an algebraically closed field K all quaternion algebras are isomorphic to M 2 (K).) We remarked at the beginning of this chapter that G is contained in O(N). The connectedness of G implies that it must be contained in the
30
2. The Automorphism Group of an Octonion Algebra
connected component of the identity in O(N), which is SO(N). This implies the following corollary. Corollary 2.2.5 The automorphism group G is a subgroup of the rotation
group SO(N).
2.3 The Automorphism Group is of Type G 2 In this section we are going to further determine the structure of the algebraic group G. We view the split octonion algebra CK as an algebra of pairs (x, y) with x, y E DK, the algebra of 2 x 2 matrices over K, and with N«x, y» = det(x) - det(y)j see § 1.8. We begin by describing a maximal torus in G. To this end we consider (2.2) for the particular case where c and p are diagonal matrices. We denote the 2 x 2 diagonal matrix diag(lt, 1t- 1 ) with It E K* by c/(,.
Lemma 2.3.1 The group T consisting of the automorphisms
t.x,,,, : x + ya f-+ c.xxC~1
+ (c",yc~1)a (x, y E DK)'
(2.3)
with A, J,L E K*, is a 2-dimensional torus in G. Every element of G that commutes with all elements of T lies in T, so T is a maximal torus. Hence G has rank 2. Proof. For a E DJ. we take (0, e) with e the 2 x 2 identity matrix. Notice that (x,O)a = (0, x). As a basis of CK we take (ell'O), (e12'0), (e21'0), (e22'0), (0, ell), (O,e12), (0,e2t), (O,e22), where eij denotes the 2 x 2 matrix with (i, j)-entry equal to 1 and the other entries O. The matrix of t.x,,,, with respect to this basis is
Observe that L.x,_", = t.x,,,,, so the obvious parametrization by A and J,L is not one-to-one. We can reparametrize via = AJ,L and 11 = AJ,L-l; this gives an isomorphism of algebraic groups from (K*)2 onto T, viz.,
e
This shows that T is a 2-dimensional torus. We now prove that if t E G commutes with all t.x,,,,, then it lies in T. Any such t leaves the eigenspaces of every t.x,,,, invariant. From (2.4) we see that these eigenspaces are
2.3 The Automorphism Group is of Type G2
31
if we choose A, J.I. E K* in such a way that t).,~ has seven distinct eigenvalues. This implies that t must leave DK invariant, so it has the form given by (2.2):
with c,p E DK, det(c) = det(p) = 1. Since t has to leave the eigenspaces of every t).,~ invariant, its restriction to DK , i.e., the mapping
has to leave K e12 and K e21 invariant. This implies that ce12 E K e12C and ce21 E K e21 c, so c = c, for some ~ E K*. In a similar way, the invariance of all K eij under the mapping
implies that p is diagonal. Thus we have proved that t K*.
= t,,~ for some ~,K. E 0
It is easy now to determine the center of G.
Lemma 2.3.2 The center of G consists of the identity only. Proof. Since a central element commutes with all elements of the maximal torus T, it must lie in T, so it has the form
using the notation of the previous lemma. It must commute with all automorphisms t that leave DK invariant, which by (2.2) have the form
t : x + ya
t--+
cxc- 1 + {pcyc- 1)a
(x, y E D K )
with C,p E DK, N(p) = 1. This implies that t).,~IDK has to commute with all inner automorphisms of DK, the full 2 x 2 matrix algebra over K. This can only happen if >.2 = 1, so t).,~IDK = id. Since this holds for every quaternion subalgebra of CK and since every element of CK is contained in a quaternion 0 subalgebra by Prop. 1.6.4, we conclude that t).,~ = id. In the next theorem, C may be an arbitrary composition algebra. In fact, the proof for octonion algebras uses the case of quaternion algebras, which we therefore have to settle first.
Theorem 2.3.3 Let C be any composition algebra over k. The only nontrivial invariant subspaces of CK under the action of Aut{CK) are Ke and el..
32
2. The Automorphism Group of an Octonion Algebra
Proof. If dim( CK) = 2, the result is trivial if K has characteristic ::j: 2. If char(K) = 2, we have Ke = e.L. Let a ¢ Ke with (e,a) = 1; set N(a) = o. The element e+a satisfies the same conditions, so by Prop. 1.2.3 it satisfies the same minimum equation as a. It follows that there exists an automorphism which carries a to e + a, so a cannot span another invariant subspace. Next we deal with the case that CK is of dimension 4, so C K = M(2, K). Every automorphism of this algebra is inner by the Skolem-Noether Theorem (see § 2.1). Let V be an invariant subspace of CK and let t E M(2, K) be a diagonal matrix with distinct nonzero eigenvalues. Then the eigenspaces of the linear map x f-+ txt- l of M(2,K) are Ken + Ke22, Ke12, Ke21 (where the eij are as in the proof of Lemma 2.3.1). So V is spanned by vectors of the form oen + f3e22 and mUltiples of el2 and e21. If el2 E V then for all E K
>.
10) 1 el? (10) ->. 1 ( >.
= (->. _>.2 >.1)
lies in V, whence e21 E V, en - e22 E V. It follows that then V :::> e.L. If oen + f3e22 E V and 0 ::j: f3 then similar arguments give that e12, e21 E V. So if el2 and e21 do not lie in V, we must have V = K e. This proves the Theorem for quaternion algebras. Finally, let CK be an octonion algebra over K. Consider any subspace V of CK that is invariant under Aut(CK), and any quaternion subalgebra D 1 • Let VI = V n DI. Every automorphism of DI can be extended to an automorphism of CK by Cor. 1. 7.3. So VI is invariant under Aut(Dt}, whence VI = 0, K e, e.L n DI or D1 . Let D2 be another quaternion suba.lgebra of CK; call V n D2 = V2 • By Cor. 2.2.4 there exists an automorphism cp of CK carrying DI to D 2. We must have cp(V1) = V2. Consequently, V2 = 0, Ke, e.L n D2 or D2 according to whether VI = 0, Ke, e.L n DI or D 1. Since by Prop. 1.6.4 every element of CK is contained in a quaternion subalgebra, it 0 follows that V = 0, Ke, e.L or CK. Focussing attention on octonion algebras again, we derive the following important corollary to the above theorem. Corollary 2.3.4 The automorphism group G of the octonion algebra CK over K has a faithful irreducible representation. Proof. If char(K) ::j: 2, the 7-dimensional representation of Gin e.L is faithful and irreducible. If char(K) = 2, this is not true anymore, since in that case K e is an invariant subspace contained in e.L. But then the representation of G in the 6-dimensional quotient space e.L / K e is irreducible, and it is not hard to verify that it is faithful. 0 We can now identify G. Theorem 2.3.5 The algebraic group G defined by an octonion algebra C is a connected, simple algebraic group of type G2 •
2.4 Derivations and the Lie Algebra of the Automorphism Group
33
Proof. We continue to work in the algebra CK over the algebraically closed field K. From Prop. 2.2.3 and Lemma 2.3.1 we know that G is a connected linear algebraic group of dimension 14 and rank 2. By the previous Corollary G has a faithful irreducible representation. This implies that G is reductive (see [Sp 81, Ex. 2.4.15]). As the center of G is trivial by Lemma 2.3.2, G is semisimple. From Prop. 2.2.3, Lemma 2.3.1 and [Sp 81, 8.1.3J we deduce that the two-dimensional root system of G has 12 elements. It then must be irreducible (the only reducible two-dimensional root system has 4 elements), and must be of type G 2 (see [Sp 81, 9.1J or [Bour, p.276]). 0 In Prop. 2.4.6 we will see that k is a field of definition of the algebraic group G = Aut(C) if C is an octonion algebra over k.
2.4 Derivations and the Lie Algebra of the Automorphism Group Let C be an algebra over k with identity element e. A derivation of C is a linear map of C such that
d(xy) = x.d(y)
+ d(x).y (x, y E C).
Taking x = y = e it follows that d( e) check shows that their commutator
[d, d'J
= O. If d, d'
= dod' -
are derivations an easy
d' 0 d
is also one. It follows that the derivations of C form a Lie algebra Der(C) or Derk(C), Our aim is to prove that if C is an octonion algebra, DerK{C) is the Lie algebra L{G), where G is as in the previous section. (From this it will follow that G is defined over k, see Prop. 2.4.6). For more on derivations of octonion algebras see [Ja 71, §2J. Let C be an arbitrary composition algebra. To deal with Der{ C) we use the doubling process of § 1.5. Let D and a be as in [loc.cit.]. If d E Der{C) there are linear maps do and d 1 of D such that for xED
d(x)
= do(x) + d1{x)a.
Lemma 2.4.1 (i) do E Der(D). (ii) For X,y E D we have d1{xy)
= d1{x)y + d1{y)x.
Proof. This follows by a straightforward computation, using the multiplica,tion rules (1.22) and the definition of a derivation. 0 If D is a two- or four-dimensional composition algebra denote by S the space of linear maps d 1 of D with the property of part (ii) of the lemma.
34
2. The Automorphism Group of an Octonion Algebra
Lemma 2.4.2 dimS
~
2
if dimD = 2
and dimS ~ 8
if dimD = 4.
Proof. As in the case of derivations, we have d 1 (e) = 0 for d 1 E S. If dim D = 2 this implies the stated inequality. If dim D = 4 then D is generated by two elements a,b (see Cor. 1.6.3), and d 1 E S is completely determined by d1(a) and d1(b). The inequality follows. 0
C and D being as before, denote by Dero(C) the space of derivations whose restriction to D is zero.
Lemma 2.4.3 dimDero(C) :5 1 (respectively, :5 3) if dimC = 4 (respectively, 8). Proof. Let d E Dero (C). Then d is determined by da. From the relations = A, ax = xa (x E D) we deduce that
a2
(da)a + a(da)
= 0,
(da)x - x(da)
= O.
(2.5)
Write da = b + ca. From the second relation we deduce that bx + xb = 0 for all xED. If dim D = 2 then D is commutative, and (x + x)b = (x, e)b = 0 for all xED, whence b = O. If dimD = 4 then
b(xy)
= -(yx)b = -y(xb) = y(bx) = -(by)x = -b(yx).
So b annihilates all elements of the form xy + yx. We can conclude that b = 0 by producing an invertible element of this form, and it suffices to do this over the algebraic closure K. But then D is isomorphic to the algebra of 2 x 2-matrices over K, and we may take x = e12, Y = e21. We have now shown that da = ca and from the first relation (2.5) we find that c + C = O. The lemma follows. 0
Lemma 2.4.4 Der(C) = 0 if C is two-dimensional and dimDer(O) :5 3 (respectively, :5 14) if C has dimension 4 (respectively, 8). Proof. If dim C
= 2, then C = k[aJ. Using (1. 7) we find that if d is a derivation 2a(da) - (a, e)da
= O.
If char k ~ 2 we may assume that (a, e) = 0 and otherwise that (a, e) = 1. In both cases da = 0 and d = O. Now let dim C > 2. We use the doubling process. D being as before, it follows from Lemma 2.4.1 that we have an exact sequence 0-. Dero(C) -. Der(O) -. Der(D) $ S. Hence dim Der(C) ~ dim Dero(C)
+ dim Der(D) + dim S.
2.5 Historical Notes
35
If dimC = 4 using Lemmas 2.4.2 and 2.4.3 we find that dim Der(C) :5 3. (In fact we have equality since, as is easily seen, the derivation algebra contains the three-dimensional space of inner derivations x ....... ax - xa. But we are mainly interested in the octonion case.) If C is an octonion algebra the same 0 argument gives the desired inequality.
We can now prove the results announced in the beginning.
Proposition 2.4.5 Let C be an octonion algebra. Then dim Derk(C) and DerK(C) is the Lie algebra olG.
= 14
Proof. Since DerK(C) = K ®k Derk(C) and dimL(G) = dimG = 14 (see Th. 2.3.5) it suffices to prove the second point. Let V = End(CK®KCK, CK) be the space of K-linear maps ofCK®KCK to CK. Denote by /I. the multiplication map x®y ....... xy. The algebraic group of automorphisms G = Aut(CK) is the stabilizer of /I. in the algebraic group GL(CK), under the obvious action of GL(CK) on V, and the Lie algebra L(G) consists of derivations of CK (see [Hu, p.77Jj one can also see this by working with the ring of dual numbers K[f], as before in the proof of Prop. 2.2.2). Since dimL(G) = dimG = 14 (by Prop. 2.2.3), it follows from Lemma 2.4.4 that we have the desired equality. 0 As a consequence of the proposition we have:
Proposition 2.4.6 Let C be an octonion algebra over k. Then the automorphism group G is defined over k. Proof. We use the notations of the previous proof. V(k) = Endk(C ®k C) is a k-structure on V in the sense of [Sp 81, §l1J, /I. E V(k) and the algebraic group GL( CK) is defined over k (by [loc.cit., 2.1.5]). Let cp : G -+ V be the morphism 9 ....... 9./1.. It is defined over k. To prove that the stabilizer G is defined over k it suffices by [loc.cit, 12.1.2J to prove that the kernel of the differential dcpe has dimension 14. But this kernel is precisely Der( C K ), as follows from [Hu, p. 77J. An application of the previous Proposition proves 0 the assertion.
2.5 Historical Notes
E. Cartan remarked in rCa 14J that the compact real exceptional simple Lie group of type G2 can be realized as the automorphism group of the real octonionsj see [Fr 51J for an explicit proof. A similar result for Lie algebras of type G 2 over arbitrary fields of characteristic zero was proved independently by N. Jacobson [Ja 39J and E. Bannow (Mrs E. Witt) [BaJ. Generalization to groups over arbitrary base fields was a fairly obvious idea. L.E. Dickson defined analogs of the Lie group G 2 over arbitrary fields without referring to octonion algebras - and proved simplicity over finite fields
36
2. The Automorphism Group of an Octonion Algebra
as early as 1901, after he had dealt with the classical groups; see [Di 01a] and [Di 05]. C. Chevalley refers to this work by Dickson in his Tohoku paper [Che 55]. In [Ja 58], Jacobson made an extensive study of the groups of automorphisms of octonion algebras over fields of characteristic not two, and proved they are simple if the algebra is split, so in particular over algebraically closed fields and over finite fields.
3. Triality
In this chapter we deal with algebraic triality in the group of similarities and in the orthogonal group O(N) of the norm N of an octonion algebra C, and with the related triality in the Lie algebras of these groups, usually called local triality. Geometric triality on the quadric N(x) = 0 in case N is isotropic will be left aside; the reader interested in the subject may consult [BlSp 60] and [Che 54, Ch. IV]. The results are proved here in all characteristics. In the existing literature, local triality has only been dealt with in characteristic not two. It turns out that for local triality in characteristic two one cannot use the Lie algebra L(SO( N)) of the orthogonal group, but has to pass to the Lie algebra of the group of similarities, which is one dimension higher, or to a subalgebra of L(SO(N)) of co dimension one. The proof we give for the characteristic two case is different from that in the other cases. Algebraic triality defines two outer automorphisms of the projective similarity group of N, which generate a group of outer automorphisms isomorphic to the symmetric group S3. Further, we derive a characterization of the automorphism group of C within the group of rotations that leave the identity element of C invariant (cf. Cor. 2.2.5). We use triality to give an explicit description of the spin group of the norm of C, and we describe the outer automorphisms induced by triality in this spin group. Finally, we prove that the corresponding algebraic group is defined over the base field of C. Bear in mind that C will always be an octonion algebra in this chapter. In the first section we present material related to quadratic forms that we need in the remainder of the chapter.
3.1 Similarities. Clifford Algebras, Spin Groups and Spinor Norms Let N be a nondegenerate quadratic form on a vector space V (of finite dimension) over a field k. We recall from § 1.1 that a similarity of V with respect to N is a linear transformation t : V - V such that
N(t(x))
= n(t)N(x)
(x E v)
38
3. Triality
for some n(t) E k*, called the multiplier of t. Then (t(x), t(y») = n(t){ x, y) (x, y E V), so t is bijective. The similarities form a group GO(N) (or GO(N, V) if there is danger of confusion), called the similarity group of N, and n is a homomorphism GO( N) - k*. The kernel of n is the orthogonal group O(N). If t is a similarity, so is At for A E k*, and n(At) = A2 n(t). Since we will often have to deal with similarities up to a nonzero scalar multiple, it is useful to introduce the homomorphism
where k*2 denotes the subgroup of squares in k*. We call v(t} the square class of the multiplier of t. Now consider the case that N is the norm of an octonion algebra C. The left multiplication la by an element a with N(a} :F 0 is a similarity with n(la} = N(a), and so is the right multiplication Ta. Any t E GO(N} can be written as t = lat' with a = t(e) and t' E O(N). It follows that every similarity is a product of a left multiplication and a number of reflections. Here we recall the convention of § 1.1 that for char(k) = 2 we understand by a reflection an orthogonal tmnsvection. The remainder of this section is devoted to a digression on Clifford algebras, spin groups and the spinor norm. We will, to a large extent, only give an exposition of the definitions and results we need, referring to the literature for proofs: [Ar, Ch. V, § 4 and § 5J, [Che 54, Ch. IIJ, [Dieu, Ch. II, § 7 and § 10J, [Ja 80, § 4.8J, [KMRT, § 8J. Consider again an arbitrary vector space V of finite dimension n over a field k with a nondegenerate quadratic form N. In the tensor algebra T(V) = k ffi V ffi (V ®k V) ffi ...
consider the two-sided ideal IN generated by the elements x ® x - N(x} (x E V). The Clifford algebra of N is the algebra CI(N} = T(V}/IN. (In the literature Clifford algebras are commonly denoted by a C, followed or not by something within parentheses. We use the notation CI to avoid confusion with the C denoting a composition algebra.) The canonical map of V, considered as a subspace of T(V), into CI(N) is injective; one identifies V with its image in CI(N}. For x, y E CI(N} we denote their product in CI(N} by x 0 Y, to avoid confusion with the product in C if CI(N) is the Clifford algebra of the norm N on an octonion algebra C. As an algebra, CI(N} is dearly generated by V, and one has the relations
x o2 = N(x} and x 0 y + Y 0 x
= (x, y)
(X,YEV),
using the notation x o2 = x 0 x. It follows that every x E V with N(x) :F 0 has an inverse in CI(N}, viz. x o - 1 = N(X)-lX. If el , e2, ... , en is a basis of V, a basis of CI( N) is formed by the elements
3.1 Similarities. Clifford Algebras, Spin Groups and Spinor Norms
39
so dimCI(N) = 2n. The elements x 0 y with x,y E V generate a subalgebra CI+(N) of CI(N), which has dimension 2n - 1 and which is called the even Clifford algebra of N. This even Clifford algebra can also be described as follows. Take the even tensor algebra
r;
= IN n T+(V) is generated by the elements x ® x - N(x) and The ideal u ® x ® x ® v - N(x)(u ® v) (u, v,X E V). Now CI+(N) = T+(V)jlt. The Clifford group of N is the group r(N) of invertible u E CI(N) such that u 0 V 0 u o - l = V. The even Clifford group is r+(N) = r(N) n CI+(N). For u E r(N), we define tu as the restriction to V of conjugation by u: tu : V ..... V,
u o- l .
X t-+ U 0 X 0
This is an orthogonal transformation of V, since
N(uoxouO-l) =uoxouo-louoxouo- l =N(x). Clearly, tuov = tutv for for x E V,
U,V
E
r(N). If u E V with N(u)
i: 0,
then we have
x 0 u o - l = N(U)-lU 0 X 0 U = N(u)-l( -x 0 u o2 + (x, u )u) = -x + N(u)-l( x, U )u, u
0
so u E r(N) and tu = -suo Every rotation is an even product of reflections sal Sa2 ... Sa2r' SO it is of the form tu with u = al 0 a2 0"·0 a2r E r+(N), all ai E V, N(ai) i: O. All elements of r+(N) are ofthis form, and u E r+(N) is determined up to a factor in k" by t u , since the intersection of the center of CI(N) with r+(N) is k". In other words, there is an exact sequence
1 ..... k" ..... r+(N) ~ SO(N) ..... 1,
(3.1)
where X denotes the homomorphism u t-+ tu. The main involution L of CI(N) is the anti-automorphism of order 2 defined by
For u =
al 0··· 0
i: 0),
a2r E r+(N), (ai E V, N(ai)
N(u) = u 0 L(U) = N(al)'" N(a2r) It is easily verified that N(uou')
= N(u)N(u')
N: r+(N) ..... k", u
t-+
define E
k".
and N(>.u)
N(u),
= >.2N(u). So
40
3. Triality
is a homomorphism. Its kernel is called the spin group Spin(N). Notice that the spin group is contained in the even Clifford algebra Cl+(N). Since u E r+(N) is determined by tu up to a nonzero scalar factor, it makes sense to define the homomorphism q :
SO(N)
-+
k* /k*2, tu 1-+ N(u)k*2.
One calls q(t) the spinor nonn of t E SO(N). If t = sal'" Sa2r with all ai E V, N(ai) 1= 0, then q(t) = N(al)'" N(a2r)k*2. The kernel of q is the reduced orthogonal group O'(N). The homomorphism X of (3.1) maps Spin(N) onto O'(N). Let us consider all these objects over the algebraic closure K of k. The vector space V with the quadratic form N is replaced by VK = K ®k V with the extension of N to VK, which we sometimes denote by NK. Clearly, Cl(NK) = K ®k Cl(N). The invertible elements of Cl(NK) form an algebraic group, of which r(NK) is a closed subgroup. (From the fact that r(NK) is defined over k - though we will not prove that here - it follows that r(N) is the group of k-rational points of r(NK).) Similarly, we have the algebraic group r+ (NK), a closed subgroup of r( N K), and a closed subgroup Spin( N) of r+(NK)' The exact sequence (3.1) (with k replaced by K) is an exact sequence of algebraic groups, and N: r+(NK) -+ K* is a homomorphism of algebraic groups. Every rotation has spinor norm lover K since K* = K*2, so O'(N) coincides with SO(N) over an algebraically closed field. (Notice that, in general, O'(N) is not the group of rational points of an algebraic group.) The algebraic group Spin(N) is connected provided dim V ~ 2; we show this in a similar way as in the proof of Prop. 2.2.2 for SO(N). The polynomial function N - 1 on VK is irreducible, so S = {x E V I N(x) = I} is an irreducible algebraic variety in V. The morphism S xS
-+
Spin(N), (x, y)
1-+
X 0
y,
maps the irreducible variety S x S onto an irreducible set of generators of Spin(N) containing the identity, so this must indeed be a connected algebraic group (cf. [Hu, § 7.5] or [Sp 81, Prop. 2.2.6]). (If dim V = 1, then Spin(N) =
{±1 }.) We have a homomorphism of algebraic groups 11" : Spin(N) -+ SO(N), where 11" is the restriction of X to Spin(N) (so 1I"(al 0 a2 0 '" 0 a2r) = Sal Sa2 ... sa2r)' where Spin(N) is the simply connected covering group of SO(N) (cf. [Sp 81, 10.1.4]). The homomorphism 11" is a separable isogeny with kernel of order 2 if char(K) 1= 2; if char(K) = 2, 11" is an inseparable isogeny with kernel { 1 }. We will discuss this in detail for the case that N is the norm on an octonion algebra C, though in fact the argument will work for the general case. We assume that k = K is algebraically closed. Then N is the unique (up to equivalence) form of maximal Witt index in dimension 8. We denote the corresponding spin group by Spin(8), etc.
3.1 Similarities. Clifford Algebras, Spin Groups and Spinor Norms
41
We have to determine explicitly the Lie algebra L(8pin(8)) of 8pin(8). To this end we introduce again the ring of dual numbers K[c] (as in the proof of Prop. 2.2.2), extend N to a quadratic form on G[c] = K[c] ®K G and consider the corresponding Clifford algebra K[c] ®K CI(N). The Lie algebra of r+ (NK) consists of elements U E CI+ (NK) such that (1
+ cu) 0 G[c] 0 (1 + eut- l
~ G[c],
that is, (1 Since (1
+ eu) 0 (x + cy) 0 (1 + eu)o-l
+ eu)O-l = 1 -
cU, this leads to
x+cy+c(uoX-XOU)EG[c] Since x
(x, y E G).
E G[c]
(X,YEG).
+ cy E G[c], we get the condition (x E G).
uox-xoUEG
(3.2)
Now first let char(K) "# 2. Choose an orthonormal basis el, ... , eg of G, write as a linear combination of these and U = I:'Lo I: fril ... i2Ieil 0·' ·oei21' where the second sum is taken over all sequences ib ... ,i 21 with 0::; i l < ... < i 21 ::; 8. One easily sees that (3.2) holds if and only if U = fro + Ei<j frijei oej. Since Spin(8) consists of the z E r+(NK) with ZOt(z) = 1, we need for L(Spin(8)) the extra condition (1 + eu) 0 t(1 + eu) = 1, which yields U + t(u) = O. Since u + t(u) = 2fro, we get fro = 0, so L(8pin(8)) is contained in the space S of the elements u = I:i<j frijei 0 ej. Since dimS = 28 = dimL(Spin(8)), we have L(Spin(8) = S. The Lie action of u on G, x t-+ U 0 X - X 0 u, has matrix ( 'Yij )l
4
(3.3) Lfri,iH = O. i=l The Lie action of U = fro + I:i<j frijei 0 ej satisfying (3.3) on GK, x t-+ U 0 X - X 0 u, has matrix ( 'Yij )l
(1 ::; i, j ::;
= 'YjH,iH = fri,jH
'Yi,iH = 'YH4,i = 0 =
= 'YH4,i = frH4,jH
frij
4),
(1::; i < j::; 4),
'Yi,jH 'YH4,j
'Yj,iH
=
(1 ::; i ::;
4),
(1 ::; i < j :5
4).
42
3. Triality
It follows that the kernel of d1r is K (considered as a subspace of CI(NK». Its image is a 27-dimensional subalgebra of the 28-dimensional Lie algebra L(80(8», because of condition (3.3). Thus we see that 1r is an inseparable isogeny if char(K) = 2 (cf. [Sp 81, § 9.6]).
3.2 The Principle of Triality The following theorem is the central result of this chapter.
Theorem 3.2.1 (Principle of Triality) Let C be an octonion algebra over a field k, with norm N. (i) The elements t1 E GO(N) such that there exist t2, t3 E GO(N) with (x,y E
CJ
(3.4)
form a normal subgroup SGO(N) of index 2, called the special similarity group. If (ft, t2, t3) and (t~, t~, t~) satisfy (3.4), then so do (fttJ., t2t~, t3t~) and (tll,t2"1,ta 1). (ii) Ifft E GO(N), then there exist t2, t3 E GO(N) such that (x,y E
CJ
(3.5)
if and only ift1 ¢ SGO{N). (iii) The elements t2 and t3 in (3.4) and in (3.5) are uniquely determined by t1 up to scalar factors ,\ and ,\-1 in k*, respectively. For tl = la, the similarities t2 = lara and t3 = la-1 = N(a)-1lo. satisfy (3.4), and similarly with t1 = r a, t2 = r a-1 = N(a)-lrr;., t3 = lara; for tt = Sa, (3.5) is satisfied by t2 : y 1--+ -N(a)-1afj, and t3 : x 1--+ xa; for tt = SaSb we can take t2 = N(a)-llal" and t3 = N(b)-lrar" to satisfy (3.4). Iftl E SGO(N), then so are t2and t3. (iv) Iftl. t2, t3 are as in (3.4) or (3.5), then n(tl) = n(h)n(t3). (v) Let t E GO(N); it is a product of a left multiplication by an invertible element of C and an orthogonal transformation t'. Then t E SGO(N) if and only if t' is a rotation. (vi) If tt, t2, t3 are bijective linear transformations of C that satisfy (3.4) or (3.5), then they are necessarily similarities with respect to N.
Proof. Call t1 E GO(N) even or odd if there exist t2, t3 E GO(N) such that (3.4) or (3.5) holds, respectively. (a) If two triples (tb t2, t3) and (t~, t~, t~) of invertible linear transformations satisfy (3.4), then so does their product (t1ti, t2t~, t3t~), since
If the first triple satisfies (3.4) and the second one (3.5), then their product satisfies (3.5). If the first triple satisfies (3.5) and the second one (3.4), then
3.2 The Principle of Triality
43
(tlt~, t2t~, t3t2) satisfies (3.5), and this last triple satisfies (3.4) if both initial triples satisfy {3.5}. Finally, if (t17 t2, t3) satisfies (3.4), then the same is true for {tIl, t2"l, tal}. For, substituting in (3.4) t2"I{X) for x and t 1{y) for y yields
a
from which we infer
(x,y E c). So the product of two even or two odd similarities is even and that of an even and an odd similarity is odd, while the inverse of an even similarity is even. (b) We show now that a similarity cannot be both even and odd. For assume that {t17 t2, t3} satisfies (3.4) and at the same time (tt, t 2, t~) satisfies (3.5). Then, by the results of (a), (id, U2, U3) with U2 = t2tal and U3 = t~t2"l would satisfy {3.5}. Thus,
(x,y E C). Taking y = e we get x = u2{e)u3{x), so U3 = la with a x = e we get U2 = Tb with b = u3{e)-I. Thus,
xy For x
= (yb){ax)
= u2{e)-lj
taking
(x,y E C).
= y = e this yields e = ba, so b = a-I. If we take y = a, we get (x E C).
xa =ax
This means that a belongs to the center of C, so a = Ae for some A E k by Prop. 1.9.1, and b = A-Ie. Thus we arrive at the relation
xy = yx
(x,y E C).
Since C is not commutative, we have a contradiction. (c) Every similarity is a product of a left multiplication by an invertible element and a number of reflections, so to show that we have either (3.4) or (3.5), it suffices by (a) to consider the cases tl = la and tl = Sa for a E C with N(a) ::f O. For tl = la we deduce from the second Moufang identity (1.14) that
a{xy) = (axa)(a-Iy)
(x,y E C).
Hence if we take t2 = laTa and t3 = la-I, then (t17t2,t3) satisfies (3.4). If we conjugate the above relation and then replace a by a, fi by x and x by y, we get {xy)a = (xa-l){aya) (x,y E C),
44
3. Triality
Next consider a reflection
xa + ax, Sa(x)
=X-
Sa :
X 1-+ X - N(a)-l(x,a}a. Since (x,a}e
=
X - N(a)-laxa = -N(a)-laxa.
Using the first Moufang identity (1.13) we get:
sa(xy) = -N(a)-la(jjx)a = -N(a)-l(ajj)(xa)
(x,y E C),
so if we take tl = Sa, t2 : y 1-+ -N(a)-lajj, and t3 : X 1-+ xa, we have a triple of similarities which satisfies (3.5). Combining this with the results of (a) and (b), we find the statements (i), (ii) and (v) of the Theorem and the statements in the second and third sentence of (iii). The normality of SGO(N) in GO(N) follows from the fact that it has index 2. The relation in (iv) is easily proved by taking norms on both sides of (3.4) and (3.5). (d) We now prove the uniqueness of t2, t3 up to a scalar factor. Assume (tl. t2, t3) and (h, t~, t~) both satisfy (3.4), then with Ui = tilt~ (i = 1,2) we have by (a),
(x,y E C). Taking y = e we find X = U2(x)u3(e), so U2 = similarly U3 = lb with b = u2(e)-1. Hence
xy = (xa)(by)
Ta
with a = u3(e)-1, and
(x,y E C).
Substitution of X = Y = e yields ab = e, so b = a-l. Replacing y by ay we find
x(ay)
= (xa)y
(x,y E C).
By Prop. 1.9.2, a = >.e for some>. E k, so b = >.-le. This implies that t~ = >'t2 and t~ = >.-lt3. Now let (tl, t2, t3) satisfy (3.5). Define similarities Ui by Ui(X) = ti(x). Then (Ul. U2, U3) satisfies (3.4). The uniqueness of U2 and U3 up to factors >. and >.-1, respectively, implies the same for t2 and t3. (e) To prove (vi), finally, consider arbitrary bijective linear transformations tl, t2, t3 of C that satisfy (3.4). Taking y = e in (3.4), we get
(X E C). As tl is bijective, there exists X E C such that N(tl(X)) i= OJ since N(tt(x)) = N(t2(X))N(t3(e)), we see that N(t3(e)) i= 0, so t3(e) is invertible. Hence t2 = Tatl with a = t3(e)-1. By substituting x = e in (3.4), we find in a similar way that t3 = lbtl with b = t2(e)-l. We can now rewrite (3.4) in the following form:
(x,y E C).
(3.6)
3.3 Outer Automorphisms Defined by Triality
45
From tl(e) = t2(e)t3(e) it follows that tl(e) is invertible. Set c = tl(e)-l. The similarity ti = le can be completed to a triple of similarities (ti, t 2,t satisfying (3.4) as we saw in (c) above. Then the product triple (ti tb t 2t2, tat3) also satisfies (3.4) as we saw in (a). Now titl(e) = lctl(e) = e, so for the proof of (vi) we may as well assume that tl(e) = e. Taking x = y = e in (3.6), we find ab = e. Taking norms of both sides of (3.6), we get, since N(a)N(b) = N(e) = 1,
a)
N(tl(XY))
= N(tl(X))N{tl{Y))'
This means that the nondegenerate quadratic form N on C defined by N(x) = N(tl(X)) (x E C) permits composition. This implies by Cor. 1.2.4 that N = N, so ft is orthogonal. Then t2 and t3 must be similarities, since each of them is a product of tl and a similarity. A similar proof shows that bijective linear transformations tb t2, t3 that satisfy (3.5) must be similarities. 0 The elements of SGO(N) are called proper similarities, the other similarities improper. For tl E GO(N) we fix the notation t2 and t3 by the rule that the triple (tb t2, t3) satisfies either (3.4) or {3.5)j such a triple (tb t2, t3) is said to be related. Bear in mind that t2 and t3 are determined by tl up to factors oX and oX -t, respectively. Equation (3.4) is called the first form of triality and (3.5) the second form of triality. Consider a related triple (tb t2, t3)j if tl E SO(N), it satisfies the first form of triality, and hence t2, t3 E SGO(N). With the aid of the spinor norm we can determine when we can take t2 and t3 to be orthogonal. Proposition 3.2.2 For tl E SO(N), the similarities t2 and t3 such that (tl' t2, t3) satisfies (3.4) have square class of multiplier V(ti) = O'(tt}. Hence t2 and t3 can be taken to be orthogonal if and only if O'(tl) = 1; in that case they are both rotations. Proof. The equality V(ti) = O'(tt} follows from the case tl = SaSb in (iii) of Th. 3.2.1. We have also seen there that t2, t3 E SGO(N), so if we take them to be orthogonal, they are rotations by (v) of the same theorem. 0 Remark 3.2.3 If k* = k*2, which is for instance the case if k is algebraically closed, every rotation has spinor norm 1. Then for every tl E SO(N) one can find t2, t3 E SO(N), unique up to a common factor ±1, such that (tb t2, t3) satisfies the first form of triality (3.4), so the Principle of Triality holds in this form for SO(N) over algebraically closed fields, more generally over fields in which every element is a square.
3.3 Outer Automorphisms Defined by Triality For t E GO(N) we define
i E GO(N)
by
£(x) = n(t)-lt(x)
(x E C).
46
3. Triality
Lemma 3.3.1 For t E GO(N) we have n(f)
= n(t)-l
(x E C, N(x)
and
-10).
Further,
tu=£fJ. so t
1-+
£= t,
and
£ is an involutory automorphism of GO(N). o
Proof. Easy verifications.
Lemma 3.3.2 Let tb t2, ta E SGO(N). If (h, t2, ta) satisfies the first form of triality, then so do (t2, tl, £a), (ta, £2, h), (£1, £a, £2), (£2, ta, it) and (ia, £1, t2). Proof. From we infer for N(y)
-10,
N(y)tl(X) = t2(xy)N(y)ta(y-l)
= N(y)t2(xy)(£a(y))-I.
Hence
(x,y
E
C, N(y)
-10).
Working over K, we obtain a polynomial equality which is valid on a Zariski open subset of CK x CK. It must hold for all x, y E CK and in particular for x, y E C. So (t 2 , t l , £a) is a related triple. In a similar way one proves that (ta, £2, tl) is related. Thus, if we interchange in a related triple satisfying the first form of triality the first and the second (or the third) component and replace the remaining component t by i, we get another related triple satisfying the first form of triality. Applying this operation a few times in a suitable way, we get the other three related triples. 0
Corollary 3.3.3 1ft is a rotation, then u(f) = u(t). Iftl is a rotation with U(tl) = 1 and (tl, t2, ta) is a related triple of rotations, then U(t2) = U(t3) = 1.
Proof. If t is a rotation, then £(x) = t(x)j since conjugation is the negative of the reflection sel £ is a rotation with the same spinor norm as t. The second 0 statement follows by combining the above lemma with Prop. 3.2.2. In dealing with similarities of the octonion algebra C up to a scalar factor, it is natural to interpret them as transformations of the set lID(C)( k) of krational points of the seven-dimensional projective space lID (C) = (C\ { 0 }) / K* . These transformations form the projective similarity group PGO(N) =
3.3 Outer Automorphisms Defined by Triality
47
GO(N)jk*. The image of SGO(N) in PGO(N) under the natural projection is the projective special similarity group PSGO(N) = SGO(N)jk*. For t E GO(N), we identify its image tk* in PGO(N) with the projective transformation it induces in IP(C), and we denote both by ttl. Every ttl] E PSGO(N) uniquely determines [t2], [t3] E PSGO(N) such that (tl> t2, t3) is a related triple. Proposition 3.3.4 The mappings a,{3,e: PSGO(N)
--+
PSGO(N),
a : [ttl t-+ [t2], {3 : ttl] t-+ [i3] , e : ttl t-+ til, are automorphisms of PSGO(N). The automorphisms a and {3 generate a group S of outer automorphisms of PSGO(N), which contains e, and which is isomorphic to the symmetric group 83 • Proof. That a and {3 are homomorphisms follows from part (i) of Th. 3.2.1 and Lemma 3.3.1, and their bijectivity follows from Lemma 3.3.2. From Lemma 3.3.2 it also follows that
and {3 :
ttl]
t-+
[i3]
t-+
[i2] t-+ [tl],
[t2]
t-+
[t3]
t-+
[itl t-+ [t2]'
This implies e = a{3. Further one derives the relations
denoting by 1 the identity automorphism. These are the defining relations for the symmetric group 8 3 , if one takes as generators (12) and (123). So there exists a homomorphism r: 8 3 --+ S, (12)
t-+
a and (123)
t-+
{3.
The only nontrivial normal subgroup of 8 3 is the alternating group A 3 . Since (123) E A3 is not mapped onto 1 by r, we see that r must be an isomorphism. There remains the proof that all elements i- 1 of S are outer automorphisms. Let A be the quotient of the group of automorphisms of PSGO(N) by the group of inner automorphisms. We have to show that the homomorphism 8 3 --+ A induced by r is injective. If not, its kernel would contain the alternating group A3 , and {3 would be an inner automorphism. If this were the case, there would exist u E SGO(N) such that
(tl E SGO(N)). If tl = la, then {3([tl]) = [i3] with t3 = N(a)-lla by Th. 3.2.1 (iii). Writing this out we see that for each a E C with N(a) i- 0 there is Aa E k such that
48
3. Triality
(x E C).
N(a)u(ax) = Aau(x)a Taking x
(3.7)
= u- 1 (a- 1 ) we find (a
E
C, N(a) f:. 0).
(3.8)
Taking norms of both sides of (3.7) we get
N(a)2n(u)N(a)
= A~n(u)N(a),
from which we infer A~ = N(a)2, so Aa = ±N(a) fora E C,N(a) f:. O. We may assume that k is algebraically closed. Since a 1--+ Aa is a polynomial function on C by (3.8) and since Ae = 1, we must have Aa = N(a) if N(a) f:. O. By Zariski continuity this must hold for all a E C. Using Prop. 1.9.2 we conclude that e E k* e. Consequently, f3 = Inn( u) = id, which is a contradiction. 0
Remark 3.3.5 Since c E S, it is an outer automorphism of PSGO(N). One can extend c to an automorphism ttl 1--+ til of PGO(N), which is an inner automorphism since in GO(N) we have
i
= n(t)-lcte- 1 ,
where e is the similarity x 1--+ x. Notice that e satisfies (3.5), the second form of triality, so e
3.4 Automorphism Group and Rotation Group of an Octonion Algebra Let C be an octonion algebra over k. We saw in § 2.2 that the algebraic group G is a closed subgroup of the stabilizer SF of e in SO(N), which also leaves el. invariant, and that restriction of elements of SF to el. defines an isomorphism (} of SF onto SO(Nl); see Prop. 2.2.2. We will henceforth identify the elements of SF with their (}-images in SO(Nl)' and conversely identify every t E SO(Nt} with its extension (}-I(t) to a rotation fixing e. Thus, we have identified G with a closed subgroup of SO(Nt}. Similarly, we identify G = Aut(C) with a subgroup of SO(Nl)' For x,y E C, both f:. 0, we denote k*x E IP(C)(k) by [x], and sometimes write [x].[y] for [xy]. For tl E SO(N1 ) there exist similarities t2, t3, unique up to scalar factors A and A-I, respectively, such that (tlJ t2, t3) satisfies the first form of triality (3.4). We define a mapping Ll from SO(N1 ) to IP(C)(k) by Ll: SO(Nt} -+ IP(C)(k), tl 1--+ [t2(e)]. By Lemma 3.3.2, (t2, tlJ i3) also satisfies the first form oftriality. This implies i3(e) = t2(e) since tl(e) = e. Using all this, we find for the map Ll:
3.4 Automorphism Group and Rotation Group of an Octonion Algebra
49
Thus,
= [t](Ll(u».Ll(t) (t,u E SO(Nl». E Aut(C), then tl = t2 = t3, so Ll(tt} = [e]. This necessary condition is Ll(tu)
If tl also sufficient as we see in the following proposition.
Proposition 3.4.1 For t E SO(N1 ) we have t E Aut(C) if and only if .1(t) = tel. Proof. It remains only to prove the "if" part. If tl E SO(Nl) and Ll(tl) = [e], we may assume t2(e) = e. From (3.4) with x = e it follows that tl(Y) = t3(Y) for all y. Then t3(e) = tl(e) = e, hence taking y = e in (3.4) yields that tl(X) = t2(X) for all x. Thus we have found that tl = t2 = t3, which means that tl E Aut(C). 0
If tt E SO(Nd, t2(e) has nonzero norm. We claim that every element of C with nonzero norm can be obtained in this way.
Lemma 3.4.2 For every e E C with N(e) =F 0 there exists tl that t2(e) = e.
E SO(N1 )
such
Proof. We try tl = SaSb with a, bE e.L. Then tl(e) = e, so tl E SO(Nl)' Pick any a E C with (a,e) = (a,e) = 0 and N(a) =F O. Take b = ).aewith)' E k* still to be chosen. Then N(b) =F 0 and
(b,e)
= ).(ae,e) = ).(e,a) = -).(e,a) = o.
By Th. 3.2.1 (iii), we can take t2 = lalr,. Then
t2(e)
= ab = -ab = -).aac =
).aac = ).N(a)e.
So if we take). = N(a)-l, we have t2(e) = e as desired.
o
We define an action T of SO(N1) in P(C)(k) by T(t) = a([t]) with a as in Prop. 3.3.4, so T(tt} = [t2]' If T(t) = [id] , then ttl = lid] since a is an automorphism; this implies that t = id since t E SO(Nl)' Thus, T is faithful. For k = K we have obtained an action of SO(Nd on P(C). Consider in P(C) the Zariski open subset 0= {[e] I N(e) =F O}.
It is the complement of a projective quadric which is defined over k. Lemma 3.4.2 shows that T(SO(Nt}) operates transitively on the set O(k) of k-rational points of O. According to Prop. 3.4.1, t E SO(Nt} is an automorphism of C if and only if T(t) fixes tel, so G = Aut(C) is the stabilizer of tel. Working over K we see that T induces a bijective morphism T of algebraic varieties from the homogeneous space SO(N1)/G onto O. Counting dimensions yields
50
3. Triality
dimSO(N1)/G
= 21- dimG =
dim 0 = dimP(C) = 7
(use [Sp 81, Th. 5.1.6]), from which we derive again that dimG = 14. By Prop. 2.4.6 we know that G is defined over k. The group SO(N1) is the rotation group of a 7-dimensional quadratic form, it is a quasisimple algebraic group of type Ba (see [Sp 81, 17.2.1 and 17.2.2]) and G is a closed algebraic subgroup which is an exceptional simple group of type G2 • We have found a bijective morphism r of SO(N1)/G onto a Zariski open subset 0 of the 7-dimensional projective space P(C), which induces a bijection between SO(Nl)/G(k) and O(k) ~ P(C)(k). If the norm N is anisotropic, i.e., if C is an octonion division algebra, then O(k) = P(C)(k). The bijective morphism r : SO(N1)/G -+ 0 is even an isomorphism of algebraic varieties. According to [Sp 81, 5.3.2] it suffices to show that the tangent map (dr)e is surjective. To prove this, we consider the map
.1 : SO(N1) -+ 0, t
t-+
T(t)[e].
The surjectivity of (dr)e will follow if we can show that (d.1)e is surjective. Pick a E e.L, N(a) = 1. The map «e.L\{ O})/ K*)
nO -+ «ae.L\{ 0 })/K*) n 0, [x]
t-+
[ax]
= [ax],
is an isomorphism of algebraic varieties which factors through .1, for
The image of (d.1)e must therefore contain ae.L, which we can identify with the tangent space to 0 at [a]. This shows that dre is surjective. 0
3.5 Local Triality If k = K is an algebraically closed field, the Principle of Triality holds already for the algebraic group SO(N), as we noticed in Rem. 3.2.3. It has an analog in the Lie algebra L(SO(N)) of this algebraic group, the Principle of Local Triality, at least in characteristic not two. In characteristic two the situation is more complicated. In the first instance we have to work in the Lie algebra L(SGO(N)) of the special similarity group, or in the quotient by its one-dimensional center. For local triality in the Lie algebra L(SO(N)) in characteristic two we have to restrict to a subalgebra M thereof which has co dimension 1j in the next section we will see that M is the commutator subalgebra of L(SO(N)). Before we formulate and prove local triality, we have to discuss the Lie algebras involved here and, in particular, to find suitable generators for them.
3.5 Local Triality
51
The similarity group GO(N) is the algebraic group consisting of the invertible linear transformations t which satisfy the equations
N(t(x))
= N(t(e))N(x)
Notice that for a similarity t with respect to the norm N on C the multiplier
n(t) equals N(t(e)) (cf. § 3.1). ,The special similarity group SGO(N) is the identity component of GO(N). We denote its Lie algebra by Lo. To find it one can use the ring of dual numbers K[cJ. The method of the proof of Prop. 2.2.2 gives that Lo consists of the linear maps t of CK satisfying the condition
(x,t(x)) = (,e,t(e))N(x) We denote by Lo the Lie algebra of linear maps t of C satisfying the same condition. Such a t is called a local similarity, and the factor (e, t(e)) its local multiplier. Examples of local similarities are the left and right multiplications le and re for C E C, because by (1.3)
(x,ex) = (e,c)N(x), and similarly for the right multiplications. The subalgebra Ll = L(SO(N)) is given by the equations
(x,t(x))
=0
The similarly defined subalgebra of Lo is L 1 • It consists of the alternating linear transformations. These are also skew symmetric:
(t(x),y) + (x,t(y)) = 0
(x,y
E
C).
Examples of alternating transformations are
ta,b: C
-+
C,
X
1-+
(x,a)b - (x,b)a,
with a, b E Cj further, the la with (a, e) = 0, the ra with (a, e) = 0, the me = le - re for all c E C, and finally the lalb - lbla and rarb - rbra for all a, bE C, as one easily verifies.
Lemma 3.5.1 If tl and t2 are local similarities of C, then their Lie commutator [tlo t2J = tlt2 - t2tl is alternating. Proof. Let tl and t2 have local multipliers Al and A2, respectively. The relation
(x E C) leads to
52
3. Triality
(x E C). After cancelling terms on both sides of the equality sign we find
(x E c). Now write down this relation with t1 and t2 interchanged, and subtract that from the above relation. Then we find (x, [t1' t2JX) = 0 (x E C). 0
Lemma 3.5.2 (i) L1 is genemted as a vector space by the ta,b with a, bE C. (ii) If char(k) = 2, then L1 is genemted as a Lie algebm by {la, rb, me Ia, bE e.L, C E C}, and Lo is genemted as a Lie algebm by {la, rb Ia, bE C}. Proof. For t E Lit define Nt = {x E C It(x) = o}. For a = t(e) we have (e,a) = o. Pick bE C with (e,b) = -1. Then ta,b{e) = a = tee), so t' = t - ta,b maps e to 0, i.e., e E Nt'. Next assume we have tELl with e E Nt #- C. Pick u E C, u ¢ Nt. For a = t(u) we have (u,a) = 0, and for x E Nt,
(x,a)
= (x,t(u») + (t(x),u) = o.
Choose b E Nl with (u, b) = -1. Then
ta,b{X) = (x,a)b- (x,b)a ta,b{U) = (u,a)b- (u,b)a
=0 = t{u).
(x E Nt),
Hence for t' = t - ta,b we have Nt' ;2 Nt and u E Nt', so Nt' #- Nt. By induction we arrive at statement (i). Notice that after the first step we have only used transformations ta,b with a, b E e.L. For the proof of (ii), consider any tELl. Take a = tee), then (a,e) = o. For t' = t - la we have t'(e) = 0, so e E Nt'. Continuing as in the previous paragraph we find that L1 is generated as a vector space by the transformations la and ta,b with a, b E e.L. In order to prove (ii) it therefore suffices to express these ta,b in left and right multiplications by elements of e.L and transformations me with c E C. Let a, b E e.L. From a = -a we infer that -ax + xa = (x, a )e, so ax = xa - (x, a )e, and similarly xb = bx - (x, b}e. Using this, we find:
[la, rb](x)
= a(xb) -
(ax)b = a{bx) - {xa)b + (x, a)b - (x, b)a = a(bx) - (xa)b + ta,b(X) (x E C),
so
(x E C). Since the associator in C is alternating,
(3.9)
3.5 Local Triality
(xa)b - x(ab)
= (ab)x -
a(bx)
53
(x E C),
so
a(bx)
+ (xa)b =
(ab)x + x(ab)
(x
E
C).
Now assuming that char(k) = 2, we substitute this into (3.9), thus getting
ta,b(X)
= [la, rb](x) + (ab)x + x(ab) = [la, rb](x) + (ab)x - (ab)( x, e) + x(ab) = [la, rb](x) + (ab)x + x(ab).
(x, e ) (ab)
Hence we find which shows that L1 is generated as a Lie algebra by the la, rb and stated in (ii). For Lo, finally, fix any dEC with (e, d) = 1; then by (1.4),
(x,dx)
= (e,d)N(x) = N(x)
me
as
(x E C).
If t E Lo has local multiplier A, then t - Ald E L 1. Since that Lo is generated by aUla and rb.
me
= le -
r e , we see 0
As in the last paragraph of the above proof we see that in any characteristic Lo is spanned by L1 and ld for some d rt el.. If char(k) :/;2, we can take d = !e, but in characteristic 2 we have le E L 1 . Thus, Lemma 3.5.3 (i) dim Lo = dim L1 + 1. (ii) If char(k) :I 2, then Lo = L1 $ kid, a direct sum of Lie algebras. If char(k) = 2, then kid eLI. For later use, we formulate another consequence of Lemma 3.5.2, which is of a technical nature and which easily follows from the proof of part (ii) of that lemma. Lemma 3.5.4 Assume char(k) = 2. Let M be the subalgebra of Ll generated as a Lie algebra by the la and rb with a, b E el., and let d be some element of C with (d,e) = 1. Then L1 = M + kmd. We will see later that md rt M. We are now ready to formulate and prove the result on local triality. Theorem 3.5.5 (Principle of Local Triality) Let C be an octonion algebra with norm N over a field k. (i) If char(k) :I 2, then for every tl E L1 there exist unique t2, t3 E L1 such that (3.10) (x,y E Cj.
The mappings iJ 2 : h ...... t2, and iJ3 : tl ...... t3, respectively, with tit t2, t3 satisfying (3.10), are Lie algebra automorphisms of L 1 .
54
3. Triality
For tl
= ta,b,
(3.10) is satisfied by t2
= l(lbla -lal,;)
and t3 = l(rbrii -
rari».
(ii) If char(k) = 2, then for every tl E Lo there exist t2, t3 E Lo such that (3.10) holds. These t2, t3 are unique up to a change h 1-+ t2 + Aid, t3 1-+ t3 + Aid, for some A E k. The mappings {)2 : tl
+ k id
1-+
t2
+ kid,
and {)3: tl
+ k id
1-+
t3
+ kid,
with tl. t2, t3 satisfying (3.10), are Lie algebm automorphisms of Lo/ kid. (3.10) is satisfied by the triples tl = la, t2 = la + r a, t3 = la and tl = rb, t2 = rb, t3 = lb + rb· Proof. Let N be the set of tl E Ll (or E Lo in characteristic 2) for which there exist t2, t3 E Ll (E Lo, respectively) such that (3.10) is satisfied. If (tl ,t~, t~) also satifies (3.10), then clearly so does (Atl + J,Lti, At2 + J,Lt~, At3 + J,Lt~) for A, J,L E k. FUrther,
ht! (xy) = tl(t~(X)Y + xt~(y»
= tl(t~(X)Y) + tl(Xt~(y» = t2t~(X)Y + t~(X)t3(Y) + t2(X)t;(y) + xt3t~(y) Interchanging the ti and the yields
t~
(x,y E C).
and then subtracting from the above relation
(x,y
E
C).
This shows that N is a Lie sub algebra of L1 (or Lo in characteristic 2). Hence, to prove the Theorem it suffices to prove that N contains a set of generators of L1 or Lo, respectively. First, we consider the char(k) '" 2 case for L 1. We use the ta,b as generators.
ta,b(XY)
= (xy, a}b - (xy, b}a = (y,xa}b- (y,xb}a = (by)(xa) + (b(ax»y - (ay)(xb) - (a(bx»y = (b(ax) - a(bx»y + (by)(xa) - (ay)(xb).
(3.11)
From the definition of ta,b it is immediate that ta,b(Z) = ta,i)(.z), so using the above expression we get
ta,b(XY) = tii,i)(Yx) = x((ya)b - (yb)a)
+ (ay)(xb) -
(by)(xa).
Adding (3.11) and (3.12) and dividing by 2 yields
ta,b(XY)
= 21 (b(ax) -
1 a(bx»y + 2x((ya)b - (yb)a).
(3.12)
3.5 Local Triality
55
Just as we noticed before Lemma 3.5.1, !(lbla -lalii) and !(TbTa - TaTii) are elements of L l . This proves existence in case (i). For existence in case (ii), we take as generators of Lo the La and Tb. Since the associator is symmetric in characteristic 2,
a(xy)
+ (ax)y = x(ay) + (xa)y,
so
= (ax + xa)y + x(ay). Hence (3.10) is satisfied by tl = la, t2 = la + Ta and t3 = La. tl = Tb, t2 = Tb and t3 = lb + Tb· a(xy)
Similarly with
Now about uniqueness. Assume that the triples (tll t2, t3) and (tll t~, t~) both satisfy (3.10). Then U2 = t2 - t2 and U3 = t3 - t~ satisfy
(x,y E C). Taking y = e we find U2(X) = xa with a = -u3(e), while with x = e we find U3(y) = -u2(e)y = -ay. Then
(xa)y - x(ay) = 0
(X,yEC).
By Prop. 1.9.2 this implies that a = >.e for some>. E k, so U2 = -U3 = >. id. If char(k) =1= 2, this transformation does not belong to Ll if>. =1= 0, so in that case t2 and t3 are uniquely determined by tl' The statements about the automorphisms t'J2 and t'J 3 are consequences of the first paragraph of this proof. 0 A triple (tl' t2, t3) of local similarities which satisfies (3.10) is said to be related. The following result is immediate from the first paragraph of the proof of the Theorem combined with Lemma 3.5.1. Corollary 3.5.6 If (tll t2, t3) and (ti, t 2,t a) are related triples of local similarities, then the triple of alternating transformations ([tl' til, [t2' t2l, [t3, t3J) is related. Remark 3.5.7 In characteristic i= 2, the Principle of Local Triality holds in Lo as well. Then tl determines t2 and t3 up to adding opposite mUltiples of the identity. Taking tl = id as an extra generator besides the ta,b, the triple tl = id, t2 = id, t3 = 0 satisfies (3.10). Assume char(k) = 2. Then the principle of local triality does not hold in L l . For consider tl = md = ld + Td E Ll for some dEC with (d, e) = 1. Since the associator is invariant under cyclic permutation, we have
d(xy) so
+ (dx)y =
x(yd) + (xy)d,
56
3. Triality
d(xy)
+ (xy)d =
(dx)y + x(yd).
The Principle of Local Triality in Lo says that t2 = ld + Aid and ta = r d + Aid are the only elements in Lo such that the triple (t1' t2, ta) satisfies (3.10). But none of these t2 and ta are in L1 if d ¢ e.l. One way out is to formulate a Principle of Local Triality for L1 in combination with two other subalgebras L2 and La of Lo which we define as follows: Li is the subalgebra containing k id such that Li/k id = f}i(LI/k id) for i = 2,3. For t1 E L1 one can then find t2 E L2 and ta E La such that (3.10) holds, and these are unique up to adding to both of them one and the same multiple of the identity. Another approach is to restrict to a subalgebra of L 1 • Let M be the Lie sub algebra of L1 generated by all la and rb with a, b E e.l. We saw in Lemma 3.5.4 that L1 = M +kmd, so L2 = M +kld and La = M +krd. Since ld and r d have local multiplier (e, d) = 1, they do not belong to L1' On the other hand, if t1 EM, then t2, ta E M by Th. 3.5.5. Hence md ¢ M, and Lb L2 and La are three distinct Lie algebras which have M in common, while the sum of any two of them is Lo. Recall that dimL l = 28, hence dimM = 27. Thus we have proved the following theorem.
= 2. Let M be the Lie subalgebra of Ll generated as a Lie algebra by all La and r a with a E e.l, and let d be a fixed element of C with d ¢ e.l. (i) dimM = 27, L1 = M E9 k(ld + rd), L2 = M E9ld and La = M E9 rd. Further, Li n Lj = M and Li + Lj = Lo for 1 $ i f; j $ 3. (ii) For tt E Ll there exist t2 E L2 and ta E L3 such that (3.10) holds, and these are unique up to adding a common multiple of the identity to them. (iii) For tl E M there exist t2, ta E M, unique up to adding a common multiple of the identity, such that (3.10) holds. For t1 E L1I T1 ¢ M such t2 and ta in L1 do not exist.
Theorem 3.5.8 Assume char(k)
Lemma 3.3.2 about permutations of related triples of proper similarities has a local analog. First some notation. For a local similarity t, the local similarity £ is defined by
lex) = t(x)
(x E C).
£ and t
have the same local multiplier. The mapping t t-+ £ is an involutory automorphism of the Lie algebra L o, and it maps Ll onto itself.
Lemma 3.5.9 Assume tb t 2, ta E Ll if char(k) f; 2, and tb t2, ta E M if char(k) = 2. If the triple (tt, t2, ta) is related, then so are the triples (t2' tb £a), (ta,t2' tl), (£11 £a, £2), (£2, ta, £1) and (£a, £1, t2)' In the characteristic 2 case, t E M implies
£ EM.
Proof. Substitution in (3.10) of xy for x and of jj for y yields (x,y E C),
3.5 Local Triality
(x,y
E
57
C).
Multiplying all the terms in the latter equation on the right by y, we get
(x,y
E
C).
Now
«xy)ta(y))y = «xy)ia(y»y = -«xy)y)ia(y) + (y, ia(y) )xy (by Lemma 1.3'.3 (iv)) = -N(y)xia(Y) (since ia ELl). Thus we get
(x,y E C, N(y)
1= 0),
and by Zariski continuity this holds for all x, y E C, so (t2' t1, ia) is related. Further,
i1 (xy)
= t 1 (yx) ~-:---,-~
= t2(Y)X + yta(x) =
from which it follows that
Xi2(y) + i3(X)Y
(x,y
E
C),
(ilo ia, i2 ) is related. In particular, we see that
i1 E M if t1 EM. The other three cases follow by applying the above results.
0
In § 3.1 we considered the projection 11 : Spin(N) ---. SO(N), which sends a2 0 ... 0 a2r to Sal sal' .. Sal r ' We saw that in the characteristic 2 case d1f maps L(Spin(N)) onto a 27-dimensional sub algebra of L1' We will see in Cor. 3.6.7 that this image is M (defined as in Th. 3.5.8). Using this result we will then derive that M is the commutator subalgebra [L1' L 1], which provides a characterization of M that does not depend on a special set of generators. The fact that, in characteristic 2, M is the commutator subalgebra of L1 could also be derived in a different way. From Cor. 3.5.6 and Th. 3.5.8 one infers that [Lo, Lo] ~ M, so M is a 27-dimensional ideal in L 1. The latter is a Lie algebra of type D4 of intermediate type, i.e., belonging to the orthogonal group and not to the simply connected nor to the adjoint group. From general results about Lie algebras of classical type in nonzero characteristic it follows that M must be the commutator subalgebra [Llo L1] (see [Ho 78, Th. (8.20)] or [Ho 82, Th. (2.1)]). These general results also tell us that L1 has a 1dimensional center in this case; in the following lemma we prove this directly, and also that L1 has trivial center in the other characteristics.
a1
0
58
3. Triality
Lemma 3.5.10 (i) If char(k) '" 2, the center of Ll is trivial, and the center of Lo as well as the centralizer of Ll in Lo is kid. (ii) If char(k) = 2, then L o, Ll and M have center kid, and this is also the centralizer in Lo of each of these Lie algebras. Proof. Let t E Lo commute with aliia and Ta for a E e.l. From t1a follows that
= lat it
t(ax) = at(x) Taking x = e we get that t(a) = au for a E e.l, where u by r a we find that t( a) = ua for a E e.l. Thus,
t(x)
= t(e). Replacing la
= xu = ux
(3.13)
If char(k) '" 2, we can drop the restriction x E e.l in (3.13), since this equation also holds for x = e. This implies that u is central in C, so by Prop. 1.9.1 u = Ae for some A E k. Hence t = Aid; this is an element of L o, but not of L 1· Now assume char(k) = 2. Then (3.13) and Prop. 1.2.3 together imply
(x, u)e + (u, e)x
=0
Since x need not be a multiple of e, we see that (u, e) = 0, and hence (x, u) = 0 for all x E e.l. This proves that u = Ae for some A E k. Finally, consider x ¢ e.l. Choose a E e.l n x.l with N(a) '" O. Then ax E e.l, since (ax,e) = (x,a) = (x,a) =0. Hence
t(x)
= t(a- 1 (ax))
= N(a)-lt(a(ax))
= N(a)-lat(ax) = N(a)-la(Aax) = AX,
so t = Aid. This is contained in M if char(k) = 2 by Th. 3.5.8 (iii).
0
3.6 The Spin Group of an Octonion Algebra We consider again the rotation group SO(N) of the norm N of an octonion algebra Cover k. The phenomenon of triality makes it possible to give another description of the simply connected covering of SO(N). In fact, we will construct an algebraic group RT( C) which we show to be isomorphic to the spin group Spin(N) of § 3.1. We let the group SO(N)3 = SO(N) x SO(N) x SO(N) act componentwise on the vector space
v = C 3 = {(XbX2,X3) IXi
E C, i
= 1,2,3}.
In SO(N)3 we consider the subgroup RT(C) of related triples, i.e., RT(C) consists of the triples that satisfy the first form of triality:
3.6 The Spin Group of an Octonion Algebra
59
Recall that for related triples (tl. t2, t3) of rotations we must have all ti E O'(N), the reduced orthogonal group. By (i) of Th. 3.2.1, RT(C) is closed under componentwise multiplication and taking inverses. A rotation tl with CT(tl) = 1 can be written as
with ai, bi E C, Ili N(ai)N(b i ) = 1. According to Th. 3.2.1 (iii) the corresponding rotations t2, t3 such that (tl, t2, t3) is related are given by (t2,t3) = ±(lallbl ···la)br,ra1rbl ···rarrbJ·
We can get the plus sign here by replacing al by -al, if necessary. Hence, RT( C) consists of the elements
where ai, bi E C, Ili N(ai)N(b i ) = 1. We denote RT(CK ) by RT(C). Over the algebraic closure K of k the reduced orthogonal group O'(N) coincides with SO(N), so RT(C) is a closed subgroup of the algebraic group SO(N)3. We will see in Prop. 3.7.1 below that the algebraic group RT(C) is defined over k. It then will follow that RT(C) is the group of rational points RT(C)(k). Proposition 3.6.1 RT(C) is a connected algebraic group, and
is a surjective homomorphism of algebraic groups which has a kernel of order 2 if char(k) =I 2 and which is bijective if char(k) = 2. The group RT(C) is mapped onto SO(N) by f!l.
Proof. It is obvious that f!l is a surjective homomorphism of algebraic groups. Since t2 and t3 are determined by tl up to a common factor ±1, ker(l?l) = {1, 1- }, with 1 and 1- denoting (1,1,1) and (1, -1, -1), respectively. Note that 1- = 1 if char(k) = 2. To prove the connectedness of RT(C) , consider in CK the set S = {x E CK I N(x) = I}; this is an irreducible variety as we remarked already in the proof of the connectedness of Spin(N) in § 3.1, hence so is S x S. The elements (SaSb' lalb' rarb) with N(a) = N(b) = 1 generate RT(C). There is a morphism of algebraic varieties
60
3. Triality
Its image under 'Y is an irreducible subvariety of RT( C) which contains the identity and generates RT(C), hence RT(C) is connected (see [Hu, § 7.5] or [Sp 81, Prop. 2.2.6]). The last point is clear. 0 To find the Lie algebra L(RT(C», we work again over the ring K[e] of dual numbers. We must have the triples (tb t2, t3) such that (1+et1, 1+et2, 1+et3) is a related triple of rotations in CK[e]. This leads to triples of ti E L1 which satisfy t1(XY)
= t2(X)Y + xt3(Y)
Thus we find in characteristic
(x,y E C).
1= 2:
Recall that, in this case, t1 E L1 uniquely determines t2 and t3. So the righthand side has dimension dimL 1 = 28 = dimRT(C), and it follows that the inclusion must be an equality. If char(k) = 2, the components ti of a related triple of alternating transformations must lie in M. We obtain that
Now t1 determines the couple (t2, ta) modulo k(l, 1). Again, the inclusion is an equality. Corollary 3.6.2 l>1 is a separable isogeny if char(k) isogeny with kerdl>l of dimension 1 if char(k) = 2. Proof. If char(k)
1= 2,
and an inseparable
1= 2, then dl>l : L(RT(C»
-t
L1, (tb t2, t3)
1-+
t1,
is bijective, so l>1 is a separable isogeny (see [Sp 81, Th. 4.3.7]). If char(k) = 2, then dl>l has a I-dimensional kernel, viz. k(O, 1, 1), so then l>1 is an inseparable 0 isogeny (see [Sp 81, § 9.6]). We see that the situation of RT(C) with its projection l>1 onto SO(N) is the same as that of Spin(N) and its projection 'If' onto SO(N) (treated at the end of § 3.1). Hence RT(C) must be the simply connected covering of SO(N) and is therefore isomorphic to Spin(N), at least in characteristic 1= 2. Rather than exactly figuring out the situation in characteristic 2 (with root systems and all that), we prefer to exhibit directly an isomorphism between RT( C) and Spin(8) in all characteristics. Proposition 3.6.3 There is an isomorphism of algebraic groups cp: Spin(N)
defined by
-+
RT(C)
3.6 The Spin Group of an Octonion Algebra
61
. where ai, bi E CK, I1i N(ai)N(bi ) = 1. It commutes with the projections of Spin(N) and RT(C) on SO(N) and induces an isomorphism of Spin(N) onto RT(C). Proof. We follow a detour via the even tensor algebra of C,
and the algebra End( C) of k-linear transformations of C into itself. .The bilinear transformation
CxC
End(C), (a, b)
-+
t-+
lal;;,
defines a linear transformation
C ®k C
-+
End(C), a ® b t-+ lal;;.
This can be extended to an algebra homomorphism
CPT : T+(C)
-+
End(C)
with CPT(a ® b) = lali)
for
a, bE C.
rJ.
CPT maps the ideal in T+ (C) generated by the elements x ® x - N (x) and u®x®x®v - N(x)(u®v) (u, v,X E C) onto 0, so it can be factored through the even Clifford algebra CI+(N) = T+(C)/TJ. of C, that is to say, we find an algebra homomorphism
cpl:CI+(N)-+End(C)
with cpl(aob)=lali)
for
a,bEC.
for
a, bE C.
In a similar way we define an algebra homomorphism
CP2 : Cl+(N)
-+
End(C)
with CP2(a 0 b) = raTi)
We determine the kernels of CPl and CP2. First assume char(k) i= 2. The center of CI+ (N) has dimension 2 and is spanned by 1 and z = el 0 e2 0 .•• 0 es where el = e, e2, . .. ,es is a standard orthogonal basis of C (see (1.29». Since zo2 = 1, the elements Ul = (1 + z) and U2 = (1 - z) are orthogonal central idempotents. The algebra CI+(N) is the direct sum of two simple two-sided ideals, viz., h = Ul 0 CI+(N) and 12 = U2 0 CI+(N), both of dimension 64 (see [Che 54, Th. 11.2.3 and Th. II.2.4]). Since dimCI+(N) = 128 and dim End( C) = 64, the kernel of CPl must have dimension at least 64. Since CPl i= 0, ker(cpl) is either h or h It follows that CPl(Ul) = or CPl(U2) = 0, so CPl(Z) = 1 or -1. In the former case we replace es by -es, so we may assume CPl(Z) = -1. This implies ker(CPl) = h. We have
4
4
°
62
3. Triality
By conjugating we obtain for i > 1, this implies
r~l T~2 ••• ri!7 Ti!s
= -1. Since el = el
and fi
= -ei
Therefore, ker(
(
E CI+{N)),
is injective and hence an isomorphism since both algebras have dimension 128. Working over K we obtain a homomorphism of algebraic groups 1jJ : RT(C) ..... SO(N) x SO(N), (tl. t2, ta)
1-+
(t2' ta).
RT' (C) = 1jJ(RT(C)) is a closed subgroup of SO(N) x SO(N). For (t2' ta) E RT'(C), the element t1 E SO(N) such that (tl. t2, ta) satisfies the first form of triality is unique, since (3.4) implies
Hence 1jJ : RT( C) ..... RT' (C), has an inverse 'IjJ-1 , which is a morphism. Thus, 'IjJ induces an isomorphism of algebraic groups between RT(C) and RT'(C). From Th. 3.2.1 (iii) it follows that RT'(C) consists of the elements of the form
Since Spin(N) consists of the elements
the algebra isomorphism (
3.6 The Spin Group of an Octonion Algebra
63
We saw in § 3.3 how triality induces in the projective special similarity group PSGO(N) a group S of outer automorphisms which is isomorphic to the symmetric group Sa. We have similar automorphisms of the simply connected covering group RT(C) ~ Spin(N), coming from permutations of the three "components" of related triples (cf. Lemma 3.3.2). More precisely, consider 7'i : RT(C) ~ RT(C), for i = 1,2,3, defined by
7'1 : (tl' t2, ta) ..... (iI, i a, i2), 7'2 : (tb t2, ta) ..... (ta, t2, tt), 7'a : (tl' t2, ta) ..... (t2' tl, ia). By Th. 3.2.1 (i) and Lemma 3.3.2 these are automorphisms of RT(C). We have similar automorphisms of RT(C).
.s
Proposition 3.6.4 7'2 and 7'a generate a group of automorphisms of RT( C) which is isomorphic to the symmetric group Sa. The nontrivial elements of.s are outer automorphisms. Proof. We have 7'? = 7'~ = id and 7'27'a7'2 = 7'a7'27'a = 7'1. It follows that S consists of id, 7'1. 7'2, 7'a, 7'27'a, 7'a7'2, so has order 6. Assume char(k) # 2. The central elements (1, -1, -I), (-1,1, -1) and (-1, -1, 1) of RT(C) are permuted by the elements of S. This defines an isomorphism o(S onto Sa. An inner automorphism induces the trivial permutation of the center, so the nontrivial elements of S must be outer automorphisms. The above argument breaks down in characteristic 2, since then the above central elements coincide. In that case we work over K, and use the center Z of L(RT( C))). This center consists of the related triples (tb t2, ta) with all ti belonging to the center of M, so by Lemma 3.5.10,
Z = { (A, JL, A+ JL) IA, JL
E
K}.
The above automorphisms 7'i induce in L(RT( C)) automorphisms d7'; which are described by the same formulas as the 7';, but with tl, t2 and ta denoting this time elements of LI (see also Lemma 3.5.9). So they induce permutations of the elements (1,1,0), (1,0,1) and (0,1,1) of Z. Thus, we get an isomorphism of onto Sa again. Since the inner automorphisms of RT( C) act trivially on Z, the nontrivial elements of S are outer automorphisms. 0
.s
Remark 3.6.5 RT(C) ~ Spin(8) is an algebraic group of type 0 4 , The quotient of Aut(RT(C)) by the group of inner automorphisms Inn(RT(C)) is isomorphic to the automorphism group of the Oynkin diagram of 04, which is Sa (see [Hu, § 27.41 or [Stei, § 10]). The above proposition gives an explicit splitting Aut(RT(C)) = S.Inn(RT(C)), with S ~ Sa.
64
3. Triality
We have three representations
(!i
of RT( 0) in OK, given by
Proposition 3.6.6 The representations equivalent.
{}i
are irreducible and pairwise in-
Proof. The image of (}i is SO(N), which acts irreducibly in OK. If char(k) =F 2, then the kernels of {}l. {}2 and {}a are < (1, -1, -1) >, < (-1,1,-1) > and < (-1,-1,1) >, respectively. Since these kernels are distinct, the representations can not be equivalent. In the case that char(k) = 2, we seek refuge in the Lie algebra L(RT(O» again. There, d{}l. d{}2 and d{}a have kernels k(O, 1, 1), k(l, 0,1) and k(l, 1, 0), respectively. These being distinct, the representations are not equivalent. 0 Composing the (}i with the isomorphism cP : Spin(S) = Spin(N) --t RT( 0) of Prop. 3.6.3, we get three surjective homomorphisms 1I"i of Spin(S) onto SO(S), which yield inequivalent representations in O. Prop. 3.6.3 enables us to write these out explicitly. We will see that 11"1 is the same as the homomorphism 11" we considered at the end of § 3.1. For these explicit computations we need to fix a nontrivial idempotent z in the center of CI+(N, K). If char(k) =F 2, we choose a standard orthogonal basis el, e2, ... ,es in OK (see (1.29», and take z = el ° e2 ° ... ° es. A straightforward computation shows that CPl(Z) = -1 and CP2(Z) = 1. (Hint: in the proof of Prop. 3.6.3 it was shown that CPl (z) = ±1 and that CP2{Z) = -CPl(Z), so it suffices, e.g., to check that CP2{z)(e) = e, which is easy using (1.S), Moufang identities and Lemma 1.3.3.) The image of L{Spin{S» under d1l"i is Ll = L{SO(N» in characteristic =F 2, as follows from Th. 3.5.5. If char(k) = 2, we use a standard symplectic basis el = e, e2, . .. , es (as in (1.30» with all N(ei) = 1) and take z = 2::=1 ei 0 ei+4' Then CPl(Z) = 1 and CP2(Z) = O. (Hint: from the proof of Prop. 3.6.3 we know already that CPl (z) = 0 or 1, and that CP2{Z) = CPl (z) + 1, and one easily checks that CPl{z)(e) = e in this case.) As we saw at the end of § 3.1, the Lie algebra L(Spin(S» consists of the elements u = O!o+ 2:i<j O!ijeioej with O!O,O!ij E K,
2::=1 O!i,i+4 = O. Its image under dcp is L(RT(O» = {(tl. t2, ta) E Mal (tl. t2, ta) related}. From Th. 3.5.S we infer that d{}i{L{RT{ 0))) find:
=M
for i
= 1,2,3. We thus
Corollary 3.6.7 The homomorphisms of algebraic groups SO(S) which are defined by
1I"i :
Spin(S)
--t
3.7 Fields of Definition
1r2(al 0 b1 0 · · · 0 ar 0 br } = lalh'l .. ·la)iir , 1r3(al 0 b1 0
... 0
ar 0 br }
= r al rii l ... rarriir (ai, bi E C,
65
IT N(ai)N(bi } = 1), i
are surjective. If char(k) i= 2, they are separable isogenies with kernels of orner 2, viz., < -1 >, < -z > and < z >, respectively. If char(k) = 2, then the 1ri are bijective, inseparable isogeniesi the kernels of d1rl, d1r2 and d1ra are the subspaces k I, k(1 + z} and kz of L(Spin(8», respectively, and the d1ri all have image M. We can now prove the result announced after Lemma 3.5.9.
Lemma 3.6.8 (i) If char(k) = 2, then M = [M, M] (ii) [L(Spin(8», L(Spin(8»] = L(Spin(8».
= [L1I L1] = [Lo, Lo].
Proof. We know already that [Lo, Lo] ~ M (see Cor. 3.5.6 and Th. 3.5.8), hence [M,M] ~ [Ll,L 1 ] ~ [Lo,Lo] ~ M. Therefore, to get (i) it suffices to prove that [M, M] = M. This will follow from [M,MI = M. Since M = d1rl(L(Spin(8))), it suffices to prove (ii). We do this by picking generators of L(Spin(8» and expressing these as sums of commutators. As generators we take 1, the ei 0 ej with 1 ~ i < j ~ 8, j i= i + 4, and the elements ei 0 ei+4 + ej 0 ejH with 1 ~ i < j ~ 4, using the notations introduced just before the above corollary. In the following commutator relations, which are easily verified, the indices i, j, k are distinct and 1 ~ i,j,k ~ 4.
hence
This also enables us to write 1 as a sum of commutators. Further,
lei 0 ek,ek+4 0 ej] = ei 0 ej, lei 0 ek, ek+4 0 ej+4] = ei 0 ej+4, [ei+4 0 ek, ek+4 0 ej+4] = ei+4 0 ej+4. Thus we see that all generators of L(Spin(8» are in the commutator subal0 gebra.
3.7 Fields of Definition The results of the foregoing sections enable us to prove that the algebraic group RT( C) is defined over k.
66
3. Triality
Proposition 3.7.1 Let C be an octonion algebra O1Jer k. The algebraic group RT(C) of related triples of rotations is defined O1Jer k. Proof. We proceed as in the proof of Th. 2.4.6. Let A = G L( CK )3 , the product of three copies of GL( CK). This is an algebraic group which is defined over k. Further, V = EndK(CK®KCK,CK) is a vector space over K with k-structure V(k) = End(C ®k C, C). In a similar way we have the vector space Q(C)(K) over K of quadratic forms on CK, which has Q(C)(k) as a k-structure. The multiplication map J.1. : x ® y 1-+ xy lies in V(k) and in Q(C)(k) we have the norm N of C. On the vector space
x=
V
X
Q(C)(K)3
we have an action of A defined by
(tllt2,t3): X
-+
X, (v, qll Q2,q3) 1-+ (til OVO(t2®t3),QI ott,Q2ot2,Q30t3)'
Now notice that til 0 J.1. 0 (t2 ® t3) = J.1. if and only if the triple (tb t2, t3) satisfies the first form of triality (3.4). Therefore, the stabilizer G~ of x = (J.1., N, N, N) E X consists of the triples (tt, t2, t3) of orthogonal transformations that satisfy (3.4), i.e., of the related triples of rotations. Hence, this stabilizer is just the group RT(C). By [Sp 81, 12.1.2] the stabilizer will be defined if the kernel of the differential dcpe has dimension 28 = dimRT(C), where cp(a) = a.x (a E A). Arguments like those used after the proof 3.6.1 show that this is indeed the 0 case. By Prop. 3.6.3 we identify RT(C) with Spin(N). The previous Proposition then gives a structure of algebraic group over k on Spin(N).
3.8 Historical Notes The study of triality originated with the treatment of geometric triality between points, spaces of one kind and spaces of the other kind on a quadric in complex seven-dimensional projective space, by E. Study [Stu] and E. Cartan rCa 25]. Octonions appeared in this connection in papers by F. Vaney [Va] and E.A. Weiss [Weiss]. Local triality in Lie algebras of type D4 was studied by H. Freudenthal [Fr 51] for the real and complex case. F. van der Blij and T.A. Springer [BlSp 60] treated algebraic triality over arbitrary fields and local triality over fields of characteristic not two. N. Jacobson [Ja 64b], [Ja 71] dealt with local triality in characteristic not two, and with algebraic triality in [Ja 60]. The results on local triality in characteristic two presented here are new, to our knowledge. In the literature one often finds the Principle of Triality formulated in a different way: for any similarity t, there exist similarities tl and t2 such
3.8 Historical Notes
67
that either tl{XY) = t{X)t2{Y) for all X,Y E Cor tl{XY) = t{y)t2{X) for all x, Y E C, and similarly with local trialityj this convention goes back to Cartan rCa 25J. The formulations used here (and also in [Ja 64bJ and [Ja 71]) are more convenient in applications and make some proofs simpler. Lemmas 3.3.2 and 3.5.9 ensure that the different formulations are in fact equivalent.
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
Twisted composition algebras are somewhat similar to composition algebras, and the two notions are strongly interrelated. On the other hand, twisted composition algebras have close connections with Jordan algebras, which we will deal with in the next chapter. In fact, the motivation to set up this theory comes from exceptional Jordan algebras and twisted algebraic groups of type D4. In particular, the notion of reduced twisted composition algebra comes from reduced Jordan algebras. We refer to Ch. 6 for the details. In this chapter, k will denote a field and I a separable cubic field extension of k. The normal closure of lover k is I' = l(d), where d satisfies a separable quadratic equation over k (see, e.g., [Ja 74, Th. 4.13 and ex. 3 in § 4.8]). If char(k) :f; 2, we can take d = ..fIj, i.e., either of the square roots of the discriminant D of lover k . We set k' = k( d). So either I is a Galois extension of k with cyclic Galois group of order three (a cubic cyclic extension), and then I' = I and k' = k, or I' and k' are quadratic extensions of I and k, respectively, and I' is a cubic cyclic extension of k'. We identify [' with k'®k1. Fix a generator (f of Gal(l' jk'). We view it also as an element of Gal(l' jk) and as a k-isomorphism of I into I'. We denote by T the element of Gal(l' jk) whose fixed field is I if I' :f; l, and T = id if l' = I. We denote by Nl/k and Trl/k norm and trace function of the extension I of k. We first introduce twisted composition algebras for the case that the separable cubic extension I of k is normal, so a cubic cyclic extension; we call algebras of this type "normal twisted composition algebras" . The basic theory of these algebras will be developed in § 4.1. In the next section we generalize this to the case that the separable cubic extension I of k is not normal; we then get the general twisted composition algebras. In both cases we have a vector space with an additional operation; this is binary in the normal case (a product), and unary in the nonnormal case (a squaring operation). There will be close relations between the two types. In the theory of normal twisted composition algebras the characteristic of the field k can be arbitrary, but when dealing with the nonnormal twisted composition algebras, more precisely with their relations to the normal algebras, we have to exclude characteristic two and three. For the applications to Jordan algebras in Ch. 6 this is not a problem, since there a restriction to characteristic not two or three will be in force anyway.
70
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
To study the automorphism group of a twisted composition algebra in
§ 4.4, we also have to consider twisted composition algebras over a split cubic extension of a field K, i.e., over K EB K EB K; we develop that theory in § 4.3. But in all other sections we work over a separable cubic field extension 1 of
k. In the last sections we discuss explicit constructions of twisted composition algebras, involving connections with cubic central simple algebras.
4.1 Normal Twisted Composition Algebras We first deal with the case of a cubic cyclic field extension 1 of k, so l' = 1 and k' = k. Definition 4.1.1 A vector space F over 1 provided with a nondegenerate quadratic form N, and associated bilinear form ( , ), is said to be a normal twisted composition algebra over land q if there is a k-bilinear product * on F which satisfies the following three conditions. (i) The product x * y is q-linear in x and q2-linear in y, that is
(Ax) * y x * (AY)
= q{A)(x * y), = q2{A)(x * y)
(x, y E F,
A E l);
(ii) N{x * y) = q(N(X))q2(N(y)) (x, Y E F); (iii) (x*y,z) =q{(y*z,x))=q2{(z*x,y)) (X,y,zE F). One calls N the norm of the algebra. The normal twisted composition algebra is also denoted by (F, *, N), or simply by F. A bijective l-linear mapping t : Fl ~ F2 between normal twisted composition algebras Fl and F2 over 1 satisfying t{x * y) = t(x) * t(y) is called an isomorphism. We will see in Cor. 4.1.5 that the norm of a normal twisted composition algebra is already determined by the linear structure and the product *, and that an isomorphism preserves the norm. If A E k* we define for x,y E F
It is immediate from the definitions that (F, *>., N>.) is a normal twisted composition algebra, denoted by F>.. We say that F>. is an isotope of F, and that F and F>. are isotopic. . It is easy to see that F>.p. = (F>.)p. (A, J1. E l*). From condition (iii) it follows that
4.1 Normal Twisted Composition Algebras
T(x)
= (x*x,x)
71
(x E F)
is invariant under a, so T(x) E k for all x E F. Thus, T is a cubic form over k in 3 diml F variables. In the following two lemmas we give a number of useful identities.
Lemma 4.1.2 In any normal twisted composition algebm F we have for
X,y,Z,w E F, (x*z,y*z) =a«(x,y))a 2 (N(z)), (x*z,x*w) =a(N(x))a 2 «(z,w)), (x * z, y * w) + (x * w,y * z) = a«(x, y))a 2 «( Z,W )).
(4.1) (4.2) (4.3)
Proof. From (ii) in the definition we infer
N«x + y) * (z
+ w)) = a(N(x + y))a2 (N(z + w)).
Write this out and, using (ii), cancel all terms which contain only two of the variables; this yields a relation we call (*). Taking w = 0 in (*), we get (4.1) and taking y = 0 we get (4.2). Now cancel all terms in (*) containing only three variables by using (4.1) and (4.2), then what remains is precisely 0 equation (4.3). Lemma 4.1.3 In any normal twisted composition algebm F we have for
x,y,z
E
F, x * (y * x) = a(N(x))y, x * (y * z) + z * (y * x) = a( (x, z) )y, (x * y) * x = a 2 (N(x))y, (x*y)*z+(z*y)*x=a 2 «(x,z))y, (x * x) * (x * x) = T(x)x - N(x)(x * x).
(4.4) (4.5) (4.6) (4.7) (4.8)
Proof. Since (by (iii) ofDef. 4.1.1) (x*(y*x),u) =a 2 «(u*x,y*x)) = a(N(x))(u,y) (by (4.1)) = a(N(x))(y,u) for all u E F, we get (4.4). Linearizing this equation, we find (4.5). The following two equations are proved in the same way. Finally, to prove (4.8) take y = x and z = x * x in (4.5):
x * (x * (x * x)) + (x * x) * (x * x) Since x * (x * x) = a(N(x))x by (4.4), we get
= T(x)x.
72
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
(x * x) * (x * x)
= T(x)x - x * (O'(N(x»x) = T(x)x -
N(x)(x * x).
o Consider for a E F the left multiplication l: : F - F, x is 0'2-linear, and the right multiplication F - F, x 1-+ O'-linear. From (4.4) and (4.6) we infer:
r: :
1-+
X
a * x, which
* a,
which is
Lemma 4.1.4 If a E F has N(a) '" 0, then l: and r: are invertible, with
inverses r N (a)-l a and IN(a)-l a ' respectively. The following result is also immediate from (4.4).
Lemma 4.1.5 The norm N on a normal twisted composition algebra F over land 0' is determined by the linear structure over l and the product * on F. Isomorphisms of normal twisted composition algebras are norm preserving. There exists a close relationship between normal twisted composition algebras and ordinary composition algebras; in fact, either kind can be related to the other one. First, consider a normal twisted composition algebra F over land 0'. Pick a, bE F with N(a)N(b) '" O. Define
xy = (a * x) * (y * b). This product is I-bilinear, and the norm N satisfies:
N(xy)
= N«a * x) * (y * b)) = O'(N(a * x)0'2(N(y * b» = 0'2(N(a»N(x)N(y)0'(N(b))
= >.N(x)N(y) with>' = 0'2(N(a»0'(N(b» '" O. Take as new norm Iv = >'N. This obviously permits composition (see Def. 1.2.1). An identity element is
as a straightforward computation using (4.4) and (4.6) shows. We have thus obtained a structure of composition algebra on F. As a consequence one finds using Th. 1.6.2: Proposition 4.1.6 A normal twisted composition algebra over l can only
have dimension 1, 2, 4 or 8 over 1. From the considerations below it will follow that in each of the dimensions 1, 2, 4 and 8 there do exist normal twisted composition algebras. We will mainly be interested in such algebras of dimension 8; we also call these nor-
mal twisted octonion algebras.
4.1 Normal Twisted Composition Algebras
73
We further exploit the connection between ordinary composition algebras and normal twisted composition algebras. Let F be as before. Denote by N(F)* the set of nonzero values of the norm N and by M(N) the group of multipliers of similarities of N (see 1.1). Proposition 4.1.7 M(N) is a a-stable subgroup of l* and N(F)* is a coset )'M(N) , with NI/k(.\) E M(N). Proof. Let N be as before. Clearly, M(N) coincides with the similar group M(N), which is the set of nonzero values N(x) (see the beginning of the proof of Theorem 1.7.1). It follows from what we established above that if a, bE F, N(a)N(b) i- 0 we have
M(N)
= 0'2(N(a))0'(N(b))N{F)*,
from which we conclude (using that M(N) contains (l*)2) that N(F)* is a coset of M (N) and also that M (N) is the set of nonzero elements of the form 0'2{N{a))0'{N(b))N(c) (a, b, c E F). This implies that M{N) is a-stable. Taking a = b = c we see that NI/k(.\) E M{N) for all .\ E N(F)*. 0 We now give a construction of a normal twisted composition algebra from a composition algebra Cover k. As before, 1 is cubic cyclic field extension of k and 0' a generator of the Galois group. Let Nc be the norm of C. Extend the base field to l: F = l®kC, extend Nc to a quadratic form over 1 on F, denoted by N, and similarly for conjugation and the product. Define a a-automorphism cp of F by
cp(e ® x) = O'{e) ® x.
= O'(N(z)) for z E F. Define (4.9) x * y = cp(x)cp2(y) (x, Y E F). A straightforward computation shows that (F, *, N) is a normal twisted comNotice that N{cp(z))
position algebra. For the verification of point (iii) in Def. 4.1.1, use (1.IO). In this verification one sees that it is necessary to take the conjugates of x and y in definition (4.9) of the product * ; without conjugation, things go wrong. We denote this twisted composition algebra by F{C). Definition 4.1.8 A normal twisted composition algebra F over land 0' is said to be reduced if there is a composition algebra Cover k and .\ E l* such that F is isomorphic to the isotope F(Ch,. Proposition 4.1.9 (i) If the reduced normal twisted composition algebras F = F( C», and F' = F( C'h,.' over land 0' are isomorphic, then the composition algebras C and C' are isomorphic. (ii) The normal twisted composition algebras F{C)A and F{C)N over land 0' have the same automorphism group.
74
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
Proof. (i) An isomorphism from F onto F' preserves the norm by Lemma 4.1.5, hence the norms Ne of C and Ne' of C' are similar over l. It follows (see the first paragraph of the proof of Th. 1.7.1) that Ne and Ne' are equivalent over l. By a result of Springer (see [Sp 52, p. 1519,b] or [Lam, p. 198]), they must be similar over k, so by Th. 1.7.1 C and C' are isomorphic. (ii) The condition that a linear bijection is an isomorphism is invariant under 0 isotopy. . We will develop several criteria for a normal twisted composition algebra to be reduced. The following theorem is the first result in this line.
Theorem 4.1.10 Let F be a normal twisted composition algebm over ,. The
following conditions are equivalent. (i) F is reduced. (ii) T represents zero nontrivially, i.e., there exists x i= 0 in F such that T{x) = (x * x, x) = O. (iii) There exists x i= 0 in F such that x * x = ).X for some). E l. Proof. (i) => (ii). Assume F is reduced. We may assume that F = F{C». as before. We write ( , ) and ( , )e for the bilinear forms associated with N and Ne, respectively. For x, y E C we have x * y = ).xy. Pick x E C, x i= 0, (x,e)e = 0, then x = -x and x 2 = -Ne(x)e by (1.7). Using (1.10) we find
(x * x,x)
= ).(x2 ,x)e = -).Nc(x)(e,x)e = 0,
which proves (ii). (ii) => (iii). If T represents 0 nontrivially, we pick y E F, y f; 0, such that T(y) = O. By (4.8),
(y
* y) * (y * y) =
-N(y)y * y.
We take x = y if Y * Y = 0, and x = y * y if y * y f; OJ in either case, x f; 0 and x * x = ).x for some). E l. So (iii) holds. (iii) => (i). Under the assumption of (iii), we have to construct a composition algebra Cover k such that F ~ F{C),\ for some). E l*. We divide the proof into a number of steps. Pick x E F, x i= 0, such that x * x = Ax with), E l. We first introduce e E F which is going to play the role of identity element in C. (a) If N(x) = J.I. f; 0, we put e = x. Using (4.6) we see that
a 2 (J.I.)x It follows that a 2 (J.I.) properties
= a 2 (N(x»x =
(x * x) * x = ).a().)x.
= ).a().), so J.I. = a().)a 2 ().) e * e =).e
N(e)
= J.I. =
and), f; O. Hence e has the
with), E " ). f; 0,
a().)a
2
().)
i=
O.
(4.10)
(4.11)
4.1 Normal Twisted Composition Algebras
75
(b) Assume now N(x) = O. By (4.8),
(x *x) * (x *x) Now either x
= T(x)x = (x*x,x)x = >'(x,x)x = O.
* x = 0, or y = x * x =I 0 satisfies y * y = 0 and N(y)
= N(x * x) = a(N(x))a 2 (N(x)) = O.
So we may as well assume that we have x =I 0, N(x) = 0 and x * x = O. Since x is contained in a hyperbolic plane (see § 1.1), there exists y E F with N(y) = 0 and (x,y) = -1. Using (4.5) we find:
(z E F),
(4.12)
since (x, y) = -1. Hence
F=x*F+y*F. The sets x * F and y * Fare subspaces of the vector space F. They are totally isotropic for N, since
N(x * u) = a(N(x))a 2 (N(u)) = 0
(UEF),
and similarly for y * F. It follows that both subspaces have dimension ~ ~ dim F (see § 1.1 again). Together they span F, so they must both have dimension equal ~ dim F and we have a direct sum decomposition
Consider the right multiplication r; in F. If z*x = 0, then z = -x* (Z*y) by (4.12), so kerr; ~ x* F. By (4.6), on the other hand, r;(xu) = (xu) *x = a 2 (N(x))z = O. Hence kerr; = x * F. In the same way we derive from (4.7) the following analog of (4.12): (x
* z) * y + (y * z) * x = -z
(z E F).
(4.13)
With the same arguments as above one derives:
For the left multiplication
l;
one derives using (4.13) and (4.4),
We define a = x * y and b = y * x. Using the identities of Lemma 4.1.3 one verifies the following relations, where a = (y, x * y) = (y, a ).
76
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
x * a = -x, a * x = 0, x * b = 0, b * x = -x, a*a=b+(1(a)x, b* b = a + ax, a * b = 0, b * a = (12(a)x.
(4.14) (4.15) (4.16) (4.17) (4.18) (4.19)
°
From (4.14) and (4.15) we infer that a f. and b f. 0, respectively. Using (4.3) and the relations in Def. 4.1.1 one further sees
(4.20) (4.21) (4.22)
(a,b)=I, N(a) = N(b) = 0, ( a, x) = (b, x) = o. In this case we put e
= (12(a)x + a + b. We see that
* = «(12(a)x + a + b) * «(12(a)x + a + b)
e e
= -ax + b + (1(a)x - (1(a)x + (12(a)x + a + ax = (12(a)x + a + b = e and
N(e) = N«(12(a)x + a + b) = (12(a)2 N(x) + N(a) = (a, b) = 1.
+ N(b) + (12 (a) ( x, a) + (12(a)( x, b) + (a, b)
Again, e satisfies equations (4.10) and (4.11), this time with ,x = tJ. = 1. (c) The next step towards the construction of a composition algebra C is the definition of conjugation in F and of a (1-linear mapping
x = -x + (x, e )N(e)-le Then - is a linear map, e = e, N(x) Further, we have for x E F,
(x E F).
= N(x), so (x,y) = (x,y),
x * e = -x * e + (x * e,e)N(e)-le = -x*e+(1«(e*e,x))N(e)-le = -x * e + (1(,x)(1( (e, x) )N(e)-le = -x*e+(1«(e,x))(,x(12(,x))-1(e*e) = (-x+ (x,e)N(e)-le) *e = x*e,
(4.23) and
x = x.
i
r 4.1 Normal Twisted Composition Algebras
77
and similarly e * x = e * x.
Notice that if F = F(C)., then x define the a-linear mapping
* e = A
A- 1 (X * e).
(4.24)
We show that
* e) 1 = A- a(A)-1( -(e*e)*x+a 2((e,x})e) = A- 1 ( -e*x+A- 1a(A)-1a2((e,x})e*e) =A- 1(e*x).
* e) 1 = A- a(A)-1((e*x) *e) = A- 1a(A)-1a 2(N(e»x = x. = A-1 (-A--:1'-"'(e-*-x""")
Further,
(x,y E F).
(4.25)
We show that this product defines a structure of composition algebra over l on the vector space Fj see Def. 1.2.1. First, for x E F,
and in a similar way we find that ex = x. To prove that the norm N permits composition up to a scalar factor we first show that
N(
N(xy) = N(A-1(
78
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
Hence, if we define
(x E F),
IV(x) = 1-'-1 N(x)
(4.27)
IV permits composition. Thus we have proved that the vector space F with the new, bilinear, product and the norm IV is a composition algebra over l; we denote this by 6. The conjugation - we defined in step (c) is the normal conjugation in this composition algebra 6 with respect to the bilinear form of its norm N. SO xy = yx, xx = N(x), etc. (e) In this step we prove that cp is a l1-automorphism of the composition algebra 6.
cp(xy)
= oX- 1(xy * e) =
oX- 1(yx * e)
= oX- 111(oX)-1((cp2(y) * cp(x)) = oX -ll1(oX)-l ( - (e * cp(x))
* e)
* cp2(y) + u 2((cp2(y), e) )cp(x))
* * ( - cp2 (y) + (cp2 (y), e )N (e) -1 e) ) = oX -lu(oX)-l (( e * cp(x)) * cp2(y)) = oX -lU(oX) -1 ( (oXcp2( cp(x))) * cp2(y)) = oX-I (cp2(cp(x)) * cp2(y)) = oX-I u( oX) -1 ( ( e cp( x))
(x, y E 6).
= cp(x)cp(y) From (4.26) it follows that
(x E 6).
(4.28)
= {x E 61 cp(x) = x}. is a vector space over k such that 6 ~ l ®k C
(4.29)
N(cp(x)) = u(N(x)) (f) Define
C
Then C (see [Sp 81, 11.1.6]). From the multiplicativity of cp it follows that C is closed under multiplication, and (4.28) implies that N(x) E k for x E C. Since C contains the identity element e, it is a composition algebra over k. To verify condition (4.9), we compute
oX(cp(X)cp2(Y)) = cp2(cp(x)) * cp(cp2(y)) =x*y (X,yEF). It follows that F £:! F( Ck
o
The above theorem enables us to prove, for some special fields k, that every normal twisted octonion algebra over a cubic cyclic extension field l of k is reduced, namely, if the cubic form T in 24 variables over k represents 0
4.2 Nonnormal Twisted Composition Algebras
79
nontrivially. This is so in the following two cases. (i) k a finite field.
A theorem of Chevalley [Che 35, p. 75] (also in [Gre, Th. (2.3)], [Lang, third ed., 1993, p. 214, ex. 7]), [Se 70, § 2.2, Th. 3] or [Se 73, p. 5]) implies that every cubic form in more than three variables over a finite field represents 0 nontrivially. (ii) k a complete, discretely valuated field with finite residue class field. Every cubic form in more than nine variables over such a field represents 0 nontriviallyj see [Sp 55, remark after Prop. 2], or also [De] or [Le]. If k is an algebraic number field, then also every normal twisted octonion algebra over a cubic cyclic extension 1 of k is reducedj see the end of 4.8. This will follow from a further study: in §§ 4.5 and 4.6 we will thoroughly explore the structure of normal twisted octonion algebras, especially of those whose norm N is isotropic, leading to another criterion (Th. 4.8.1) for normal twisted octonion algebras to be reduced. But first we introduce general twisted composition algebras in the following section, and in the next section we will identify the automorphism groups of reduced, normal or nonnormal, twisted composition algebras as twisted forms of an algebraic group of type D4·
4.2 Nonnormal Twisted Composition Algebras In the present section the separable cubic extension field 1 of k is not necessarily normal. Notations are as fixed in the introduction to this chapter. Suppose l' f l. Then O'{A) ¢. 1 if A E l, A ¢. k, so we cannot carryover the definition of a normal twisted composition algebra in Def. 4.1.1 to a vector space F over l. However, 0'{A)0'2(A) E l. If F' = A' ®l F is a normal twisted composition algebra over l' and if x*x happens to lie in F for X E F, then also (AX) * (AX) E F. This suggests that instead of the product * we must consider the square x*2 = X * x. Thus we are led to the the following definition. For A E 1 we write A*2 = 0'(A)0'2(A).
Definition 4.2.1 Let 1be a separable cubic extension of k and 0' a nontrivial k-isomorphism of 1into its normal closure l'. By a twisted composition algebra over land 0' we understand a vector space F over 1 provided with a unary operation *2 : F - t F, called the squaring operation, and a nondegenerate quadratic form N, called the norm, with associated bilinear form ( , ), such that the following four axioms are satisfied: (i) (AX) *2 = A*2 X *2 (A E l, X E F)j (ii) f: F x F - t F defined by
80
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
(x,y E F)
is k-bilinearj (iii) N(x *2) = N(x) *2 (x E F)j (iv) T(x) = (X*2,X) E k (x E F). We use the notation (F, *2, N), or simply F, for such a twisted composition algebra. An isomorphism of twisted composition algebras Fl and F2 as above is a bijective l-linear map t : Fl -+ F2 such that t(x*2) = t(x) *2 for x E Fl. Notice that in this definition it is allowed that the cubic extension llk be Galois, so l' = I and k' = k. If F is a twisted composition algebra as before, and >. E 1*, we define the isotope F>. to be (F, *'2, N>.), where x*'2 = >.(x *2) and N>.(x) = >. *2 N(x). It is immediate that FA verifies the axioms of a twisted composition algebra.
The relations between normal and nonnormal twisted composition algebras are given in the following two propositions. Proposition 4.2.2 (i) If l is cubic cyclic over k and (F, *, N) is a normal twisted composition algebm over I, then F with the same norm N and squaring opemtion defined by x *2 = X *X (x E F) is a twisted composition algebm over land 0". (ii) Let char{k) f:; 2,3. If I is cubic over k, but not necessarily Galois, and (F, *2, N) is a twisted composition algebm over I and (7, then F' = I' ®l F with the extension of N to a quadmtic form over l' on F' carries a unique structure of normal twisted composition algebm over I' and (7 such that x *2 = x*x for x E F. (For uniqueness it is necessary that the extension of the isomorphism (7 of l into l' to an automorphism of I' is given.) (iii) If Fl and F2 are twisted composition algebms over land (7 with char(l) ::/: 2,3 and F{ and F2, respectively, are their extensions to normal twisted composition algebms over I' as in (ii), then an l-linear bijection t : Fl -+ F2 is an isomorphism of twisted composition algebms if and only if its I' -linear extension is an isomorphism of normal twisted composition algebms between F{ and F~.
Proof. (i) being obvious, we tackle (ii). Extend the k-bilinear mapping f : F x F -+ F as in (ii) of Def. 4.2.1 to a k'-bilinear mapping F' x F' --+ F'. Pick a basis ell ... ,en of F over lj this is also a basis of F' over l'. Write n
f(x, y) =
L
(x,y E F')
i=l
with symmetric k'-bilinear
j
.,
4.2 Nonnormal Twisted Composition Algebras
81
2
'X,y)
=
(>. E l', X,y
LO'j(>')?p"j(X,Y)
E
F')
I
j=O
with unique k'-bilinear mappings ?p"j : F' x F'
-+
I!
l'. Thus,
2
f(>'x, y) =
I: O'j (>.)fJ(x, y)
"
(>. E l', X,y
E
F')
j=O
with unique k'-bilinear fJ : F' x F' -+ F'. Repeating this argument, we find unique k'-bilinear mappings 9"j : F' x F' -+ F' such that 2
f(>'x, JJY) = L
(>',JJ E l', x,y E F').
O"(>.)O'j (JJ)9"j(X, y)
(4.30)
',j=O
From the symmetry of f we infer, using Dedekind's Theorem again, that
9i,i(X, y)
= 9i,i(Y, x)
(X,y E
F')
(4.31)
>.
and JJ, we
(a, f3 E l', x, Y E F')
(4.32)
for 1 ::::; i, j ::::; n. By considering f (>.ax, JJf3y) as a function of find with Dedekind from (4.30) that
for 1 :$ i,j ::::; n. Using this relation and the fact that f(x,x) = 2X*2, we rewrite condition (i) of Def. 4.2.1 in the form
0'(>.)0'2(>.)f(x, x) = f(>'x, >.x) 2
= L O"(>.)O'j (>')9i,j(X, x)
(>. E l', x E F').
i,j=O
Linearizing in >., we get for >., JJ
E
l', x
E
F'
2
(0'(>.)0'2(JJ)
+ 0'2(>')0'(JJ))f(x,x) =
L (O'i(>.)O'j(JJ)
+ O'j (>.)O'i(JJ))9i,j (x, x)
',j=O 2
=L
O'i (>.)O'i (JJ)(9i,j (x, x)
+ 9j,,(X,x)).
i,i=O By Dedekind this implies
9i,i(x,x)
+ 9i,i(X,X) = 0
(x E F', (i,j) 1= (1,2),(2,1)).
If char(k) 1= 2, it follows by (4.31) that 9i,i(x, x) = 0, so 9i,i is antisymmetric for (i,j) 1= (1,2), (2, 1). From this we derive, using the symmetry of f, (4.30) and (4.31),
82
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
f(x,y)
1 = 2(f(x,y) + f(y,x)) =
1 2(91,2(X,y) + 92,l(X,y) + 91,2(y,X) + 92,l(y,X))
= 91,2(X, y)
+ 91,2(Y, x)
(x, y E F').
Hence if we define
x * y = 9l,2(X, y)
(x,y
E
F'),
we have a k'-bilinear product on F' which by (4.32) satisfies condition (i) of Def. 4.1.1 and such that x *2 = X*x for x E F. The uniqueness of the product * is obvious from the proof. Extend the norm N on F to a quadratic form over l' on F'. In condition (iii) of Def. 4.2.1 we replace x by AX + p,y + vz + (!w, with x, y, Z, w E F and A, p" v, e E k. Writing this as a polynomial in A, p" v and e and equating the terms with Ap,ve, we find
(f(x, y), f(z, w)} + (f(x, z), f(y, w)} + (f(x, w), f(y, z)} = 0'( (x, y) )0'2( (z, w}) + 0'( (z, w) )0'2( (x, y}) + 0'«X,z})0'2«y,W}) + 0'«y,w})0'2«x,z}) + 0'( (x, w) )0'2( (y, z}) + 0'( (y, z) )0'2( (x, w}). Here we use that k has more than four elements. The above relation is fourlinear over k, so it remains valid if we extend k to k'. Hence it also holds for x,y,z,w E F'. Replace x,y,z,w in the above relation by AX,p,y,vz,(!W, respectively, with x, y, z, w E F' and A, p" v, eEL'. In the relation we thus obtain, the terms with 0'(A)0'2(p,)0'(v)0'2(e) on either side must be equal by Dedekind, so
(x * y, z * w) + (x * w, z * y) = 0'( (x, z) )0'2( (y, w}). Replacing z by x and w by y yields the validity of condition (ii) of Def. 4.1.1 for F'. Applying a similar argument to (iv) of Def. 4.2.1, viz., trilinearization over k and then extension of this field to k', yields that T(x) E k' for all x E F'j here we use char(k) i 3. Replacing x by AX + p,y + vz and using Dedekind then proves that condition (iii) of Def. 4.1.1 holds for F'. This completes the proof of part (ii) of the Proposition. As to (iii), let t : Fl -+ F2 be an isomorphism of twisted composition algebras. Denote its l'-linear extension also by t. On F{, t-l(t(x) * t(y)) is a product for a normal twisted composition algebra which extends the squaring operation x I-t x *2 on Fl. since t- 1(t( x) *2) = x .. 2 for x E Fl. By uniqueness in (ii), t-1(t(x) * t(y)) = x * y for x, y E F{, that is, the extension t is an isomorphism of normal twisted composition algebras. The converse is obvious. 0
4.2 Nonnormal Twisted Composition Algebras
83
If P is a twisted composition algebra over 1 with char(l) 1= 2,3, then the normal twisted composition algebra F' over l' determined by F as in part (ii) of the above proposition will be called the normal extension of F. If 1 is a cubic cyclic extension of k of characteristic 1= 2, 3, a twisted composition algebra over l may be identified with the normal twisted composition algebra it determines. The restriction to fields of characteristic 1= 2, 3 is not too much of a nuisance; the theory of twisted composition algebras is set up in view of applications to Jordan algebras (see Ch. 5 and 6), and there we need the same restriction on the characteristic. It is clear that if two twisted compositions algebras are isotopic, the same holds for their normal extensions. Corollary 4.2.3 Let char(l) 1= 2,3. The norm N of a twisted composition algebra F over 1 is uniquely determined by the linear structure and the squaring operation *2. Isomorphisms of twisted composition algebras preserve the norm. A twisted composition algebra can only have dimension 1, 2, 4 or 8 over l. Proof. Let F' be the normal extension of F. In the proof of part (ii) of the above proposition, the product * on F' is determined by the squaring operation *2 on F and the linear structure; the norm plays no role there. By Lemma 4.1.5, the norm on F' is determined by the product and the linear structure. This proves the first statement. The second one is proved in a similar way. The last statement follows from Prop. 4.1.6 on the dimensions of twisted composition algebras. 0 As in the normal case, we speak in the case of dimension 8 about twisted octonion algebras. If F' is a normal twisted composition algebra over l' and l' 1= l, how do we find twisted composition algebras F over l such that F' is the normal extension of F ? The following proposition gives an answer to this question. Recall that T is the generator of Gal(k' /k). Proposition 4.2.4 Assume char(k) ::f. 2,3 and l' ::f. l, so [l' : k] = 6. Let F' be a normal twisted composition algebra over l' . (i) If F' is the normal extension of a twisted composition algebra over land 0', then there exists a unique bijective T-linear endomorphism '1.1. of F' satisfying 2 '1.1. = id and (x,y E F') (4.33) u(x * y) = u(y) * u(x)
such that F = Inv(u) = {x E F'I u(x) = x}. (ii) Conversely, for any '1.1. as in (i), Inv(u) is a twisted composition algebra over l which has F' as its normal extension. (iii) Every '1.1. as in (i) satisfies N(u(x))
= r(N(x))
(xEF').
84
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
(iv) If F = Inv(u) and Fl = Inv(ul) are twisted composition algebras over 1 and 0' which both have F' as their normal extension, then F ~ Fl if and only if there exists an automorphism t of F' such that Ul = tut- 1 , and every isomorphism: F ~ Fl extends to such an automorphism. In particular, Aut(F)
= {t!F !t E Aut(F'), tu = ut }.
Proof. (i) Identify F' with l' ®l F. The transformation u = r ® id is bijective r-linear with u 2 = id and F = Inv(u). To prove (4.33), consider for >',J.I. E 1 and x,y E F, z = (>.x) * (J.l.y) + (J.l.y) * (>.x) E F, so z is invariant under u. By the r-linearity of u,
Since
TO'
= 0'2r and since>. and J.I. are r-invariant, u(z) = z implies 0'2(>.)0'(J.I.)U(X * y)
+ 0'(>.)0'2(J.I.)u(y * x) =
* (J.l.y) + (J.l.y) * (>.x) = 0'(>.)0'2(J.I.)(u(X) * u(y» + 0'2(>.)0'(J.I.)(u(y) * u(x). (>.x)
By Dedekind's Theorem, u(x * y)
= u(y) * u(x) (x,y E F). Since l' = k' ®k 1 we have F' = I' ®l F = k' ®k F. Using the r-linearity of u we see that 4.33 holds. (iii) Apply u to both sides of equation (4.4) and use (4.6). (ii) F = Inv(u) is a vector space over Inv(r) = 1of the same dimension as the dimension of F' over l' (see, e.g., [Sp 81, 11.1.6]). If x E F, then u(x * x) = u(x) * u(x) = x * x, so x * x E F, and further N(x) = N(u(x) = r(N(x», so N(x) E 1. It is straightforward now that F with x· 2 = X * x and the restriction of N as norm is a twisted composition algebra which has F' as its normal extension. (iv) Let s : Fl -+ F2 be an isomorphism of twisted composition algebras over 1 and 0' which both have F' as their normal extension. Let Fi = Inv(ui) (i = 1,2). Define t : F' -+ F' as the I'-linear extension of s. From
(x E F) we derive as in the proof of part (i) above that t(x
* y) =
t(x)
* t(y)
(x,y E
F').
From t(Fl) = F2 and it follows U2 = tUlrl. This implies the "only if" part 0 of (iv). The "if" part is immediate.
4.2 Nonnormal Twisted Composition Algebras
85
A r-linear mapping u as in the above proposition is called an involution of F'. If F = Inv( u), then u is said to be the involution associated with F. Let F be any twisted composition algebra over l, with norm N. We have a (partial) analogue of Prop. 4.1.7. Let, as before, N(F)* to be the set of nonzero values of Non F, and M(N) the multiplier group of N. Proposition 4.2.5 N(F)* is
~
coset >..M(N) with Nl / k (>..)
E
M(N).
Proof. We represent F as in the preceding Proposition, via F' and u. We proceed as in the proof of Prop. 4.1.7, with a E F and b = a. We obtain a structure of composition algebra C'on F ' , with norm N = N(a) *2 N, and identity element e = (N(a) *2)-1 a *2 E F. Moreover, we have u(xy) = u(y)u(x) for x, y E C. Let v = Se 0 u. Then v is a r-linear automorphism of C' with fixed point set F. Now C' induces on F a structure of composition algebra C, with norm Nip. It follows that N(F)* = N(a) *2 M(N), and NI/k(N(a)) = N(a) *2 N(a) E (N(a) *2)2M(N) = M(N). 0 Corollary 4.2.6 (i) If>.. is as in the proposition, then N(F>.)* = M(N). (ii) If FIJ ~ F, then J1, E k* M(N).
Proof. The first point follows from the last equality of the proof. If FIJ. ~ F, then N(FjI.)* = N(F)*. Since the multiplier groups of Nand NjI. are the same, it follows from the proposition that J1, *2 E M(N). But then J1, = NI / k (J1,)(J1, *2)-1 E k* M(N), proving the second point. 0 It can be shown that if F is a normal twisted octonion algebra over land a (and charl :/: 2,3) the converse of (ii) is also true, see [KMRT, Th. (36.9)J. The proof is rather delicate. In view of the close connection between normal and nonnormal twisted composition algebras, one can expect properties of the former to be inherited by the latter. We give one identity, to be used later in Lemma 4.1.3.
Lemma 4.2.7 In a twisted composition algebra F over a field of characteristic :/: 2,3, the following identity holds for x E F, a E l: (ax+x *2) *2 = (T(x) -aN(x) +TrI/k(aN(x)))x+ (a *2 -N(x))x*2. (4.34) Proof. In the normal case this follows from the formulas of Lemma 4.1.3. If F is nonnormal, work in the normal extension. 0 It would be rather natural to call a nonnormal twisted composition algebra
F reduced if its normal extension F' is so. We prefer an apparently stronger definition; we will see in Th. 4.2.10 that these two definitions are in fact equivalent. If C is a composition algebra over k, we have over l' the normal twisted composition algebra F(k' ®k C). Its underlying vector spaces is
86
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
F'
= l' ®k' (k' ®k C) = l' ®k C.
On F' we have the T-linear automorphism u with u(e ®k x) = T(e) ® x (e E l',x E C). Let F = Inv(u). It is straightforward to check that F' and u are as in Prop. 4.2.4. By that Proposition we obtain a structure of twisted composition algebra on F. We denote this twisted composition algebra by F(C). Definition 4.2.8 A twisted composition algebra F over a field l of characteristic # 2, 3 is said to be reduced if there exist a composition algebra Cover k and A E l* such that F is isomorphic to the isotope F(C)>.. If l is cubic cyclic over k, then this boils down to the definition of 4.1.8. If
F(Ch is a nonnormal reduced twisted composition algebra over l, then its normal extension is F(C')>. with C' = k' ®k C. If F = F(C)>. is a reduced nonnormal composition algebra for land u, then F = (l ®k e) EB (lv'D ®k Co),
where D is the discriminant of lover k (so T( /15) = -/15) and Co = e.L in C. We have the following formulas for the squaring operation and the norm E l, x E Co) : in F (where
e,,,,
(e ® e + ",v'D ® x) *2 = A(U(e)q2(e) - Dq(",)q2(",)Nc(x)) ® e -AvD(u(e)q2(",) + u2(e)u(",)) ® x, (4.35) N(e ® e + ",v'D ® x) = U(A)q2(A)(e
+ ",2 DNc(x)).
(4.36)
In Prop. 4.1.9 (ii) we saw that the automorphism group of a reduced normal twisted composition algebra F(C)>. is independent of A. The same holds for reduced nonnormal twisted composition algebras. Proposition 4.2.9 The automorphism group of the twisted composition algebra F = F(Ch does not depend on A. Proof. By Prop. 4.2.4, Aut(F) = {tiF It E Aut(F') , tu = ut}, where F' is the normal twisted composition algebra F(C'h with C' = k' ®k C. Now Aut(F') is independent of A, and the same holds for action on it of the involution u. 0 Th. 4.1.10 on the characterization ofreduced normal twisted composition algebras carries over to the following result for the general case. Theorem 4.2.10 Let F be a twisted composition algebra over l, char(l) # 2, 3, and let F' be its normal extension. The following conditions are equivalent. (i) F is reduced. (ii) F' is reduced. (iii) T represents 0 nontrivially on F, i.e., there exists x # 0 in F such that T(x) = (X*2,X) = O. (iv) There exists x # 0 in F such that x *2 = AX for some A E l.
4.2 Nonnormal Twisted Composition Algebras
87
Proof. We may assume that F is nonnormal. If F is reduced, then F' = F(G'», with G' = k' ®k G and G as in Def. 4.2.8, so (i) implies (ii). If F' is reduced, T represents zero nontrivially on F' by Th. 4.1.10, hence so it does on F by the lemma below. Thus, (ii) implies (iii). If (iii) holds, then (iv) follows by the same argument as in the proof of Th. 4.1.10. Finally, assume (iv) holds. We follow the lines of the proof of the implication (iii) :::::} (i) in Th. 4.1.10, with some adaptationsj we refer to that proof as to ''the old proof". Choose x E F such that x *2 = AX with A E 1. If N(x) :I 0, we take e = x as in part (a) of the old proof. If N(x) = 0, we follow part (b) of that proof. We may assume that x :I 0, N(x) = 0 and x * x = O. Pick y E F with N (y) = 0 and (x, y) = -1. Then F' = x * F' + Y * F'. We take again e = u 2(a)x + x * y + y * x with a = (y, x * y). Notice that
and that x * y + y * x = (x + y) *2 _X*2 _y*2 E F, so e E F. In either case, whether N(x) equals zero or not, we have found e E F satisfying equations (4.10) and (4.11). Now proceeding as in step (c) and (d) of the old proof, one arrives at an l'-bilinear product and a new norm N which define on F' a structure of composition algebra over l' with identity element ej we call this 6. As in step (e) of the old proof, we show that cp (as in the old proof) is a u-automorphism of 6 of order 3 which commutes with conjugation. Let u be the involution of F' associated with F. Straightforward computations show that u commutes with conjugation and that ucp = cp 2u. From this it follows that u is a r-linear anti-automorphism of 6. We define by u". = cp and
(x E F')
an isomorphism f.! f-4 u" of Gal(l' /k) onto a subgroup of the group of semilinear automorphisms of 6 such that each u" is a l>-automorphism. As in step (f) of the old proof one proves that
G = Inv( u q If.! E Gal(l' /k) ) with the restriction of N as norm is a composition algebra over k which has 0 the properties required by Def. 4.2.8. Thus, F is reduced. We still owe the reader the lemma we used in the beginning of the above proof. Lemma 4.2.11 Let U be any vector space over a field k, T a cubic form on U, and k' a quadratic extension of k. 1fT represents zero nontrivially on U' = k' ®k U, then so it does on U itself
Proof. Pick a basis 1, e of k' over k and write the elements of U' as x + ey with x, y E U. Let T(x + ey) = 0 for some x + ey :I o. If y = 0 or if y :I 0 and T(y) = 0, we are done. So let T(y) :I o. Consider the cubic polynomial
88
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
T(x + Xy)
E k[X]. This has a root e in the quadratic extension k' of k, so it must have a root a in k itself. Hence T(x + ay) = O. If x + ay f. 0, we are done. If x + ay = 0, we find
T(x + ey)
= T( -ay + ey) = (e -
a)3T(y) f. 0,
o
a contradiction.
The following lemma will be used later. Let F be an arbitrary twisted composition algebra. The notations are as in Def. 4.1.1. Lemma 4.2.12 There exists a E F such that the following conditions are
satisfied. (i) T(a) = (a· 2,a) f.0; (ii) a and a· 2 are linearly independent over l; (iii) the restriction of ( , ) to the two-dimensional subspace La + La· 2 is nondegenerate, or equivalently (provided (ii) holds), T(a)2 - 4 NI/k(N(a)) f.
O. If N is isotropic, there exists isotropic a with T{a) f. O. Such an a also satisfies the" conditions (ii) and (iii); moreover, a· 2 is isotropic and satifies (i), (ii) and (iii), and we have (a .2).2 = T{a)a and T(a .2) = T{a)2. Proof. If a and a .2 are linearly independent, ( , ) is degenerate on La $la .2 if and only if Le., if
T(a)2 - 4N I/ k(N(a)) = 0, so indeed the two conditions in (iii) are equivalent, provided (ii) holds. If F is not reduced, every nonzero a E F satifies (i) and (ii) by Th. 4.2.10. If N is isotropic, we choose a f. 0 with N(a) = 0, then (iii) also holds. For anisotropic N we argue as follows: if char(k) f. 2, then no vector can be orthogonal to itself, so the bilinear form ( , ) is nondegenerate on any subspace; if char(k) = 2 and a f. 0, then
T(a)2 - 4NI/k(N(a))
= T(a)2 f. O.
Now assume F reduced: F = F(Ch., for an octonion algebra Cover k and some ,X E I·. Let D be a two-dimensional composition subalgebra of C. If we have a E D satisfying (i) and (ii) then (iii) must hold, too. For a E C we have
a*2
and
= 'xCi2 =
'x(-a+ (a,e)e)2 2 = 'x{a - 2( a, e)a + (a, e )2e) =,x( - (a,e)a+ ((a,e)2 - N(a))e),
i
4.3 Twisted Composition Algebras over Split Cubic Extensions
T(a)
89
= (a*2,a) = N,/ k (A)(a,e)((a,e)2 -3N(a)).
The conditions (i) and (ii) together are equivalent to the following four conditions:
atj.ke, (a,e);lO, (a,e)2;lN(a), (a,e)2;l3N(a). If the restriction of N to D is isotropic, we pick a E D with (a, e) = 1 and N(a) = OJ this satisfies our conditions. If k is finite we may assume this to be the case. So we can now assume that k is infinite and N is anisotropic on D. The four conditions require a E D to lie outside a finite number of lines in D. Since k is infinite, such a exist. This proves the first part of the Lemma. Finally, let a with N(a) = 0 satisfy T(a) ;l O. Since (a, a *2) = T(a) ;l 0, (ii) must hold. Further, (iii) holds. From (4.34) we infer that (a *2) *2 = T(a)a, so T(a *2) = T(a)2 ;l OJ further, N(a *2) = o. Hence a *2 is isotropic and satisfies (i), so also (ii) and (iii). 0
At the end of § 4.1 we gave some examples of fields over which every normal twisted composition algebra is reduced. These fields have the same property for arbitrary twisted composition algebras. This is clear for the case of finite fields: since every finite extension of a finite field is Galois, every twisted composition algebra over a finite field is normal. Over a complete, discretely valuated field with finite residue class field every twisted composition algebra is reducedj in the nonnormal case this follows from the above theorem by the same argument as used at the end of § 4.1 for the normal case.
4.3 Twisted Composition Algebras over Split Cubic Extensions In this section we generalize the notion of twisted composition algebra to the situation where the cubic field extension Ilk is replaced by a direct sum of three copies of a field. This generalization will be used in the next section to determine the automorphism groups of eight-dimensional twisted composition algebras. These will turn out to be twisted forms of groups of type D4 · The motivation for the generalization lies in the following situation. Consider as in § 4.1 a normal twisted composition algebra F = (F, *, N) over a cubic cyclic extension field I of k. Let K be an extension field of lj this is a splitting field of lover k, i.e., an extension of k such that L = K®kl ~ K$K$K. See Ch. I, § 16 (in particular ex. 2) in [Ja 64aJ. Denote the three primitive idempotents in L by elo e2 and e3, so el = (1,0,0), etc. The action of the Galois automorphism u of lover k is extended K-linearly to L, i.e., as id ®u; it then induces a cyclic permutation of the primitive idempotents, say,
90
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
O"(ei) = ei-l (indices to be taken mod 3) (cf. the proof of Th. 8.9 in [Ja 80]). The group < 0" > plays the role of "Galois group" of Lover K. Extend the vector space F over 1to the free module FK = K ®k F over L, and the norm N, which is a quadratic form over l, to a quadratic form over L on FK, also denoted by N. Finally, extend the k-bilinear product * on F to a K-bilinear product * on FK. The conditions (i), (ii) and (iii) of Def. 4.1.1 remain valid on FK. (Since (ii) involves polynomials of degree 4 over k, one has difficulties if k does not have at least five elements; these difficulties are avoided if one views N as a polynomial function on FK which is defined over k.) We thus arrive at a notion of twisted composition algebra over the split cubic extension L of K; we formalize this in the following definition.
Definition 4.3.1 Let K be any field. By the split cubic extension of K we understand the K -algebra L = K €a K €a K. Call its primitive idempotents
el = (I, 0, 0), e2 = (O, 1,0) and e3 = (O, 0,1). Fix the K-automorphism 0" of L by O"{ei) = ei-l (i = 1,2,3 mod 3). A twisted composition algebra over L and 0" is a free L-module F provided with a K-bilinear product * and a non-degenerate quadratic form N over L (this notion being defined in the obvious manner) such that the conditions (i), (ii) and (iii) of Def. 4.1.1 hold.
If 1 with char{l) i 2,3 is a cubic field extension of k which is not normal and F is a twisted composition algebra over l, we have a normal extension F' = l' ®IF, which we identify with k'®kF. If now K is any field extension of l', we have again K®kl = K®k,l' = K€aK€aK (with obvious identifications of tensor products), and FK = K ®k F = K ®k' F' with the twisted composition algebra structure induced by that on F' is again a twisted composition algebra over the split extension L = K €a K €a K of K. The 3-cyclic group generated by 0" plays the role of "Galois group" of L over K. The formulas of Lemmas 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 remain valid in the situation of Def. 4.3.1; we will, in fact, only need (4.4) and (4.6). We now turn to an explicit determination of the structure of a twisted composition algebra F over L = K €a K €a K. It will turn out that F is the direct sum of three copies of a composition algebra Cover K, with the product * in F determined in a specific way by the product in C. Put Fi = eiF for i = 1,2,3; these are vector spaces over K, and we have a direct sum decomposition
of vector spaces over K. The formulas in (i) of Def. 4.1.1 with oX = ei show that (i=1,2,3). Fi * F ~ Fi+2 and F * Fi ~ Fi+l It follows that for 1 $ i, j $ 3,
Fi * Fj = 0
(j i i + 1)
and Fi * Fi+l ~ Fi+2.
r 4.3 Twisted Composition Algebras over Split Cubic Extensions
91
For x E Fi we have
So we can define Ni : Fi
-+
K by
It is readily verified that Ni is a nondegenerate quadratic form on the vector space Fi over K for i = 1,2,3. We denote the associated K-bilinear form by Ni (, ). Formulas (ii) and (iii) of Def. 4.1.1 yield
Ni+2(X * y) = Ni(x)Ni+l(Y) Ni(y * z, x) = Ni+l (z * x, y)
(x E Fi , Y E Fi+d, (4.37) (x E F" y E FHl , Z E FH 2) (4.38)
for i = 1,2,3. Put C = Fl' Take a E F3 with N 3(a) ::I 0 and bE F2 with N2(b) ::I O. In the same way as in Lemma 4.1.4 we derive that the K-linear map /2 : C -+ F2, x ...... a * x, is bijective, and similarly for /3 : C -+ F3, x ...... X * b. We define a K-bilinear product on C by
xy = (a * x) * (y * b) = /2(x)
* /3(Y)
(x,y E C).
(4.39)
Using (4.4) and (4.6) one sees that e = N3(a)-l N2(b)-l(b * a) is an identity element for this multiplication. Putting No(x) = N3(a)N2(b)Nl(X) (x E C), we conclude from (4.37) that
No(xy) = No{x)No{y)
(x,y E C).
Thus we have obtained on C a structure of composition algebra over K; we denote this by Ca,b(F). Set It = id : C -+ Fl' We have constructed a K-linear bijection
f
= (h,/2,/3): C$C$C
-+
F, (Xl,X2,X3) ...... (h(Xl),/2(X2),/3(X3»
(4.40) with !i(Xi) E Fi . Notice that F determines the norm of C up to a K*multiple, hence it determines C up to isomorphism by Th. 1.7.1. We encountered a similar situation in the proof of Prop. 4.1.6 (which we gave before stating the proposition itself). In the present case, too, F can have dimension 1, 2, 4 or 8 over L. Notice that the composition algebra structure on C determines the quadratic form N and the product * on F, provided the K-linear bijections /2 : C -+ F2 and /3 : C -+ F3 as well as N 3{a) and N2(b) are given; to prove this, use (4.37), (4.38), (4.4) and (4.6). From any composition algebra Cover K we can construct a twisted composition algebra Fs{C) over L = K $ K $ K. As an L-module we take Fs(C) = C $ C $ C, the product and the norm are defined by
92
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
(x,y,z) * (U,v,w) = (yw,zii.,xy), N«x, y, z» = (No(x), No(Y), No(z», with No denoting the norm of C. One easily verifies the conditions of Def. 4.1.1, keeping in mind that the "Galois automorphism" q acts on L by 0'«0:, fj, 'Y» = (fj, 'Y, 0:). Taking a = (0,0,1) and b = (0,1,0) we reconstruct C from F.(C) as described above: C = Ca,b(F.(C». If we start from an arbitrary twisted composition algebra F over the split cubic extension L of K, and construct the composition algebra C = Ca,b(F) with the aid of a E F3 and bE F2 with N 3(a) = N2(b) = 1 (provided these exist), then F ~ F.(C).
4.4 Automorphism Groups of Twisted Octonion Algebras Let F be a twisted octonion algebra, either normal over the cubic cyclic extension field l of k, or nonnormal over the separable but not Galois cubic extension field l of k; in the latter case we assume char k '" 2,3. Denote the automorphism group of F by Aut(F). An automorphism of a twisted composition algebra FK over a split cubic extension L of K is, of course, an L-linear bijection that preserves *; as in Lemma 4.1.5 one sees that it also leaves N invariant. The group of these automorphisms is denoted by Aut(FK)' If we take for K an algebraic closure of l', the automorphisms of FK = K ®k F form a algebraic group G. Now let K again be any extension field of l'. Let u be an automorphism of FK ; the L-linearity of u implies that it stabilizes every F,. Let Ui be the restriction of u to Fi; it is a K-linear bijection. As in the preceding section, let C be the octonion algebra Ca,b(F) over K defined by a E F3 and bE F2 with N(a)N(b) i=- 0. We have the linear bijection of (4.39)
From (4.39) we infer that
(x,y E C).
(4.41)
Define t = (tl' t2, t3) E GL(C)3 by t = I-Iou 0 I, i.e., ti = li- 1 0 Ui 0 IiSince u preserves N, all ti lie in O(No). According to (4.41) and (4.39), they must satisfy the condition
(x,y
E
C)
(remember that 11 = id). This means that (tt, t2, t3) is a related triple of rotations of C (cf. the Principle of Triality, Th. 3.2.1), necessarily of spinor norm 1 (cf. § 3.2, in particular Prop. 3.2.2 and Cor. 3.3.3). Conversely, any
4.4 Automorphism Groups of Twisted Octonion Algebras
93
related triple of rotations (h, t2, t3) (necessarily of spinor norm 1) of 0 defines an automorphism u of FK as above. Thus we get an isomorphism between Aut(FK) and the group RT(O) of related triples of rotations of OK (see § 3.6):
ep : G
-+
RT(O), u
f-+
,-1 0 U 0
f.
(4.42)
Taking first K = l', we obtain a composition algebra 0 over l'. Then taking for K the algebraic closure of l', we see that the algebraic groups G and RT(OK) are isomorphic. Now by Prop. 3.7.1 the group RT(OK) is defined over l'. Also, the isomorphism I of 4.40 is defined over l'. We thus obtain on G a structure of algebraic group over l'. By Prop. 3.6.3, RT(OK) is isomorphic to the spin group Spin(No). Thus we have shown the following result. Proposition 4.4.1 G is an algebraic group over l' which is isomorphic to Spin(8). We will see in Th. 4.4.3 that G is defined over k. In the rest of this section we take for K a separable closure ks of k containing l'. Then O/(No) = SO(No)· For the case char(k) =I 2 this follows from the fact that ks contains all square roots of its elements, so all spinor norms are 1. In all characteristics, one can use a Galois cohomology argument, see [Sp 81, §12.3J. The Galois group Gal(ks/k) (which we understand to be the topological Galois group if ks has infinite degree over k) acts on ks®kl and on Fk, = ks ®kF by acting on the first factor. It permutes the idempotents ei and the components Fi; thus we have a homomorphism a : Gal(ks/k) -+ S3 such that 1'(ei) = ea(-y)(i) Gal(ks/k»).
hE
Lemma 4.4.2 a(Gal(ks/k» has order 3 ill is Galois overk, and order 6 il 1 is not Galois over k, so it equals the degree 01 l' over k. Proof. The invariants of Gal(ks/k) in kS®kl form the field k®kl = I, so every idempotent ei is displaced. This implies that a(Gal(ks/k» has order at least 3. The idempotents exist already in l'®kl, which is invariant under Gal(ks/k), so their permutation is in fact accomplished by the action of Gal(l'/k), that is, a can be factored through a homomorphism a ' : Gal{l'/k) -+ S3. If l' = I, then Gal(l'/k) has order 3, so then la(Gal(ks/k»1 = 3. If l' =I I, then Gal(l' /k) 9:! S3 and the kernel of a' in Gal(l'/k) is a normal subgroup of order at most 2, so it consists of the identity only, whence la(Gal(ks/k»1 = 6. 0 Over ks the octonion algebra Ok, = ks ®k 0 is split, so we may replace C = Ca,b(F) by the split octonion algebra. Thus we get from (4.42) an isomorphism, which we also call ep, of G(ks ) onto RT(O)(ks), where 0 is the split octonion algebra over I. For l' E Gal(ks/k) we have the conjugate isomorphism 'Yep = l' 0 ep 0 1'-1. Then z(1') = 'Yep 0 ep-1 is an automorphism of RT(O)(ks). This defines a nonabelian 1-cocycle of Gal(ks/k) with values in RT(C)(ks) (see [Sp 81, § 12.3]).
94
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
The automorphism z(-y) acts on RT(C)(ka) as
z('Y) : (tb t2, ta)
1-+
(t~(-y)(l)' t~("')(2)' t~(-y)(a»,
where a is the homomorphism of Gal(ka/k) into Sa as in the above lemma, and tj is the image of tj under some inner automorphism (depending on j) of SO(No). In case char(k) '" 2, tj = tj if tj = ±1, so then z(-y) permutes the central elements (1, -1, -1) etc. of RT(C)(k.) in the same way as a(-y-l) does; if char(k) = 2, a similar argument with central elements of the Lie algebra of RT works (see Prop. 3.6.4 and its proof). It follows that the image of z(-y) in Aut(RT(C»/Inn(RT(C» ~ Sa is a(-y-l). G is a ks-form of RT(C) which can be obtained by twisting RT(C) by the co cycle z (see [Sp 81, § 12.3.7]); it is defined over k. From Lemma 4.4.2 we infer that it is of type a0 4 or 604 (see [Ti]) according to whether the cubic extension 1/ k is Galois or not. Thus we have proved the following theorem.
Theorem 4.4.3 G is defined over k. If 1 is a cubic cyclic extension of k and F a normal twisted octonion algebra over l, then G is a twisted k-form of the algebraic group Spin(8) of type a0 4 • If 1 is cubic but not Galois over k with char(k) '" 2 or 3, and F is a nonnormal twisted octonion algebra over l, then G is a twisted k-form of Spin(8) of type 60 4 •
4.5 Normal Twisted Octonion Algebras with Isotropic Norm In this section, F will be a normal twisted octonion algebra over a cubic cyclic field extension 1 of k (and we will omit the adjective "normal" when speaking about twisted octonion algebras). From now on we fix a E F that satisfies the three conditions of Lemma 4.2.12; if N is isotropic, we moreover assume a isotropic. We take E to be the orthogonal complement of la $la * a, E
= {x E CI (x,a) = (x,a*a) = O}.
Lemma 4.5.1 E * a ~ E and a * E
~
(4.43)
E.
Proof. If x E E, then x * a E E, for
( x * a, a)
= 0"( ( a * a, x }) = 0,
and by (4.1), Similarly for a * x.
o
This allows us to define the O"-linear transformation t in E by t : E - E, x
1-+
X
* a.
(4.44)
r
4.5 Normal Twisted Octonion Algebras with Isotropic Norm
95
Lemma 4.5.2 The transformation t : E - E satisfies
t 2(x)=-(a*a)*x (XEE), 3 t (x) = -T(a)x - a * (a * (a * x))
(x E E),
(4.45) (4.46)
and t
6
+ T(a)t 3 + NI/k(N(a)) = O.
Proof. We compute, using Lemma 4.1.3,
2
t (x)
= (x*a)*a =
-(a*a)*x, t (x) = -«a*a)*x)*a = (a * x) * (a * a) - 0'2 ( ( a * a, a ) )x = -T(a)x - a * (a * (a * x)) (since (a * x,a) 3
= 0'2«(a * a,x}) = 0),
so
t 3 (x) Apply
t3
+ T(a)x + a * (a * (a * x)) =
O.
to both sides of this equation: 6
t (x)
+ T(a)t 3 (x) + [{(a * (a * (a * x))) * a} * a] * a = O.
Since (a * y) * a = 0'2(N(a))y, the last term on the left hand side equals NI/k(N(a))x, sO we get the formula. 0 We call a twisted composition algebra isotropic if its norm is isotropic. From now on we assume that F is an isotropic twisted octonion algebra (normal, as is the convention now). We take a as in Lemma 4.2.12 with N(a) = O. We define and
(4.47)
Using Lemma 4.1.3 one easily verifies e1 * e1 = A1 e2, e2 * e2 = A2e1, e1 * e2 = e2 * e1 = 0,
with Al
= T(a)
= All. Further, = N(e2) = 0 and
(4.48) (4.49) (4.50)
E k* and A2
N(eI)
(el' e2)
= 1.
(4.51)
A straightforward computation now yields T(~lel
+ ~2e2) =
Al NI/k(6)
+ A2 NI/k(6).
(4.52)
Notice that replacing a by T(a)-la * a, which also satifies the conditions in Lemma 4.2.12 and is isotropic, amounts to interchanging el and e2 and also Al and A2.
96
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
Define D = lei EB le2 and E = Dl.. The restriction of ( , ) to D and the restriction to E are both nondegenerate. Define as in (4.44) the u-linear transformations
(4.53) From (4.45) we infer that
t~(x) = -AieHl
*x
(x E E, indices mod 2).
Take Ei = ti(E). Trivially, ti(Ei ) ~ E i . Since N{ei) isotropic, hence they have dimension ~ 3. By (4.7),
(4.54)
= 0, both Ei are totally
* x) * el + (el * x) * e2 = u2{( el, e2 ))x = x. t~+l (E) ~ E, it follows that E = El + E 2. Since dim Ei
(e2
Since ei * E = we must have a direct sum decomposition:
~ 3,
with both Ei having dimension 3. Using (4.7) again, we see for x E E,
(x * el) Since e2
* e2 + (e2 * el) * x =
2
u {(x, e2) )el = O.
* el = 0 by (4.50), we find that t2tl = O. Similarly, tlt2 = O. Hence
and therefore
ti{Ei ) It follows that Ei
= Ei
(i=fti),
(4.55)
(i = 1,2).
(4.56)
= t~{E), so by (4.54) (4.57)
From (4.46) we know that
t~{x) = -AiX - ei By (4.4), ei
* Ei =
ei
* (E * ei) =
* (ei * (ei * x)).
0, so (4.58)
It follows that 1I"i = -AHlt~ is the projection of E on E i • Since El and E2 are totally isotropic and ( , ) is nondegenerate on E, the Ei are in duality by the isomorphism
where
it: E2
-+
l, x
1-+
(u,x),
4.5 Normal Twisted Octonion Algebras with Isotropic Norm and similarly E2 --
Ei. For Xi
97
E Ei we have
(4.59) for
(tl(XI), t2(X2))
= (Xl * el,X2 * e2) = O"«(el * (X2 * e2),xt}) = 0"«(XI,X2 )),
since by (4.54) el * (X2 * e2) = ->'lt~(t2(X2)) = ->'lt~(X2) = X2. This means that t2 = (ti)-l and vice versa. We now compute Xl * X2 and X2 * Xl for Xi E E i . We write Xi as Xi = ti(Zi) = Zi * ei with Zi E Ei and find
Xl * X2 = (Zl * el) * (Z2 * e2) = -«Z2 * e2) * ed * Zl
Xl * X2
+ 0"2 ( (Zl' Z2 * e2) )el
= 0"2( (tIl (xd, X2 ))el = 0"«( Xl, t2(X2) ))el
Similarly for X2
(by (4.7)).
(by (4.59)).
* Xl. Thus, (4.60)
Next consider
since el
X
* Y for x, y EEl. We have
* El = -Alt~(Ed = o.
Further,
(X * y,e2) since EI * e2
= O"«(y * e2,x)) = 0,
= t2(Ed = o. So X * Y E E.
Using (4.5) we find
tl(X) * tl(Y) = (x * el) * (y * el) = -el * (y * (x * el)), since (x
* el, el) = o. Also, y * (x * el) = -el
* (x * y).
Now using (4.54) and (4.58), we find
tl(X) * tl(Y)
= -Alt~( -Alt~(X * y)) = -Alt2(X * y),
and similarly with t2 and x, y E E 2 . Thus,
(4.61)
98
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
An immediate conclusion is that (4.62)
To describe the multiplication of elements of Ei it is convenient to introduce a bilinear product
(i=I,2) by defining
Xi /\ Yi
= t;l(Xi) * ti(Yi)
(4.63)
From (4.61) it is immediate that (4.64)
ti(Xi) /\ ti(Yi) = -Aiti+l(Xi /\ Yi) This wedge product is alternating. For if X E El, then
X /\ x
= (e2 * x) * (x * el) (by (4.54) and (4.58)) = -«x * et} * x) * e2 (by (4.7), since (e2,x * eI) = 0) = N(x)(el * e2) (by (4.6)) = 0 (since N(x) = 0, or el * e2 = 0),
and similarly for x E E2' By linearizing one finds (4.65)
x /\y = -Y /\x
For this wedge product we can prove the formulas that are well known for the vector product (cross product) in three-space.
Lemma 4.5.3 For Xi, Yi E E i ,
(i =
1,2), one has
(Xl /\ Yl) /\ X2 = (Xl, X2 )Yl - (Yl, X2 )Xl, (X2 /\ Y2) /\ Xl = (X2, Xl )Y2 - (Y2, Xl }X2, (Xl/\Yl,X2/\Y2) = (Xl,X2)(Yl,Y2) - (Xl,Y2)(X2,yI).
Further, Xi /\ Yi = 0 for all Yi (or for all Xi) implies Xi tively), (i = 1,2).
=0
(Yi
= 0,
Proof. From (4.63) we get
(Xl/\ Yl) /\ X2
= t2"l(t}l(Xl) * tl(Yl)) * t2(X2) = -Al(t}2(Xl) * yt} * t2(X2) (by (4.61)) = (tl (xt) * Yl) * t2(X2) (by (4.58).)
Now by (4.7) and (4.59),
(4.66) (4.67)
(4.68) respec-
4.6 A Construction of Isotropic Normal Twisted Octonion Algebras
(tl (Xl) * Yl) * t2(X2)
99
+ (t2(X2) * yt} * tl (xt) = u 2((tl (Xl), t2(X2) ))Yl = (Xb X2 )Yb
and by (4.59) and (4.60),
t2(X2) * Yl = U«(tl(Yl),t2(X2) ))e2 = U2«(YbX2 ))e2. Using these relations, we find
(tl(Xl) * yt} * t2(X2) = -(t2(X2) * Yl) * tl(Xl) + (Xb X2 )Yl = -(Yb X2 )(e2 * tl(Xl)) + (Xb X2 )Yl = -( YbX2 )Xl + (XbX2 }Yl (by (4.54) and (4.58)). This proves the first formula, and the same argument leads to the second one. For the third formula we proceed as follows:
(Xl'\ Yb X2 t\ Y2) = (tl 1(Xl) * tl(Yl), t2"1(X2) * t2(Y2)) 2 = (-A2)( -Al)( t2(t 1 (xl) * Yl), tl(t2"2(X2) * Y2)) = U«(tl(Xl) * Yl,t2(X2) * Y2)) = (Y2, (tl (Xl) * Yl) * t2{X2) ). Now (tl (Xl) * Yl) * t2(X2) was computed above; substituting that expression we find formula (4.68). The last statement of the Lemma is easily derived from (4.66) and ~~.
0
Define an alternating trilinear function ( , , ) on Ei by
(X,y,z) = (x,yt\z). From 4.59 and 4.64 we obtain (4.69)
4.6 A Construction of Isotropic Normal Twisted Octonion Algebras We maintain the convention that all twisted composition algebras are normal. The analysis made in the previous section leads to a construction of isotropic twisted octonion algebras, to be described in the present section. This construction will yield all such algebras. We first discuss some generalities. Let V be a three-dimensional vector space over the field l and V' its dual space. The bilinear pairing between V
100
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
and V' is denoted by ( , ). There is a vector product 1\ on V with values in V', and one on V' with values in V with the following three properties (where x, y E V, x', y' E V') :
(x 1\ y) 1\ x' (x' I\y') I\x (x' I\y',xl\y)
= (x,x')y - (y,x' }x, = (x,x')y' - (x,y')x', = (x,x')(y,y') - (x,y'}(y,x').
(4.70) (4.71) (4.72)
Using these properties, one easily verifies that x 1\ y is alternating bilinear on V, nonzero if x and yare linearly independent, and that (x, y, z) = (x, yl\z) is an alternating trilinear function on V (Le., invariant under even permutations of the variables and changing sign under odd permutations); similarly on V'. On a three-dimensional space, an alternating trilinear function is unique up to a nonzero factor, viz., it is a multiple of the determinant whose columns are the coordinate vectors of the three variables with respect to some fixed basis. It follows that the vector products on V and on V' are unique up to multiplication by some a E l* and a- 1 , respectively. If t : V -+ V is a a-linear transformation, where a is an automorphism of l, then another alternating trilinear function of x, y, Z is a- 1{(t{x), t{y), t{z»)). Hence it is a multiple of (x, y, z). We define det{t) E l by
(t{x), t{y), t{z») = det{t)a{ (x, y, z)
(X,y,zEV).
If we replace the wedge product x 1\ yon V by ax 1\ y, so ( , , ) bya( , , ), then det(t) changes to aa(a)-1 det(t). We call det{t) the determinant of t with respect to the given choice of the wedge product (or the choice of the alternating trilinear form). Let t' be the inverse adjoint transformation of t in V', Le.,
(t{x),t'{x'») =a{(x,x')
(x E V, x' E V').
t' is also a-linear. Lemma 4.6.1 For x, y E V we have
t{x) 1\ t{y)
= det{t)t'{x 1\ y).
(4.73)
Moreover, det{t') = det{t) -1. Proof. The first formula follows from the equations
( z, (t') -1 (t{x)
1\ t{y»
) = a 2 { ( t{z), t{x)
1\ t{y)
)
= a2 «t{z), t{x), t{y) ) =
a 2 {det{t» ( z, x 1\ y). Similarly, we have for x', y' E V'
t'{x')
1\ t'{y')
= det(t')t(x' 1\ y').
4.6 A Construction of Isotropic Normal Twisted Octonion Algebras
101
Using (4.70) and the definition of det (t) we see that
(t(x)
/I. t(y)) /I.
(t(Xl)
/I. t(yt)) =
det(t)t«x /I. y) /I. (Xl
/I.
yt)),
which by what we already proved equals
It follows that
t'(x')
/I.
t'(y')
= det(t)-lt(x' /I. y'),
where x' = X /I. y, y' = Xl /I. Yl. Since any element of V' is a wedge product of elements of V, the last formula holds for arbitrary x', y' E V'. The second 0 assertion of the lemma follows. Now assume that l is, as before, a cubic cyclic extension of the field k, and that u is a generator of the Galois group. Assume that t is a ulinear transformation of V such that t 3 = - A with A E k*. We also assume that the vector product on V is such that det(t) = -A. This can always be arranged. For if not, then Nl/k( -A -1 det(t)) = 1, as one sees by computing (t 3(x), t 3(y), t 3(z)} in two different ways. By Hilbert's Theorem 90 there exists a E l such that det(t) = -Aa-lu(a). Replacing the vector product x /I. y on V by ax /I. y changes the determinant of t to det(t) = -A. Our assumption determines the vector product on V up to a multiplicative factor J.L E k* and the vector product on V' up to J.L- l . For the inverse adjoint transformation t' we have t,3 = _A- l and det(t') = _A-I. V and t are the ingredients of the construction of a (normal) twisted composition algebra F(V, t). We are guided by the results of the preceding section. Taking (with the notations of 4.5) V = El, V' = E 2 , t = tt the definition of F(V, t) is explained by the formulas of that section. We define F = F(V, t) = l EEll EEl V EEl V' and put el = (1,0,0,0), e2 = (0,1,0,0). We define a product * in F as follows:
+ 6e2 + x + x') * (77lel + 772e2 + y + y') = + u( (x, t'(y')} nel + {Au(6)u 2(77l) + u( (t(y), x'} ne2 + u(6)t- l (y) + u 2(77l)t(X) + t'(x') /I. (t')-l(y') +
(6el
P- l u(6)U2(772)
u(6)(t')-1(y')
+ u 2(772)t'(X') + t(x) /I. Cl(y).
(4.74)
for ei,77i E l, x,y E V, x',y' E V'. We further define the norm N on F by
(4.75) for
ei E l, x E V and x' E V'.
Theorem 4.6.2 With this product and norm F(V, t) is an isotropic twisted octonion algebra, and all such algebras are of this form. For z = 6el +6e2 + x + x' the cubic form T(z) = (z * z, z) is given by
102
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
T(z) = ANI/k(~l) + A-1 NI/k(~2) + TrI/k(~la( (t(X), X'})) TrI/k(~2a( (X, t ' (X') }))
+
+ (X, t(X), rl(X) } + (X', t ' (X'), t l - l (X' ) }.
(4.76)
Proof. It is clear that the product * is a-linear in the first variable and a 2 _ linear in the second variable. The verification of the other two requirements for a twisted composition algebra (cf. Def. 4.1.1), viz.,
N(x * y)
= a(N(x))a2(N(y))
(x,y E
F)
and
(x,y, Z E F), and the computation of T are straightforward, so we omit them. That we obtain all twisted composition algebras with isotropic norm in this way, follows from the analysis in the preceding section. 0
4.7 A Related Central Simple Associative Algebra We continue to consider an isotropic twisted octonion algebra F = F(V, t). Notations and conventions are as in the preceding section. We introduce the associative algebra Dover k consisting of all transformations of V of the form
(We write 1 for the identity here.) We show that this is a cyclic crossed product. (For crossed products, see [AI 61, Ch. V), [ArNT, Ch. VIII, §§ 4 and 5} or [Ja 80, §§ 8.4 and 8.5}.) The notation D is used since in the most important case for us it is a division algebra. Lemma 4.7.1 The elements 1, t and t 2 form a basis of Dover 1, and D is isomorphic to the cyclic crossed product (1, a, -A), so it is a central simple algebra of degree 3 over k. If A E Nl/k(l*), this crossed product is isomorphic to the algebra M3(k) of 3 x 3 matrices over k, and if A ¢ Nl/k(l*), it is a division algebra.
Proof. If ~O+6t+~2t2 =0
with
~i E
1, then for all
X E
V and ." E 1 we have
"'~f)X + a("')~lt(X)
+ a2("')~2t2(x)
=
o.
Since the automorphisms 1, a, a 2 are linearly independent over l, it follows that all ~i are zero. So 1, t, t 2 is a basis of Dover 1. The cyclic crossed product (l, a, -A) is the algebra generated by 1 and an element u such that u 3 = -A and u~ = a(~)u (~ E l). It has dimension 3
4.7 A Related Central Simple Associative Algebra
103
over 1. Clearly, there is a homomorphism (1,0', -.\) - D sending u to t and extending the identity map of l. Since D has dimension 3 the homomorphism is bijective, hence is an isomorphism. The crossed product is known to be isomorphic to M3(k) if -.\ E N,/kW) and to be a division algebra if -.\ ¢ NZ/k(l*). We may omit the minus sign, since NZ/k(-l) = -1. 0
Lemma 4.7.2 There exists Vo E V such that V
= D.vo.
Proof. If D is a division algebra, we can pick any nonzero Vo E V. For then D.vo is a nine-dimensional subspace of V over k, which must coincide with
V. If D is not a division algebra we have D 9'! M3(k). As a D-module, V is isomorphic to the direct sum of three copies of the simple module k 3 of M3(k). But then the D-module V is isomorphic to D, viewed as a left module over itself. We can then take for Vo the image in V of any invertible element of D. 0 On the central simple algebra Dover k, one has the reduced norm, see [AI 61, Ch. VIII, § 11], [Schar, Ch. 8, § 5] or [Weil, Ch. IX, § 2]. It is the unique polynomial function on D which upon extension of k to a splitting field of D becomes the determinant. It is multiplicative, Le., ND(UV) = ND(U)ND(V) for U,V E D, and 11. is invertible if and only if ND(U) =1= O. The following lemma gives a simple characterization of the reduced norm.
Lemma 4.7.3 If A is a central simple algebra of degree n over k, then the reduced norm NA is the unique homogeneous polynomial function of degree n on the vector space A over k with NA(l) = 1 which satisfies the conditions: x E A is invertible if and only if NA(X) =1= 0 and there exists a homogeneous polynomial map P : A - A of degree n - 1 such that
Proof. For A = Mn(k) it is known that x E A is invertible if and only det(x) -# 0, and then X-I = det(x)-I adj(x), where adj(x) is the adjoint matrix of x, i.e., the matrix whose entries are the cofactors of x (see, e.g., [Ja 74, § 2.3]). As to the uniqueness of NA, let N~ with N~(I) = 1, in combination with pI also satisfy the conditions. Then N~ (x) -# 0 if and only if det(x) -# 0, and
det(x)pl(x) =
adj(x)N~(x)
(x E A,
det(x)
-# 0).
Since det is an irreducible polynomial in the entries of the matrix x (see, e.g., [Ja 74, Th. 7.2]), either det divides all entries of adj (viewed as a matrix with polynomial entries), or det divides N'.4. The first case being absurd, we must have N~ = det.
--~~--~-------------------,
104
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
In the case of an arbitrary central simple algebra A, work with a Galois splitting field m of A, i.e., with a Galois extension m of k such that m®kA ~ Mn(k). We have a reduced norm NA over m. For any u E Gal(m/k), let U(NA) denote the polynomial obtained by the action of u on the coefficients of NA. Then U(NA) also satisfies the conditions for a reduced norm on m®kA, so by the uniqueness of this, U(NA) = NA. This means that NA has its coefficients in k, and hence its restriction to A is a reduced norm on A. The uniqueness of the reduced norm on A is immediate from the fact that its extension to m ®k A is a reduced norm on the latter algebra. 0 With the aid of the above lemma it is not hard to compute the reduced norm on D explicitly. (The proof can, in fact, be adapted to any crossed product.)
Lemma 4.7.4 The reduced nonn ofu ND(U)
= Nl/k(~O) -
= ~o +~lt +~2t2
in Dis
,X Nl/k(~l) + ,X2 Nl/k(~2) +,X Trl/k(~ou(6)u2(~2»'
This can also be written as ND(U) Au
=
= det(Au),
where Au is the matrix 2 eo -'xU(e2) -'xu (ed) 6 u(eo) -'xU2(e2) . ( 6 u(6) u2(eo}
Proof. An element '1.1. = ~o + 6t + e2t2 has an inverse if and only if the right multiplication by '1.1., i.e., v 1-+ VU, is bijective. This right multiplication is a linear transformation over l which has matrix Au as above. Hence '1.1. is invertible if and only if det(Au) # 0, and then '1.1.- 1 is the solution v of Auv = 1, so of the form det(Au)-l P(u). A straightforward computation yields that det(Au} = Nl/k(eO) - ,X Nl/k(~l) +,X2 NI/k(6) +,X TrI/k(~Ou(edu2(e2»' So det(Au) E k and it is a cubic polynomial in coordinates over k. P is a 0 map D -. D that is quadratic in coordinates over k. In exactly the same way as we did with D we introduce the associative algebra D' of l-linear combinations of 1, t' and t,2, acting on V'. This has the same properties as D except that t'3 = -,X -1, so in the formulas for the reduced norm one must replace ,X by ,X -1. We call D' the opposite algebra of D, a name which is justified by the fact that D and D' are anti-isomorphic as we will see in the following Lemma.
Lemma 4.7.5 The mapping D -. D',
'1.1.
= eo + elt + e2t2
1-+
'1.1.'
= eo -
'xU(~2)t' - 'xU2(~1)t/2
is an anti-isomorphism of D onto D'. It preserves the reduced nonn: ('1.1.
E
D).
4.8 A Criterion for Reduced Twisted Octonion Algebras. Applications
105
Proof. Both statements are verified by straightforward explicit computation in the coordinates ~o, 6, 6. Notice that we can also write u' = ~o + (t,)-16 +
(t,)-26.
0
We now return to the twisted composition algebra F(V, t) of §4.6.
Lemma 4.7.6 (i) The nonzero values of the reduced norm ND on D form a subgroup N(D)* of k*. We have N(D')* = N(D)*. (ii) For v E V we have T(v) :/: 0 if and only if V = D.v. Then T(u.v) = ND(U)T(v) for u E D, so the nonzero values of T on V form a coset of N(D)* in k*. (iii) Similarly, the nonzero values of T on V' form a coset of N (D)* in k* . Proof. ND is multiplicative, and ND(U) :/: 0 if and only U is invertible, so the nonzero values of ND form a subgroup of k*. The second point of (i) follows from the preceding lemma. According to Th. 4.6.2, the value of T( v) for v E V is T(v) = _A- 1 ( v, t(v), t 2(v)). Pick Vo E V such that V
= D.vo
(cf. Lemma 4.7.2). Write
Then
T(v) = det(X)T(vo), where X is the matrix which expresses v, t(v), t 2(v) in vo, t(vo), t 2(vo}: X =
(
~o -AO'(6) -AO'2(~1}) O'(~o) -AO' 2(6) .
6 6
0'(6)
a 2 (eo)
From Lemma 4.7.4 we infer that det(X) = ND(U) with U = ~o + ~lt + ~2t2. Thus we find that T(v) = T(vo)ND(U). We see that T(v) :/: 0 if and only if u is invertible, which implies the first assertion of (ii). This proves (ii). (iii) is proved in the same way, also using (i). 0
4.8 A Criterion for Reduced Twisted Octonion Algebras. Applications In Th. 4.1.10 we gave criteria for a normal twisted composition algebra to be reduced. The following theorem can be viewed as a sharpening of part (ii) of Th. 4.1.10. Let F = F(V, t) be as in Th. 4.6.2. Notations and conventions are as before.
106
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
Theorem 4.8.1 The isotropic twisted octonion algebra F is reduced if and only if there exists x E V, x # 0, and U ED such that T(x) = ND(U). Proof. First assume there exists x E V, x # 0, and U ED such that T(x) = ND(U), If T(x) = 0, then F is reduced by Th. 4.1.10. If T(x) = ND(U) # 0, then by Lemma 4.7.6 ND(U) E T(a)N(D)* for some a E V, so T(a) E N(D)*. It follows that there exists y E V with T(y) = 1. Now (y * y, y) = T(y) = 1, whereas (y, y) = 0 (since N is identically zero on V by (4.75», so y and y*y are linearly independent. Hence z = y + Y * y # 0 and
z *z
= (y + y * y) * (y + Y * y) = y * y + Y * (y * y) + (y * y) * y + (y * y) * (y * y) = y * y + q(N(y»y + q2(N(y»y + T(y)y - N(y)y * y = y* y+y = z.
Again we conclude by Th. 4.1.10 that F is reduced. Conversely, assume F reduced. We are going to show the existence of x and U with the required properties. Since F is reduced there exists by Th. 4.1.10 a nonzero z = 6el + 6e2 + x + x' E F with ~i E l, x E V and x' E V' such that z * z = az for some a E l. By Th. 4.6.2 this amounts to saying that the following system of equations has a nontrivial solution
(6, {2,X, x', a):
+ q«x,t'(x'») = 06
(4.77)
= 06 q(6)rl(x) + q2(el)t(X) + t'(x') /I. (t')-l(X') = ax q(6)(t')-l(x') + q2(6)t'(x') + t(x) /I. t-l(x) = ax'.
(4.78)
A-lq(~2)q2({2)
Aq(6)q2(el) +q«t(x),x'»
(a) We first consider the case that there is a solution with x
T(x)
(4.79) (4.80)
# O. We compute
= (x, t(x) /I. t-l(x».
Using (4.80) we get
T(x)
= a{ x, x') -
q(6)( x, (t')-l(x'» - q2(~2)( x, t'(x'».
Applying q2 to both sides of (4.77) and then multiplying the result by q2(~2) yields Further,
q(6)( x, (t')-l(x'» = q(6)q2( (t(x), x'» = q(a66) - A Nl/k(6)
With these formulas we find
(by (4.78»).
4.8 A Criterion for Reduced Twisted Octonion Algebras. Applications
107
T(x) = ANl/k(el) + A-I Nl/k(6) - 0-(066) - 0-2(OeI6) + o( x, x'}. (4.81) If 0 = 0, then T(x) = ND(U) with U = -6t + A- 16t 2 by Lemma 4.7.4. For the rest of case (a) assume that 0 =f 0. By (4.11) we have N(z) 0-(0)0-2 (0). Since N(z) = ele2 + (x, x') we find that
=
(x, x') = 0-(a)0-2(0) - ele2. Inserting this into in (4.81) we find
T(x) = Nl/k(O)
+ ANl/k(6) + A-I Nl/k(6) -
Tr 1/ k(066) = ND(U),
where U = 0 - 0-2(el)t + A- 10-(6)t 2. (b) Now assume we have a solution (6, e2, 0, x', 0) of the system of equations (4.77)-(4.80) with 6 =f 0. From (4.77) we infer that also =f and =f 0. Multiplying the opposite sides of (4.77) and (4.78), we get
0
°
el
OA- 1 Nl/k(e2) = oAN1/k(6),
1
A- 2 = Nl/k(elei ), A = Nl/k(Aelei
1
).
This implies that the cyclic crossed product D is isomorphic to the matrix algebra M3(k). Hence ND(u) runs over all elements of kif U runs over D, so for any nonzero x E V there is U ED with T(x) = ND(U). (c) Finally, let there be a nonzero solution of the form (el,O,O,X',o). By (4.78) we have = 0. By (4.79), t'(x') 1\ e-1(x') = 0. This is only possible if t'(x') = ex' for some eEL. Since t' is o--linear and t'3 = -A-I, we find by computing t,3(x') that A-I = Nl/k( -e). So again A E Nl/k(l*) and we can complete the proof as in case (b). 0
el
We mention, in particular, the following consequence, which we will use in Ch. 8. Corollary 4.8.2 If F is not reduced, then D is a division algebm.
Proof. If D is not a division algebra, then D ~ M3(k). In that case the reduced norm ND takes all values in k, so for any nonzero x E V there exists u ED such that ND(U) = T(x). Hence F is reduced by Th. 4.8.1. 0 As an application of the above theorem we can give another class of special fields k over which all twisted octonion algebras are reduced. We assume char(k) 1= 2,3. Theorem 4.8.3 Assume that k has the following property: If A is a ninedimensional centml simple algebm A whose center k' is either k or a quadmtic extension of k, then N A (A) = k'. Let Jurtherl be a cubic extension of k. Then every twisted octonion algebm over land 0- (as in Def. 4.2.1) is reduced.
108
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
Proof. Let F be a twisted octonion algebra over I and 0'. If the norm N of F is isotropic, we take k' = k, and if N is anisotropic, we choose a quadratic extension k' of k which makes N isotropic. Extend I to a cubic cyclic extension l' of k', with 0' (extended to a k'-automorphism of I') as generator of Gal(l' jk'). In either case, F' = k' ®k F is a twisted octonion algebra over I' of the form described in Th. 4.6.2. The reduced norm of l'[t] takes all values in k'; if l'lt] is a division algebra over k', this follows from the assumption we made about the reduced norm on nine-dimensional division algebras over k', and if l'[t] ~ M3(k'), this is always the case. By the previous theorem, F' is reduced. By Th. 4.1.10 this is equivalent to the fact that the cubic form T represents zero nontrivially on F'. By Lemma 4.2.11, T already represents 0 zero nontrivially on F. That implies that F is reduced. Here are some examples of fields with the property of the theorem. (i) k an algebraic number field If D is a central simple algebra over a field k, then the nonzero reduced norms of elements of D form a subgroup N(D)* of k*. Let SLD be the norm one group of D, i.e. the group of elements of DK with reduced norm 1. This is a an algebraic group over k. Then the quotient group k* jN(D)* can be identified with the Galois cohomology set Hl(k, SLD) (see [Se 64, Ch. III, § 3.2]). The reduced norm map will be surjective if and only if the Galois cohomology set is trivial. That this is indeed the case if k is an algebraic number field and D is nine-dimensional follows from the Hasse principle (see [loc.cit., § 4.7, Remarque 1]). This shows that a number field k has the property ofthe previous theorem. Hence over such a field any twisted composition algebra is reduced. (ii) As in case (vi) of § 1.10 perfect fields with cohomological dimension :::; 2 also have the required property, as follows from [loc.cit., Ch. III, § 3.2J. Examples are finite fields and p-adic fields.
4.9 More on Isotropic Normal Twisted Oct onion Algebras This section gives some complements to the material of § 4.5 and § 4.6. We prove two somewhat technical lemmas that will be used in Ch. 8. Let F be an isotropic normal twisted octonion algebra and consider an isotropic element a E F with T(a) f OJ then a and a * a are linearly independent and the restriction of ( , ) to La EB la * a is nondegenerate (see Lemma 4.2.12). The corresponding subspaces E = (la $la * a).L as in (4.43) and Ei = ti(E) (i = 1,2) with ti as in (4.53) will now be denoted by E(a) and Ei(a}, since we are going to vary a:
4.9 More on Isotropic Normal Twisted Octonion Algebras
109
E(a) = (la EB la * a)l., E1(a) = {x*a!(x,a) = (x,a*a) =O}, E2(a) = {x * (a * a) ! (x, a) = (x, a * a) = O}. By (4.57), we also have
E1(a) = {(a*a)*x!(x,a) = (x,a*a) =O}, E2(a) = {a * x! (x, a) = (x, a * a) = O}. Since (a * a) * (a * a) = T(a)a by (4.8), Ei(a * a) = Ei+1(a). By (4.4) and (4.6), a * (a * a) = (a * a) * a = 0, hence we can also write
E1 (a) = {x * a ! (x, a * a) = 0 }, E2(a) = {a*x! (x,a*a) = O}. Recall that E1 (a) and E2(a) are totally isotropic subspaces which are in duality with respect to ( , ). Lemma 4.9.1 Let a,b E F be isotropic with T(a)T(b)
f. O. Then b E E1(a)
if and only if a E E2(b). Proof. Let b E E1(a). By (4.56), we may assume that b = x*a with x E E1(a). Pick z E E2(a) with (x, z) = 1. According to (4.62), b * b E E2(a), so (z, b * b) = O. From (4.7) it follows:
b * z = (x * a) * z = -(z * a) * x + u 2( (x, z) )a. By (4.55), z * a = O. Hence a = b * z E E2(b). The proof of the converse implication is similar.
o
Lemma 4.9.2 Assume again a, bE F to be isotropic with T(a)T(b) f. O. If a * b = 0, then E2(a) n E 1(b) f. O. Proof. We may assume that F = F(V, t) is as in Th. 4.6.2 with e1 = a, e2 = T(a)-1a * a, V = E1 (a) and V' = E2(a) (see the part of § 4.5 beginning with equation (4.47)). Using the multiplication rule (4.74) it is straightforward to see that a * b = 0 implies that b = o:e2 + v, with 0: E k, v E V. If v = 0, then b is a nonzero multiple of e2 and E1(b) = E2(a), proving the lemma in that case. So we may assume that v f. O. Then
b * b = >. -1u(0:)u 2(0:)e1 Take
Z
E
V, with (z, t(v)
+ u(0:)C 1(v) + t(v) 1\ C 1(v).
1\ r1(v)) =
0, z ¢ kt(v), then
(z,b* b) = (z,t(v) and z * b is a nonzero multiple of t(z)
E2(a) n E1(b).
1\
t- 1(v)) = 0,
1\ t- 1 (v)
which lies in V'
n E 1 (b)
= 0
110
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
4.10 Nonnormal Twisted Octonion Algebras with Isotropic Norm In this section we briefly discuss analogues of the results of § 4.5 and § 4.6 in the case of a nonnormal twisted octonion algebra. We use the notations of Def. 4.2.1. So l is a non-cyclic cubic extension of k. Assume that char(k) ::I 2,3. Let F be a twisted composition algebra over I and (7 and assume that the norm N is isotropic. The normal extension F' = l' ®l F of F, introduced in Prop. 4.2.2, is an isotropic normal twisted composition algebra over l', and U = T ® id defines a T-linear anti-automorphism of F', by Prop. 4.2.4. Take a E F with the properties of Lemma 4.2.12. Then a and a *2 are fixed by u. We carry out the analysis of § 4.5 for a, with F' instead of F. Notations being as in that section, we have for x E F'
u(x * a)
= a * u(x),
u(x * a *2)
= a *2 *u(x).
It follows that for x E Ei
u(x * ei)
= ei * x.
Using (4.54) we see that u induces a T-linear bijection Ei -... Ei+l' From (4.58) we find that for x E Ei (4.82) and from (4.63) it then follows that
U(Xi
1\ Yi) =
U(Yi)
1\ U(Xi)
(Xi, Yi
E
Ei).
(4.83)
Next, (4.60) implies that
(Xl, t2(X2) ) = (7T( (U(X2), (t2 0 U)(Xl) )), and using (4.82)
(Xl, X2 ) = (7T( ( (u 0 t2"l }(X2), (t2 0 U)(Xl)) ) = (7T( (tl (U(X2)), t2( U(Xl)) )), whence
(U(X2), U(Xl))
= T( (Xl, X2))'
(4.84)
From (4.83) and (4.84) we deduce that for X, y, z E Ei
(U(X),U(y),U(z))
= -T((X,y,z)),
where the alternating trilinear form ( , , ) is as at the end of § 4.5. The properties of U which we just established indicate how to modify the construction of § 4.6 in order to deal with nonnormal twisted composition algebras. The notations are as in the beginning of the chapter. Assume we are given a normal twisted composition algebra F' = .1'(V, t) over l' and (7.
4.10 Nonnormal Twisted Octonion Algebras with Isotropic Norm
111
Definition 4.10.1 A hermitian involution of (V, t) is a r-linear bijection t : V -+ V' with the following properties: (i) (x,t{y»)=r«(y,t(x»)) (X,yEV). (ii) tot = (t')-l 0 t. (iii) t-1(x 1\ y) = t(y) 1\ t(x). Using (4.72) one finds by the same kind of argument as used in the proof of Lemma 4.6.1 that we also have (iii)' t{Xll\y') = t-1(yl) I\t-l{X') (X/,y' E V'). The next theorem is the analogue of 4.6.2 for nonnormal twisted composition algebras.
Theorem 4.10.2 Let t be a hermitian involution of (V, t). Then U{elel + 6e2 + x + x') = r(6)el + r{e2)e2 + t-1(x' ) + t{x) defines an involution of F'. The fixed point set Inv( u) is an isotropic nonnormal twisted composition algebra over land (J. All such algebras are of this form. Proof. The proof that u is an involution (as defined after the proof of Prop. 4.2.4) is straightforward. The second point then follows from Prop. 4.2.4. The last point is a consequence of what was established in the beginning of this section. 0 The properties of t of 4.10.1 can be reformulated. Putting
h(x, y) = (x, t{y») (x, y E V),
(4.85)
it follows from property (i) that h is a nondegenerate hermitian form on the l'-vector space V, relative to r. Then, using (ii),
h(t(x), y) = (t(x), t,(y) ) = a( (x, (t/)-l(t(y))))
=
(J(
(x, t(t(y) )
=
a(h(x, t(y))) , which explains the adjective "hermitian" in Def. 4.10.1. Using the three properties we also find
(t(x),t(y),t,(z») = (t-1(yl\x),t,{z») = r«(z,yl\x) = -r«(x,y,z), from which we see that det(t) = -1, the determinant being defined as in § 4.6. Conversely, given a nondegenerate hermitian form on V, there is a unique r-linear map t such that (4.85) holds. The requirements that t be hermitian relative to h and that det( t) = -1 give conditions equivalent to those of Def. 4.10.1. Let D be the cyclic crossed product {l', (J, -).), see § 4.7. Its center is k'. It is immediate that
112
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
defines an involution of the second kind of D, i.e. an anti-automorphism of D which induces a nontrivial automorphism on the center of D. (In the present case this is T.) Finally, we notice that by property (ii) we have t 3 = ,,-1 0 (t,)-3 0 ". Since 3 t and (t,)-3 both are scalar multiplication by ->., we conclude that now T(>') = >.. We will say that in this case the involution of the second kind of D is hermitian.
4.11 Twisted Composition Algebras with Anisotropic Norm In this section we will review analogues Th. 4.6.2 for the case of twisted composition algebras with anisotropic norm. We need a complement to Lemma 4.2.12, which we first establish. For the moment, F is an arbitrary twisted composition algebra, as in Def. 4.2.1. The restriction char(k) i 2,3 remains in force .. Assume that b E F has the properties (i), (ii), (iii) of Lemma 4.2.12 and that N(b) i o. In particular D(b) = T(b)2_4NI/k(N(b» i o. The polynomial with coefficients in k (4.86) has two distinct roots and put
eand .,."
which are nonzero. Assume that they lie in k
a = (e-.,.,)-1{N{b)-1eb+b*2), a'
= N(b)-1b-a = (.,.,-e)-I(N(b)-I.,.,b+b*2).
Lemma 4.11.1 a is isotropic and (a, a') = N(b)-1. We have a *2 = -N{b).,.,-1 a" T(a) = Moreover, a has the properties of Lemma 4.2.12.
_.,.,-1.
Similar results hold for a'.
e
Proof. That a is isotropic follows by a direct computation, using that is a root of (4.86). We have (a, b) = (e _.,.,)-1 (2e+T(b» = 1, since T(b) = -e-T/. Hence, a being isotropic, (a, a') = (a, N(b)-1b - a) = N(b)-1. The formula for a *2 follows from (4.34), using that NI/k(N(b» = N(b)N(b) *2 = e.,.,. The 0 remaining assertions are easy. Now assume that the norm N is anisotropic on F. Then k is infinite. We also assume that (with the notations of Prop. 4.2.5) N(F)* = M(N). By Cor. 4.2.6 this can be achieved by replacing F by an isotope. Lemma 4.11.2 There exists bE F with N{b) = 1 having the three properties of Lemma 4.2.12.
Proof. As N is anisotropic, k and l are infinite. View F as a vector space over k. By Lemma 4.2.12 there exists c E F with T(c) i 0, U(c) = T(C)2 4NI/k(N(c» i 0 and N(c) i o. View T and U as homogeneous polynomial
4.11 Twisted Composition Algebras with Anisotropic Norm
113
functions of respective degree 3 and 6, and N as a homogeneous quadratic mapping of F to 1 = k3 . Let K be an algebraic closure of k. By homogeneity, there is dE K ®k F with T(d) f= 0, U(d) f= 0, N(d) = 1. Let Q be the variety in K ®k F defined by the equation N(x) = 1. The set 0 of x E Q with T(x) f= 0, U(x) f= 0 is an open subset of Q which is nonempty, by what we just saw. By our assumptions there exists bo E F with N(b o) = 1. If x E F, N(x) f= 0, then x = bo - (N(X))-l( bo, x}x E Q, as a straightforward calculation shows. Since k is infinite, we can choose x E F such that N(x) f= 0 and x E O. Then b = x has properties (ii) and (iii) of Lemma 4.2.12, and N(b) = 1. Also, if we had b*2 = ~b, then since N(b) = 1 we had = 1 and T(b) = (~b, b) = 2~, whence the contradiction U(b) = o. Hence property (i) also holds. 0
e
Choose b as in the preceding lemma. Since N is anisotropic the polynomial (4.86) has no roots in k. We have to distinguish several cases, which we briefly discuss. Case (A). F is a normal twisted composition algebra. Let k1 be the quadratic extension of k generated by the roots ~ and .,., of (4.86). Notice that now ~.,., = 1. Denote by T1 the nontrivial automorphism of kdk. Then it = k1 ®k 1 is a Galois extension k which is cyclic of degree 6. Viewing (T and T1 as elements of its Galois group, (TTl is a generator of that group. Now F1 = II ®l F is a normal twisted composition algebra over hand (T, with an isotropic norm. We perform the analysis of § 4.5 for F 1 , with a as in Lemma 4.11.1. Then e1 = a, and by the lemma e2 = a'. Denote by v the T1-linear map T1 ® id of F1 = II ® F. Then v is an automorphism of F1 and F is the space of invariants Inv(v). Moreover v(x * ei) = v(x) * ei+1 (x E FI,i = 1,2). With the notations of 4.5, v induces a T1-linear bijection Ei --+ Ei+I. As in § 4.10 we find
V(Xi
1\ Yi)
= V(Xi) 1\ V(Yi),
(V(X2),V(XI)) =T1«X},X2)). These formulas indicate how to modify the construction of 4.6 in the present case. Assume given a twisted composition algebra FI = F(VI , t) over l1 and (T. Definition 4.11.3 A unitary involution of (V}, t) is a T1-linear bijection L1 : V1 --+ V{ with the following properties:
(i) (X,L1(Y)}=T«y,L1(X))) (X,yEV1). (ii) L1 ot = t' 0 L1. (iii) L11(x 1\ y) = L1(Y) 1\ L1(X).
114
4. Twisted Composition Algebras
We also have (iii)' "l(X' /\ y'}
= "ll(y'} /\ "ll(x'}.
Theorem 4.11.4 Let "I be a unitary involution of (VI! t). Then V(6el + 6e2 +x + x'} = Tl(~2}el + Tl(~1}e2 - £ll(x'} - £l(X) defines a Tl-linear automorphism of Fl. The fixed point set Inv(v) is a normal twisted composition algebra over I and 17, with N(F)* = M(N). All anisotropic normal twisted composition algebras with the last property are of this form. Proof. The proofs of the assertions about v and F are straightforward. The last point follows from what was established in the beginning of this section. 0 Again, there is a reformulation of the properties of Def. 4.11.3. Define
Then h is a nondegenerate hermitian form on VI, relative to Tl. We now have
h(t(x), t(y))
= 17(h(x, y)),
which explains the adjective ''unitary''. Also, det( "1) = -1. The cyclic crossed product occurring in the present case is D = (It, 17, e), where ~ is as before. Notice that T/ = Tl(e} = ~-1. The central simple algebra Dover kl has the involution of the second kind
We now call the involution unitary. Case (B). F is a nonnormal twisted composition algebra and the normal composition algebra F' is anisotropic. In this case (4.86) has no root in k'. Let kl and Tl be as in Case (A). Now li = kl ®k l' is a Galois extension of k whose group is 8 2 X 8 3 , We view 17, T and Tl as automorphisms of Ii. Put F{ = kl ®k F'. By 4.6.2 we may assume that is of the form F{ = .r(V1 , t}, where VI is a vector space over Ii and t is 17-semilinear. By 4.10.2 we have a T-linear hermitian involution t on (VI, t) and an involution on Vb whereas by case (A) we have a Tl-linear unitary involution on (VI, t) and an automorphism v of F{. Then F
= Inv(u, v} = Inv(u} n Inv(v}.
In the present case the cyclic crossed product D is a central simple algebra over the field ki = kl ®k k'. It has two commuting involutions of the second kind: a T-linear one which is hermitian, and a Tl-linear one which is unitary. Case (C). F is a nonnormal twisted composition algebra and (4.86) has roots in k'.
r
i
4.12 Historical Notes
115
We can now take ~ and TJ in k', hence a E F'. Proceeding as in 4.10 we have u(x * ei) = eHl * x (x E E i ),
u 0 ti = til
0
u.
It follows that u defines 7'-linear bijections t and t' of V and V', respectively. Moreover, (4.83) holds, and we have the counterpart of (4.84)
Assume again that F' = F(V, t), with V a vector space over l'. Then we have a 7'-linear automorphism t of order 2 such that
Moreover, t' being as in the last equation,
t'{x 1\ y) = t(x) 1\ t(y) (x, y E V). With these notations,
defines a 7'-linear involution of F', such that F is the fixed point set Inv(u). Any twisted composition algebra of Case (C) can be obtained in this way. The cyclic crossed product D = (l', 0', -A) has the unitary involution of the second kind
4.12 Historical Notes Twisted composition algebras were introduced by T.A. Springer in the normal case, with a view to a good description of nonreduced Albert algebras (see Ch. 6). The theory was first exposed in a course at the University of Gottingen in the summer of 1963 (see [Sp 63]). The generalization to the nonnormal case is due to F.D. Veldkamp (in an unpublished manuscript). Independently, it was also given in [KMRT, §36].
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
In this chapter we discuss a class of Jordan algebras which includes those that are usually named exceptional central simple Jordan algebras or Albert algebras. Our interest in Albert algebras is motivated by their connections with exceptional simple algebraic groups of type E6 and F 4, a topic we will deal with in Ch. 7. They also playa role in a description of algebraic groups of type E7 and Eg , but we leave that aspect aside. We will not enter into the general theory of Jordan algebras, but use an ad hoc characterization of the algebras under consideration by simple axioms, which are somewhat reminiscent of those for composition algebras. We call these algebras J-algebras, since they are in fact a limited class of Jordan algebrasj see Remark 5.1.7. In this and the following chapters, fields will always be assumed to have characteristic =F 2,3. The assumption characteristic =F 3 is for technical reasons and could possibly be removed. However, characteristic =F 2 is essential for our approach to Jordan algebras as (nonassociative) algebras with a binary product. If one wants to include all characteristics, it is necessary to use quadratic Jordan algebras as introduced by K. McCrimmon [MCClj see also [Ja 69], [Ja 81] or [Sp 73].
5.1 J-algebras. Definition and Basic Properties Let k be a field with char(k) =F 2,3 and let C be a composition algebra over k. For fixed 'Yi E k*, let A = H(C;'Yb'Y2,'Y3) be the set of ('Yb'Y2,'Y3)-hermitian 3 x 3 matrices x
= h(6,6,6jcl,C2,C3) = ('Y2J~lC3 C2
-f: _ 6
3C2
'Yl:7
'Y3
)
(5.1)
'Y2 Cl
with ~i E k and Ci E C (i = 1,2,3) j here - denotes conjugation as in § 1.3. We define a product in A which is different from the standard matrix product: (5.2) where the dot indicates the standard matrix product and the square is the usual one with respect to the standard product (which coincides with the
118
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
square with respect to the newly defined product). This multiplication is not associative. Together with the usual addition of matrices and multiplication by elements of k, it makes A into a commutative, nonassociative k-algebra with the 3 x 3 identity matrix e as identity element. We introduce a quadratic norm Q on A by
Q(x) =
i tr(x
2
)
= 2(~? + ~~ + ~~) + 'Yil'Y2N(Cl) + 'Yl1'Y3N(c2) + 'Y2"1'YIN(C3)
for x
(5.3)
= h(6,6,6;c1,C2,C3) E A, and the associated bilinear form (x, y) = Q(x + y) - Q(x) - Q(y) = tr(xy) (x,y E A).
This bilinear form is nondegenerate. Of special interest is the case that C is an octonion algebra; we then call A = H(C; I'll 1'2, 1'3) an Albert algebra. More generally, A is called an Albert algebra if k' ®k A is isomorphic to such a matrix algebra H(C';'Y1I'Y2,'Y3) for some field extension k' of k and some octonion algebra C' over k'. In Prop. 5.1.6 we will prove the relation x 2(xy) = x(x 2y), which is typical for Jordan algebras. The reader will have no difficulty in verifying the following three rules: Q(x 2) = Q(X)2 if (x, e) = 0, (5.4)
(xy,z) = (x,yz), 3 Q(e) = 2'
(5.5) (5.6)
We will, conversely, consider a class of algebras with a quadratic norm Q that satisfies (5.4), (5.5) and (5.6). This class will turn out to contain, besides the algebras related to the algebras A = H(C; 1'1, 1'2, 1'3) introduced above, one other type of algebras; see Prop. 5.3.5, the remark that follows it, and the classification in Th. 5.4.5. Definition 5.1.1 Let k be a field of characteristic :F 2,3. A J-algebra over k is a finite-dimensional commutative, not necessarily associative, k-algebra A with identity element e together with a nondegenerate quadratic form Q on A such that the conditions (5.4), (5.5) and (5.6) are satisfied. Q is called the norm of A, and the associated bilinear form ( , ) will often be called the inner product. A J-subalgebra is a nonsingular (with respect to Q) linear subspace which contains e and is closed under multiplication. An isomorphism t : A - A' of J-algebras over k is a bijective linear transformation which preserves multiplication: t(xy) = t(x)t(y) (x, YEA).
Remark 5.1.2 It will be shown in Prop. 5.3.10 that in a J-algebra of dimension > 2 the norm Q is already determined by the linear structure and the product, and the same holds for the cubic form det that will be introduced in Prop. 5.1.5. As a consequence, an isomorphism necessarily leaves Q and det invariant in dimension > 2.
r
5.1 J-algebras. Definition and Basic Properties
119
We begin the study of J-algebras with a lemma that gives a linearized version of (5.4). Lemma 5.1.3 If (x, e)
= (y, e) = (z, e) = (u, e) = 0,
then
2(xy, zu )+2( XZ, yu )+2(xu, yz) = (x, y)( Z, u )+( x, z)( y, u )+( x, u)( y, z). Proof. By substituting AX + J1.y + /JZ + (!U for x in (5.4), writing both sides out as polynomials in A,J1.,/J and (!, and equating the coefficients of AJ1./J{! on either side, we immediately get the formula. Here we use that the degree of the polynomials is 4 and that Ikl > 4. 0 Proposition 5.1.4 If A is a J-algebm over a field k and 1 is any extension field of k, then 1®k A, with the extension of the product and the quadmtic
form, is a J-algebm over l. Proof. The linearized version of (5.4) that we proved in the Lemma is in fact equivalent to (5.4) itself. This multilinear version clearly also holds in 1®k A. Similarly for (5.5). 0 By the Hamilton-Cayley Theorem, every element in a 3 x 3 matrix algebra over a field satisfies a cubic equation. It is conceivable that a similar result holds in a "matrix algebra" H(C;'Yl''f2,'Y3). In fact, it does in all J-algebras. Proposition 5.1.5 Every element x in a J-algebm A satisfies a cubic equa-
tion x3
1
(x, e )x2 - (Q(x) - 2(x, e )2)x - det(x)e
-
= 0,
(5.7)
called its Hamilton-Cayley equation. Here det is a cubic form on A. Proof. With the aid of equation (5.5) we derive from Lemma 5.1.3 (with Z = u = x)
(x 3
-
Q(x)x,y)
=0
(x,y
E
A, (x,e)
= (y,e) = 0).
Since ( , ) is nondegenerate, this implies that
x3
-
Q(x)x
= lI:(x)e
(x
E A,
(x,e) =
0),
(5.8)
where II: is a cubic form with values in k. We can write any x E A as x = x' + x, e)e with (x', e) = O. Substitution of x x, e)e in equation (5.8) yields after some computation
l(
x3
-l(
-
1
(x,e)x2 - (Q(x) - 2(x,e)2)x - det(x)e = 0
where det is a cubic form on A with values in k. If det(x)
i= 0, then
(x
E
A), o
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
120
satisfies xx- 1 = ej we will come back to this in Lemma 5.2.3. The polynomial
Xx(T)
= T3 -
1
(x, e )T2 - (Q(x) - 2(x, e )2)T - det(x)
(5.9)
is called the characteristic polynomial of x, and det(x) the determinant of Xj the cubic form det is called the determinant function on A, or just the determinant of A. By taking the inner product of the left hand side of (5.7) with e, one finds 1
0= (x3,e) - (x,e){x 2,e) - (Q(x) - 2{x,e)2)(x,e) - det(x)(e,e)
= (x 2,x) -
1
3Q(x)(x,e) + 2(x,e)3 - 3det(x).
Hence
(5.10) Notice that det( e) = l. With the aid of (5.10) one easily computes det(x) for an element x h(6,6,6jCl,C2,C3) ofH(Cj'Yl,1'2,1'3) as in (5.1): det(x)
=
= ~1~26 -1'311'2~lN(cd-1'111'3~2N(C2)-1'211'1~3N(C3)+N(CIC2' C3)' (5.11)
Here N ( , ) denotes the bilinear form associated with the norm N on C. The cubic form det uniquely determines a symmetric trilinear form ( , , ) with (x,x,x) = det(x). We have
6{ x, y, z) = det(x + y + z) - det(x + y) - det(y + z) - det(x + z)+ det(x)
+ det(y) + det(z).
We derive some consequences of the Hamilton-Cayley equation. Replacing x by x + y + z in (5.7) yields 1
(X+y+z)3_(X+y+z, e )(x+y+z)2_(Q(x+y+z)-2(x+y+z,e )2)(X+Y+z) = det(x + y + z)e. Collecting in both sides terms which are linear in each of the variables x, y and z, we obtain the following formula.
x(yz) + y(xz) + z(xy) = {x,e)yz + (y,e)xz + (z,e)xy +
5.1 J-algebras. Definition and Basic Properties
1
121
1
2((y,z} - (y,e}(z,e})x + 2((x,z) - (x,e}(z,e})y + 1
2((x,y) - (x,e}(y,e})z+3(x,y,z}e.
(5.12)
Replacing z by x in this equation we find
2x(xy) + x 2y = 2( x, e }xy + (y, e }x2+ 1
((x,y) - (x,e}(y,e})x + (Q(x) - 2(x,e}2)y + 3(x,x,y}e. (5.13) From equation (5.12) one easily derives a formula that expresses the symmetric trilinear form associated with det in the inner product and the product. Namely, take the inner product of either side of (5.12) with e, apply condition (5.5) several times and use (e, e) = 3. After rearrangement and dividing by 3 one finds:
3(x,y,z}
= (xy,z) -
1
1
1
2(x,e}(y,z} - 2(y,e}(x,z} - 2(z,e}(x,y}+ 1
2(x,e}(y,e}(z,e}.
(5.14)
We can now prove the Jordan identity. Proposition 5.1.6 In any J-algebm A the Jordan identity holds:
x 2(xy) = x(x 2y). Proof. It suffices to prove that x 2(xy) and x(x 2y) have equal inner products with any z E A. In view of (5.5) this amounts to showing that (xy,x 2z) = (xZ,x2y) (x,y,z E A). (5.15) This relation is immediate from (5.5) if y = e or z = e, so it suffices to prove it for the case (y, e) = (z, e) = O. Under these assumptions, we take the inner product of either side of equation (5.13) with xz and, using (5.5), find the relation
2(x{xy),xz} + (x2y,xz) = 2(x,e}(xy,xz} + (x,y}(x,xz)+ 1
Q{x)(y,xz} - 2(x,e}2(y,xz} +3(x,x,y}(x,z}. Replacing 3( x, x, y) in the right hand side by the expression that follows from equation (5.14), we arrive at the formula
(x2y,xz) = -2(x(xy),xz) +2(x,e}(xy,xz} + (x,y}(x,xz)+ 1
Q{x)(y,xz} - 2(x,e}2(y,xz} + (x,xy}(x,z) - (x,e}(x,y}(x,z) for (y, e) = (z, e) = O. It is straightforward to verify that the right hand side of this equation is symmetric in y and z. So the left hand side is symmetric in y and z, too, which just amounts to (5.15). 0
122
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
Remark 5.1.7 A commutative algebra over a field k of characteristic =F 2 in which the Jordan identity holds is called a (commutative) Jordan algebm. So the above proposition says that every J-algebra is a Jordan algebra. A consequence of the Jordan identity is power associativity: xmxn = xm+n (m,n ~ 1); see, e.g., [Ja 68, Ch. I, Th. 8J or [Schat, Ch. IV, §1, p. 92J. For Jalgebras, power associativity follows more easily, as we show in the following corollary. Corollary 5.1.8 For any x in a J-algebra A, the subalgebm k[xJ genemted by x is a homomorphic image of k[TJ/Xz(T), where XZ is the chamcteristic polynomial of x (see equation (5.9)). Consequently, A is power associative. Proof. By substituting x for y in the Jordan identity we find that X 2 X 2 = x4. By the Hamilton-Cayley equation (5.7), every element of k[xJ can be written in the form ~oe + 6x + 6x2 (but notice that e, x and x 2 need not be linearly independent). The product of two such elements is associative since (x'xm)xn = xl+m+n for l,m,n ~ 2, as follows from the Jordan identity. In other words, k[xJ is the homomorphic image of the associative algebra k[TI/Xx(T). 0 Remark 5.1.9 The word "sub algebra" above is meant in the sense of the theory of nonassociative algebras, so as a linear subspace containing e and closed under multiplication. For a J-subalgebra we also required in Def. 5.1.1 that the restriction of the norm Q to it is nondegenerate; we will see in Prop. 5.3.8, that this need not be the case with k[x}.
5.2 Cross Product. Idempotents With the aid of the symmetric trilinear form { , , } associated with det and the bilinear inner product we introduce a cross product x that will be used frequently in future computations: in a J-algebra A, we define x x y (x, YEA) to be the element such that
(x x y,z) = 3(x,y,z)
(z E A).
{5.16}
The cross product is evidently symmetric. In the following lemma we express it in terms of the ordinary product, and collect some formulas that will be useful in later computations. Lemma 5.2.1 The following formulas hold for the cross product. (i) x x Y = xy - ~{x,e}y - ~(y,e}x - ~(x,y}e + ~(x,e}(y,e}ej (ii) x(x x x) = det(x)e; (iii) (Xl XX2) xy = !(XIX2}y-!XI (X2Y)-!X2(XIy)+i{ Xl, Y }x2+i{ X2, Y}XI; (iv) (x x x) x (x x x) = det(x}x;
r
t
5.2 Cross Product. Idempotents
+ 4(x X z) X (y X u) + 4(x X u) X (y X z) = 3( x, y, z)u + 3( x, y, u)z + 3( x, z, u)y + 3( y, z, u )x; 4x X (y X (x X x)) = (x,y)x X x + det(x)y; det(x X x) = det(x)2.
(v) 4(x (vi) (vii)
123
X
y)
X
(z
X
u)
Proof. (i) By equation (5.14), (x X y, z) equals the inner product with z of the right hand side of the formula in (i), for all z. Hence (i) holds. (ii) Using the above formula to compute x X x, one finds
x(x
X
x) = x 3
1 (x,e)x2 - (Q(x) - "2(x,e)2)x
-
(by the Hamilton-Cayley equation (5.7)).
= det(x)e
(iii) A straightforward computation using (i) and equation (5.14) yields (x
X
x)
X
y
= x2y -
1 "2(y,e)x 2
-
(x,e)xy +
1 1 1 2 3 "2(x,e)(y,e)x - "2(Q(x) - "2(x,e) )y - "2(x,x,y)e. Using equation (5.13), one reduces this to
(x
1
X
x) x y = "2x2y - x(xy)
1
+ "2(x,y)x.
Linearizing this one obtains the formula in (iii). (iv) Replace Xl and X2 by x, and y by x X x in the formula of (iii). Then using (ii), the Hamilton-Cayley equation and power associativity, one easily gets the result. (v) This follows by linearizing the previous formula. (vi) and (vii) In (v), replace x, z and u by x X x; this yields
4[(xxx) x (x xx)] x [yx (x xx)]
= 3(xx x, xxx, y )xxx+det(xxx)y.
(5.17)
The left hand side equals 4det(x)x x (y x (x x x)) by (iv). Further,
3(x x x,x x x,y) = (x x x) x (x x x),y) = det(x)(x,y), by (5.16) and (iv). Replacing y by x x x in this formula we get
det(x x x) = det(x)2, i.e., (vii) holds. Using these last two equations to replace terms in the right hand side of (5.17), we find
= det(x)( x, y)x x x + det(x)2y. This yields formula (vi) for det(x) i= 0; by continuity for the Zariski topology 4 det(x)x x (y x (x x x))
over an algebraic closure of k it holds everywhere (cf. the end of the proof of Prop. 3.3.4). 0 An important role in developing the theory of J-algebras will be played by idempotent elements, i.e., elements u such that u 2 = U.
-
124
-------
-
-~~~~~~~-
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
Lemma 5.2.2 Ifu 1= 0, e is an idempotent in A, then det(u) = 0 and Q(u) = ! or Q(u) = 1; in addition, {u, e} = 2Q(u). F'urther, e - '1.£ is an idempotent withu(e-u) =0, {u,e-u} = 0 andQ(e-u) = ~ -Q(u). So if A contains an idempotent 1= O,e, then it contains an idempotent '1.£ with Q(u) =!. Proof. The Hamilton-Cayley equation reads for an idempotent (1 - {u, e} - Q(u) Since an idempotent and
1= 0, e can
'1.£:
1
+ 2{ '1.£, e }2)u = det(u)e.
not be a multiple of e, we find det(u) = 0
1 - ('1.£, e) - Q( '1.£)
1
+ 2('1.£, e ) 2 = o.
(5.18)
Using (5.5) we see that 1 1 2 1 Q(u) = 2(u,u} = 2('1.£ ,e} = 2(u,e}, so ('1.£, e)
= 2Q('1.£). Substituting this in equation (5.18), we get 3
Q(u)2 - 2 Q (u)
This yields Q(u)
1
+ 2 = O.
= ! or Q(u) = 1. The rest of the proof is straightforward. 0
!
An idempotent '1.£ with Q(u) = is called a primitive idempotent. This name is in agreement with the usual terminology. For let '1.£ be an idempotent with Q(u) = and suppose we could decompose
4,
Then we would have
and (Ui' e) = 2Q(Ui) = 1 or 2, which leads to a contradiction. On the other hand we will see in Prop. 5.3.7 that in most cases e - u is a sum of two orthogonal primitive idempotents. We next prove an addition to Prop. 5.1.5.
Lemma 5.2.3 Let A be a l-algebra. For x E A, there exists x-I E A having the properties xx- l = e and x(x-1y) = x-l(xy) (y E A) if and only det(x) 1=
o.
Such an element x-I is unique, viz.,
5.3 Reduced J-algebras and Their Decomposition
125
Proof. If det(x) '" 0, then
satisfies xx- 1 = e by the Hamilton-Cayley equation (5.7). From the Jordan identity it follows that x(x-1y) = x-1(xy) (y E A). If z satisfies xz = e and x(zy) = z(xy) (y E A), then x 2z = x and x 3 z = x 2. Hence by the Hamilton-Cayley equation,
1 det(x)z = x 2 - (x,e)x - (Q(x) - 2(x,e)2e, which shows uniqueness. Now suppose X-I would exist for x '" 0 with det(x) X
1 2 "7' (x,e)x - (Q(x) - 2(x,e)2)e =
= O. Then
o.
Taking the inner product with e we find that Q(x) = ~(x,e)2. Hence x 2 = (x,e)x. Then X = X ( X -1) X = X -1 X 2 = ( x, e ) e. It follows that x is a nonzero multiple of e. Since det( e) = 1 we obtain a contradiction. 0 The element X-I as in the Lemma is called the }-inverse or just inverse of x. It is not an inverse in the general sense of nonassociative algebras as we defined at the end of § 1.3, since x- 1(xy) = y need not hold for y ¢ k[x].
5.3 Reduced J-algebras and Their Decomposition A J-algebra is said to be reduced provided it contains an idempotent", 0, e. By Lemma 5.2.2 it also contains a primitive idempotent. We consider a reduced J-algebra A over k and fix a primitive idempotent u in A. Define
E
= (ke EB ku).L = {x E A I (x, e) = (x, u) = 0 }.
The restriction of Q to keEBku is nondegenerate, hence the same holds for E. From x E E we infer that ux E E, for (ux,e) = (x,u) = 0 and (ux,u) = (x, u) = o. So we can define the linear transformation t : E --+ E,
x t--+ UX.
(5.19)
126
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
Lemma 5.3.1 t is symmetric with respect to { , }, and t 2
E=Eo$EI where Ei
= !t.
We have
with Eo 1. Ell
= {x E Elt(x) = ~iX}.
Proof. Let x, y E E. The symmetry of t follows from property (5.5):
{t(x),y}
= {ux,y} = {x,uy} = (x,t(y)}.
Using Lemma 5.2.2, we get from equations (5.13) and (5.14)
2u(ux) + ux
= 2ux,
from which t 2 = !t follows. This implies that the possible eigenvalues of t are o and and the symmetry of t implies that the eigenspaces are orthogonal 0 and span E.
!,
Eo and EI are called, respectively, the zero space and half space of u. The restrictions of Q to Eo and to EI are nondegenerate. Lemma 5.3.2 The following rules hold for the product in E. (i) For x, y E Eo, 1 xy = '2{x,y}(e - u).
(ii) For x, y EEl, xy
1 = 4{x,y}(e+u) +xoy
withxoy E Eo.
(iii) If x E Eo and y EEl, then xy EEl. Proof. First we derive a formula for arbitrary x, y E E. Replacing z by u in equation (5.12) we get
u(xy) + x(uy) + y(ux)
1 = xy + '2( x, y}u + 3( u,x, y}e
(x,YEE).
Now 3{ u, x, y) = (u, x x y) and in the latter expression we replace x x y by the expression given in Lemma 5.2.1. This leads to the equation
u(xy) +x(uy)+y(ux)
1 = xy+ 2{ x,y )u+({ ux, y) -
1
2{x, y»e
(x,y
E
E).
(5.20) For x, y E Eo this equation reduces to 1
1
u(xy - 2{x,y)e) = xy - 2{x,y)e.
5.3 Reduced J-algebras and Their Decomposition The only elements z of A satisfying the relation uz u, so
127
= z are the multiples of
1 XY - 2"{x,y}e = IW
for some
K,
E
k. Taking inner products with u, we get 1
(xy,u) - 2"(x,y}(e,u} Since (xy,u) = (x,uy) = 0, we find
xy
K,
= K,(u,u}.
= -!(x,y). Hence
1
= 2"(x,y}(e -
u),
which proves (i). Next, we consider x, y EEl. We define x
1 x 0 y = xy - 4( x, y }(e + u)
(x,y
E
y by
0
Ed.
(5.21)
Using that (xoy,u) = !(x,y) we find that (xoy,u) = O. Likewise, (x 0 y, e) = O. Hence x 0 Y E E. From equation (5.20) we infer that u(xy) = !(x,y)u, so
u(x 0 y)
= u(xy -
1
= u(xy) -
4(x,y}(e + u))
1
2"(x,y)u = o.
Hence x 0 y E Eo. This proves (ii). Finally, let x E Eo and y EEl· Then
(xy,u)
= (y,ux)
= 0 and
so xy E E. Equation (5.20) yields u(~y) proves that xy EEl'
(xy,e) = (x,y) = 0,
+ !xy = xy, so u(xy)
= !xy. This
0
In the following lemma we collect a number of formulas involving products between elements of Eo and E 1 .
Lemma 5.3.3 The following formulas hold for x, xl. X2 E Eo and y EEl. (i) x(xy) = ~Q(X)Yi
Xl(X2Y) + X2(X1Y) = ~(Xl.X2 )Yi yo xy = ~Q(Y)Xi (y 0 y)y = ~Q(Y)Yi (Yl 0 Y2)Y3 + (Y2 0 Y3)Yl + (Y3 0 Yl)Y2 ~(Y3'Yl )Y2i (vi) Q(xy) = ~Q(X)Q(Y)i (vii) Q(y 0 y) = ~Q(y)2. (ii) (iii) (iv) (v)
=
~ (Yl. Y2 )Y3
+ ~ (Y2, Y3 )Yl +
128
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
Proof. (i) For x E Eo and y E El we have by (5.13),
2x(xy) + x 2y = Q(x)y + 3( x, x, y }e. According to equation (5.16) and Lemma 5.2.1,
3(x,x,y}
= (x,x x y) = (x,xy) = 0,
since x E Eo and xy EEl. By Lemma 5.3.2 (i), x 2 = Q(x)(e - u). So we get 1
2x(xy) + Q(x)y - 2 Q(x)y = Q(x)y, from which (i) follows. (ii) follows from (i) by linearizing. (iii) Interchanging x and y in formula (5.13) and using (5.16) and Lemma 5.2.1 again, we find
xy2 + 2y(xy) = Q(y)x + (x, y2 }e. Using y2
= yo y + !Q(y)(e + u), we get 1
x(y 0 Y + 2Q(y)(e + u)) + 2y(xy)
= Q(y)x + (x, y2 }e.
By Lemma 5.3.2 (i),
x(yoy)
1 1 1 1 Q(y)(e+u)}(e-u) = 2(x,y2}(e-u). = 2(x,yoy}(e-u) = 2(x,y2_ 2
Substituting this into the above formula and rearranging terms, we get 111
2y(xy) - 2{x,y2}u
= 2 Q(y)x + 2(X,y2 }e.
By (5.5) this yields 1
y(xy) - 4(y,x y )(e+u)
= 41Q(y)x,
from which (iii) follows. (iv) The Hamilton-Cayley equation (see Prop. 5.1.5) for y E E reads
y3 _ Q(y)y _ det(y)e = o. Now for y E Eb 3det(y)
= (y,y x y) = (y,y2 _ Q(y)e) = (y,y2) = 1
(y, yo y - 2Q(y)(e + u)) = 0, so the Hamilton-Cayley equation for y E El becomes
5.3 Reduced J-algebras and Their Decomposition
129
y3 = Q(y)y. From this we derive
(y 0 y)y
= (y2 -
1 2Q(y)(e + u))y
= Q(y)y -
1 1 2Q(Y)Y - 4Q(Y)Y
1
= 4 Q (y)y,
thus obtaining (iv). (v) is obtained by linearizing. (vi) From Lemma 5.1.3 we derive
4Q(xy) Computing x 2 and
y2
4Q(xy)
+ (X 2,y2) = 2Q(x)Q(y).
with the aid of Lemma 5.3.2, we get 1
+ 2Q(x)Q(y)( e - u, e + u} = 2Q(x)Q(y).
Since (e - u, e + u) = 2, we arrive at the formula of (vi). (vii) By (vi) and (iv),
1 1 1 4 Q(y 0 y)Q(y) = Q«y 0 y)y) = Q(4 Q (y)y) = 16 Q (y)3, so Q(y 0 y) = lQ(y)2 follows for Q(y) '# O. By Zariski continuity (over an algebraic closure of k), this holds for all y EEl. 0 Statement (i) in the above lemma can be interpreted in terms of Clifford algebras (cf. § 3.1). This will be used later on. Corollary 5.3.4 Let CI(Qj Eo) be the Clifford algebra of the restriction of Q to Eo. The map t.p : Eo - End(E1 ) defined by
t.p(x)(y)
= 2xy
can be extended to a representation ofCI(Qj Eo) in Eb i.e., a homomorphism of Cl(Qj Eo) into End(El). Proof. By (i) in the Lemma,
so the extension of t.p to a homomorphism of the tensor algebra T(Eo) into End(Ed respects the defining relations for CI(Qj Eo). 0 Proposition 5.3.5 Let A be a reduced J-algebra. Consider a primitive idempotent u in A, and let E, Eo and El be as before, with respect to u. (i) Eo = 0 if and only if A is 2-dimensionalj then A = ku ED k(e - u), an
orthogonal direct sum. (ii) If El = 0, then
130
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
A
For A, A', J.L, J.L'
E
k, x, x'
E
= kU$k(e-u) $
Eo.
Eo product and nonn given by
(AU + J.L(e - u) + x)(A'u + J.L'(e - u) + x') = 1
= AA'U + (J.LJ.L' + 2q(x,x'»)(e and
u) + J.LX' + p.'x,
1 Q(A + J.L(e - u) + x) = "2A2 + J.L2 + q(x) ,
where q is a nondegenerate quadratic fonn on Eo with associated bilinear fonn q( , ). Conversely, for any vector space Eo (possibly 0) with a nondegenerate quadratic fonn q, the above fonnulas define a J-algebra A. Proof. If Eo = 0, then yo y = 0 for y E Ell so Q(y) = 0 by Lemma 5.3.3 (iv). Since the restriction of Q to EI is nondegenerate, this implies EI = O. Hence A is the 2-dimensional algebra ku $ k(e - u). If EI = 0, then A is an orthogonal direct sum of vector spaces:
A
= ku $
k(e - u) $ Eo.
The product is determined by Lemma 5.3.2 (i), if we take for q the restriction of Q to Eo. Conversely, any vector space Eo with a nondegenerate quadratic form q yields a J-algebra A of dimension equal to dim Eo + 2 as above; it is straightforward to verify the axioms (5.4)-(5.6). 0 We call a J-algebra as in (li) of the above proposition a J-algebra of quadratic type. Such a J-algebra A is closely related to the Jordan algebra of the quadratic form q as in [Ja 68, p. 14J; in fact, A is the algebra direct sum of a one-dimensional algebra ku and the subalgebra k(e - u) $ Eo, the latter being the Jordan algebra of q with e - u as identity element (and also a J-algebra if we multiply Q by ~).
Lemma 5.3.6 If EI :f= 0, hence also Eo :f= 0, then there exists Xl E Eo with Q(XI) = In fact, one can take Xl = Q(y)-ly 0 Y for any y E EI with Q(y) :f= 0; then XIY =
i.
iy·
Proof. Since the restriction of Q to EI is nondegenerate, there exists y E EI such that Q(y) :f= O. Then Xl = Q(y)-ly 0 Y E Eo. By Lemma 5.3.3 (vii), Q(XI) = From (iv) of that same lemma we infer XIY = 0
1.
h.
In the discussion after Lemma 5.2.2 we claimed that in most cases e - u is a sum of two orthogonal primitive idempotents if u is a primitive idempotent. We can now prove the precise result.
5.3 Reduced J-algebras and Their Decomposition
131
Proposition 5.3.7 If A is a reduced J-algebra and u is a primitive idempotent in A, then e - u is a sum of two orthogonal primitive idempotents unless A = kuEDk(e - u) ED Eo and Q does not represent 1 on Eo. The latter condition is independent of the choice of u such that the corresponding half space EI is zero. Proof. If EI # 0, then there exists Xl E Eo with Q(XI) = ~ by the above lemma. Then !(e - u) + Xl and !(e - u) - Xl are primitive idempotents with sum e - u. If EI = 0, then
A = ku ED k(e - u) ED Eo.
+ J.L(e - u) + al with al E Eo, and b = e - u - a, so b = ->.u + (1 - J.L)(e - u) - al and a + b = e - u. One easily verifies that a and b are both idempotent if and only if>. = 0, J.L = ! and Q(al) = ~. Then indeed Q(a) = Q(b) = ! and ab = 0. The restriction of Q to ku ED k(e - u) is independent of u, so by Witt's Consider a = >.u
Theorem the same is true for the restriction to the orthogonal complement &. 0 We saw in Prop. 5.1.5 that every element satisfies a cubic equation, the Hamilton-Cayley equation. We compare this with the minimum equation. Let a E A and denote by rna its minimum polynomial. So k[a) ~ k[T)frna(T) and rna divides Xa'
Proposition 5.3.8 The polynomials rna and Xa have the same roots in a common splitting field. Hence rna = Xa if Xa has three distinct roots in a. For a f/ ke, the restriction of the norm Q of A to k[a) is non degenerate if and only if not all roots of Xa are equal. If Xa has a root in k, then k[a) contains a primitive idempotent if and only if not all roots of Xa are equal. Proof. Upon replacing k by a splitting field of Xa, we may assume that Xa splits in k. If dim k[a) = 1, then a = >.e for some>. E k. Then rna(T) = T - >., and one easily computes that Xa(T) = (T - >.)3. Next assume dim k[a) = 2. If rna(T) = (T - >.)2, consider X = a - >.e. This satisfies x2 and X # 0, so rnx(T) T2. It follows that Xx(T) = T3 - (x,e}T2, so Q(x) = !(x,e}2. But Q(x) = !(x,x) = !(x 2,e) = 0, hence also (x, e) = 0. This implies that (a, e) = 3>. and Q(a) = ~>.2. Since det(a) = >.3, we find that Xa(T) = (T - >.)3. It is easily verified that in k[a] = k[x] there is no idempotent # e, and that the restriction of Q to this subspace is degenerate. If rna(T) = (T - >')(T - J.L) with>' # J.L, then
=
°
k[a]
=
~
k[T)f(T - >.)(T - J.L)
~ kED
k,
so k[a] contains orthogonal idempotents u and e - u; we may assume u to be primitive. Q is nondegenerate on k[a] (see Lemma 5.2.2). If a = au+,8(e-u),
---
132
--------------
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
then ma(T) = (T-a)(T-{3), so a = A and {3 = f.t, or a = f.t and (3 = A. One easily computes that Xa(T) = (T - a)(T - (3)2, which is (T - A)(T - f.t)2 or (T - A)2(T - f.t). Now let dim k[a] = 3. Then ma = Xa. If Xa has three distinct roots, then k[a] ~ k Ee k Ee k, i.e., k[a] is spanned by three idempotents Ul, U2, U3 with UiUj = 0 for i :f:. j. These must be orthogonal with respect to Q since (Ui' Uj ) = (e, UiUj ) = 0 if i :f:. j. Hence the restriction of Q to k[a] is nondegenerate. If Xa(T) = (T - A)(T - f.t)2 with A :f:. f.t, then k[a] ~ k $ k[x] for some x :f:. 0 with x 2 = o. So k[a] contains. an idempotent. The restriction of Q to k[x] is degenerate, and since the two components k and k[x] in the direct sum decomposition k[aJ = kEek[x] are ideals generated by orthogonal idempotents, the restriction of Q to k[a] is degenerate. If Xa(T) = (T - A)3, then k[a] = k[x] for some x with x2 :f:. 0 and x 3 = o. With arguments as in the case ma(T) = (T - A)2 treated above, one sees that the restriction of Q to the subspace kx $ kx 2 is identically zero and that this subspace is orthogonal to ke. Thus we find that the restriction of Q to k[a] is degenerate. It is also straightforward to verify that k[x] contains no idempotents :f:. e. Finally, suppose no longer that k is necessarily a splitting field of Xa, but that Xa has a root in k. Then either all three roots lie in k, and then the statement about the existence of a primitive idempotent in k[a] follows from the above analysis. Or there are two distinct roots in a quadratic extension I of k which are not in k itself. Then k[a] ~ kEel, which contains an idempotent. 0 Corollary 5.3.9 If k is algebraically closed and dimk A> 2, then mx = Xx for x in a nonempty Zariski open subset of A.
Proof. We first construct a primitive idempotent Ul EA. To this end, we pick an element x with (x, e) = 0 and Q(x) :f:. O. Then
Xx(T) = T3 - Q(x)T - det(x)
with Q(x):f:. 0,
which does not have three equal roots. By Prop. 5.3.8, k[x] contains a primitive idempotent Ul. Prop. 5.3.7 implies that e - Ul is the sum of two orthogonal primitive idempotents U2 and U3, since Q represents all values on the subspace (kUl $ k(e - ut})J. if k is algebraically closed. An element y = 17lUl + 172 U 2 + 173 U 3 with three distinct 17i has characteristic polynomial Xy with three distinct roots, viz., the 17i' so then Xy = my. The x E A such that Xx has three distinct roots are characterized by the fact that the discriminant 0 of Xx is not zero, so these form a Zariski open set. In Rem. 5.1.2 we indicated that the norm Q and the cubic form det on a J-algebra are determined by the algebra structure, provided it is of dimension > 2. We will now prove this.
,r
5.4 Classification of Reduced J-algebras
133
Proposition 5.3.10 On a l-algebra A over k with dimk(A) > 2, the quadratic form Q satisfying conditions (5.4)-(5.6) and the cubic form det are determined by the algebra structure of A, i.e. the structure of vector space over k and the product. Hence for an isomorphism t : A --+ A' of l-algebras over k of dimension> 2 we have: Q'(t(x» = Q(x) and det'(t(x» = det(x)
(x E A). Proof. It suffices to prove this for algebraically closed k. There is a nonempty Zariski open subset S of A such that Xx is the minimum polynomial of x for XES. The coefficients of Xx determine det(x) and Q(x). So the polynomials det and Q are determined on S and therefore on all of A. 0 Remark 5.3.11 If dimk(A) = 2 and A is reduced, then there are two orthogonal idempotents '1.1.1 and '1.1.2 such that A = kUl EB kU2 (cf. Prop. 5.3.5). One of these idempotents is primitive and the other is not: Q(u) = and Q(e-u) = 1 for '1.1. = '1.1.1 or '1.1.2. For x = ~u+17(e-u) we have Q(x) = ~~ +17 2 ; with the Hamilton-Cayley equation one finds det(x) = ~172. Hence in this case there are two possibilities for Q and det, i.e., these are not determined by the algebra structure. Corollary 5.3.12 Ifdet(x) -10 then x has a l-inverse x- l and det(x- l ) =
1
det(x)-l. Proof. For the first point see Lemma 5.2.3. It suffices to prove the equality for algebraically closed k. We first assume that dimk(A) > 2. Let V be the Zariski open set {x E A I det(x) -I O}, and W the Zariski open set on which mx = Xx (see Cor. 5.3.9). On V n W, Xx(T) = T3 ... - det(x) is the unique cubic polynomial which has x as a root, and similarly for Xx-1 (T) = T3 ... - det(x- l ). But k[x] is associative, so x- l is also a root of - det(x)-lT 3Xx(T- l ) = T3 ... - det(x)-l, so det(x- l ) = det(x)-l for x E V n W. By Zariski continuity, the relation holds on all of V. Now let dimk(A) = 2. For x = ~u + 17(e - '1.1.) as in the above remark, det(x) = ~172. If ~17 -I 0, then det(x- l ) = ~-117-2 = det(x)-l. 0
5.4 Classification of Reduced J-algebras We continue with the determination of the structure of reduced J-algebras. This will lead to the result that besides the J-algebras of quadratic type, which we found in Prop. 5.3.5, there is only one other type of reduced Jalgebra, viz., the matrix algebras H( C; I'll 1'2, 1'3) we introduced at the beginning of § 5.1; see Th. 5.4.5. We again fix a primitive idempotent '1.1. and assume that El -10. Further we fix Xl E Eo with Q(Xl) = ~.
134
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
Lemma 5.4.1 Consider the linear mapping
(i) s is symmetric with respect to { , } and S2 = l~' (ii) EI = E+ $ E_ with E+ .1 E_, where E+ and E_ are the eigenspaces of s for the eigenvalues and respectively. (iii) If dim Eo > 1, then both E+ :/= 0 and E_ :/= O. (iv) If dim Eo = 1, then EI = E+ or EI = E_.
1
1,
Proof. (i) The symmetry of s follows.from (5.5). The second statement of (i) is a consequence of Lemma 5.3.3 (i). (ii) From (i) it follows that s has eigenvalues and and that EI is the orthogonal direct sum of the corresponding eigenspaces E+ and E_. (iii) Pick x E Eo with {x, Xl} = 0 and Q(x) :/= O. If E+ :/= 0, pick y E E+ with Q(y) :/= O. By Lemma 5.3.3 (ii),
1
XI(XY)
-1,
1
= -X(XIY) = -4 xy ,
so xY E E_. Further, Q(xy) :/= 0 by Lemma 5.3.3 (vi), so xy :/= O. Hence E+ :/= 0 implies E_ :/= O. Similarly, E_ :/= 0 implies E+ :/= O. (iv) Suppose E+ :/= 0 and E_ :/= O. Pick y E E+ with Q(y) :/= 0 and Z E E_ with Q(z) :/= O. By Lemma 5.3.3 (iii),
yo y Hence (y
0
= 4y 0 XlY = Q(Y)Xl'
y)z = -1Q(y)z. By Lemma 5.3.3 (v), 1 = 41 Q (y)z + 4( y, z )y.
2(y 0 z)y + (y 0 y)z Since (y, z) = 0, we find
2(y 0 z)y which shows that yo z
= 21 Q (y)z,
:/= O. On the other hand,
{XbYoZ}
= (XI,YZ)
1
= {XIY,Z} = 4{y,z} =0.
This implies that dim Eo > 1. Now (iv) follows.
o
In case (iv) of the above lemma we may assume that EI = E+; otherwise, we take -Xl instead of Xl. We can now replace u by another primitive idempotent, viz., u' = !(e - u) - Xl: one easily verifies that indeed u,2 = u' and Q(u') = Further, it is straightforward that A is an orthogonal direct sum
!.
A = ku' $ k( e - u') $ E~,
5.4 Classification of Reduced J-algebras
135
where Eo = k( ~u' + xd $ E+ satisfies u' Eo = o. This shows that A is a J-algebra of quadratic type if dim Eo = 1j see Prop. 5.3.5. This being dealt with, we sharpen our assumptions: A is a reduced Jalgebra with a primitive idempotent u such that dim Eo > 1 and El :f= o. Then, by (iii) of the above lemma, El = E+ E9 E_ with both E+ :f= 0 and E_ :f= o. We will see that under these assumptions A is isomorphic to a Jalgebra H(Cj 1'1, 1'2, 1'3) of Hermitian 3x3 matrices over a composition algebra C, as introduced in the beginning of § 5.1. To start with, we define the vector space
C
= xt n Eo = {x E Eo I (x, xd = O}.
In Prop. 5.4.4, C will be given the structure of a composition algebraj before that, we prove two technical lemmas. Lemma 5.4.2 For y+, Z+ E E+ and y_, z_ E E_ we have:
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii)
y+ 0 Z+ = ~(y+, z+ )Xlj y_ 0 z- = y_, z_ )Xlj y+ 0 y_ E Cj (y+ oy_)y+ = iQ(y+)y-j (y+ oy_)y_ = iQ(y-)y+j Q(y+) = Q(y_) = 0 ify+ 0 yQ(y+ 0 y_) = ~Q(y+)Q(y_).
-!(
= 0 and y+ :f= O:f= y_j
Proof. (i) Using Lemma 5.3.3 (iii), we find y+ oy+ = 4y+ OX1Y+ = Q(Y+)Xl. By linearizing we find the result for y+ 0 Z+. Similarly for (ii). (iii) (Xl.Y+ 0 y-) = (Xl,Y+Y-) = (X1Y+,y-) = i(y+,y-) = O. (iv) By Lemma 5.3.3 (v), 2(y+
0
y-)y+
+ (y+ 0 y+)y- =
1 4 Q (y+)y-
1
+ 4(Y+'Y- )y+.
Using (i) and the fact that E+ 1- E_, we easily get the result. The proof of (v) is similar. (vi) This is immediate from (iv) and (v). (vii) By Lemma 5.3.3 (vi),
Using (iv) we find
so Q(y+
1
0
y-) = 4 Q(y+ )Q(y_),
if Q(y+) :f= o. By continuity for the Zariski topology (over an algebraic closure of k), the relation holds everywhere. It is not hard, by the way, to prove (vii)
136
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
for Q(y+) lemma:
= 0 directly with the aid of Lemma 5.3.3
(i), and (iv) of the present
o Now we fix a+ E E+ and a_ E E_ with Q(a+)Q(a_)
i= O.
Lemma 5.4.3 The maps e+ : C
-+
E+, x
1-+
4Q(a_)-lxa_,
e_ : C
-+
E_, x
1-+
4Q(a+)-lxa+,
are linear isomorphisms. Their inverses are, respectively, E+ E_
-+ -+
C, y+ C, y_
a_ 1-+ a+ 1-+
0 0
y+ y_
= a_y+, = a+y_.
Proof. From (v) of the above lemma one sees that
is injective, and from Lemma 5.3.3 (iii) that it is surjective. That e+ is its inverse, follows from either of these. Similarly for e_ with (iv) of the above 0 lemma instead of (v). We now make C into a composition algebra. Proposition 5.4.4 The vector space C with the product <> defined by x<>x' = e+(x)e_(x') = 16Q(a+)-lQ(a_)-1(xa_)(x'a+)
{x,x' E CJ
and with the norm N defined by
(x E CJ is a composition algebra.
Proof. We have to verify the conditions of Def. 1.2.1. First, e identity element for the multiplication:
= a+a_
is an
by Lemma 5.4.2 (iv), hence
= e+(x)e_(e) = 4Q(a_)-1(xa_)a_ = x (x E C) by Lemma 5.3.3 (iii), and similarly e <> x = x. Using Lemma 5.4.2 (vii) and x <> e
Lemma 5.3.3 (vi), we derive
5.4 Classification of Reduced J-aigebras
Q(xox')
137
= Q(e+(x)e_(x')) 1
=
"4 Q(e+(x))Q(e_(x'))
=
"41Q(4Q(a_)-lxa_)Q(4Q(a+)-lx'a+)
=
"4 .16Q(a_ )-2 .16Q(a+ )-2. "4 Q (x)Q(a- )."4 Q (x')Q(a+)
1
1
1
= 4Q(a+)-lQ(a_)-lQ(x)Q(x').
From this it is immediate that N permits composition. N is nondegenerate since the restriction of Q to 0 is so. 0 We denote the bilinear form associated with N by N ( , ) to distinguish it from the bilinear form ( , ) associated with Q.
Theorem 5.4.5 A reduced J-algebra A over a field k of characteristic 1- 2,3 with identity element e and quadratic form Q is of one of the following types, and conversely, all such algebras are reduced J-algebras. (i) A = ku $ k(e - u) $ Eo (orthogonal direct sum), where u is a primitive idempotent, ux = 0 for x E Eo, and xx' = ~(x,x')(e - u) for x,x' E Eo· Here Eo can be any vector space (possibly 0), and the restriction of Q to Eo can be any nondegenerate quadratic form on it. (ii) A ~ H(Oj'Yl,"Y2,"Y3), the algebra of3 x 3 bb "Y2, "Y3)-hermitian matrices over the composition algebra 0 over k. In this case dim A = 6, 9, 15 or 27. A J-algebra of type (i) cannot be isomorphic to one of type (ii). Proof. We maintain the assumption that we have a primitive idempotent u such that dimEo > 1 and El 1- 0, and fix Xl E Eo with Q(Xl) = so El = E+ $ E_. We know already that in all other cases A is of type (i). The elements UI = U, U2 = !(e - u) + Xl and U3 = !(e - u) - Xl are three orthogonal primitive idempotents whose sum is e. Using Lemma 5.4.3, we see that every X E A can be written in a unique way as
lj
(5.22)
= 6Ul +~2U2+6u3+2Q(a+)-IQ(a_)-lcl +4Q(a+)-lc2a++4Q(a_)-lc3a_ with 6,6,6 E k and Cl, C2, C3 E OJ as usual, - denotes conjugation in the composition algebra o. As we know, C2a+ E E_ and C3a- E E+. We claim that
x 2 = {~?
+ Q(a_}N(c2) + Q(a+)N(c3)}Ul + {~~ + Q(a+)-lQ(a_)-l N(Cl) + Q(a+)N(c3)}U2 + {~~
+ Q(a+)-lQ(a_)-l N(ct} + Q(a_)N(c2)}U3 +
2Q(a+)-lQ(a_ )-1 [(~2 + ~3)Cl + Q(a+)Q(a_ )C3 0 C2] + 4Q(a+)-1[(~1 +6)C2 +Q(a_)-lCl oC3ja+ + 4Q(a_ )-1[(6 + ~2)C3 + Q(a+)-lc2 0 clja_.
(5.23)
138
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
We postpone the proof of this formula and first complete the argument that leads us to type (ii). To this end, we compare the expression for x2 with the square of an element in H(Cj "Y1, 1'2, 1'a). Using the notation as in (5.1), we get by a straightforward computation:
h(~l'~2,~ajCl,C2,Ca)2 =h(~l'~2,~ajdl,d2,da), where l ~l = ~~ + 1'l 1'a N (c2) + 1';l1'lN(ca) ~2 = e~ + 1'i l 1'2 N (Cl) + 1'; l1'l N(ca) ~a = ~~ + 1'il1'2N(Cl) + 1'll1'a N (c2) d l = (6 + 6)Cl + 1';l1'aca ¢ C2 d2 = (6 + 6)C2 + 1'il1'lCl ¢ca da = (el + 6)ca + 1'1 11'2 C2 ¢ Cl with ¢ denoting the product in C. Now, if we choose
then the bijective map 'P : A
-+
H(Cj 1'1. 1'2, 1'a) given by
'P(X(~l' e2, eaj Cb C2, ca)) = h(eb 6, 6j Cb C2, ca)
satisfies 'P(x2) = 'P(x)2. Since both algebras are commutative, it follows that 'P is an isomorphism. One sees that 'P maps Ul = U, Xl, a+ and a_ to, respectively, h(l, 0, OJ 0, 0, 0), h(O,~, -~j 0, 0, 0), h(O, 0, OJ 0, !Q(a+), 0) and h(O, 0, OJ 0,0, !Q(a_)), hence U2 to h(O, 1, OJ 0, 0, 0) and Ua to h(O, 0, 1j 0, 0, 0). Conversely, we saw already in § 5.1 that the algebras H(Cj 1'1. 1'2, 1'a) satisfy the axioms for J-algebras. Now we give the postponed proof of formula (5.23). We multiply the right hand side of (5.22) by itself and consider separately the squares and products that arisej we only deal with the less trivial ones. Notice that the idempotents Ut. U2, Ua act on c E C, Y+ E E+ and Y_ E E_ as follows:
t
UlC = 0, UlY+ = y+, UlY- = ~Y-j U2 C :: c, U2Y+ :: '2Y+, U2Y- :: ~j Ua C - '2 c, uaY+ - 0, UaY- - '2y_.
t
(a) Consider 16Q(a+)-2Q(a_)-lcl(C2a+)j by (iii) of Lemma 5.3.3, this can be written as 64Q( a+) -2Q(a_) -2 {a_ (Cl a_) }(C2 a+). In formula (5.12) we substitute X = a_, Y = Cla_, Z = C2a+j this yields
5.4 Classification of Reduced J-algebras
139
By (5.5), 1 1 1 2(a_,c2a+}c1a- = 2(a+a_,c2}c1a- = 2(C,c2}c1a_. (For the second step we use the fact that the restriction of ( , ) to C is a multiple of the bilinear form N( , ) associated with the norm N on C, so (c,C2) = (c,c2}.) Next,
3(a_,Cla_,c2a+} = (a_ x cla_,c2a+) = (a_ (cla_), C2a+ }
(by (i) of Lemma 5.2.1)
1
= ( 4Q(a_ )Cl, C2a+ )
=0
(by (iii) of Lemma 5.3.3)
(since Eo ..L El).
By the definition of 0 (see Prop. 5.4.4), 1
{(C2a+)(cla_)}a- = 16 Q (a+)Q(a_)(c 1 oc2)a_. Further, by (5.21), (ii) of Lemma 5.4.2 and (5.5) 1
a_ (C2a+)}(cla-) = {4( a_, C2a+ }(e + u) 1
+ a_ 0 (C2 a+)}(cla_) =
1
{4(a_,c2 a+}(e+u) - 2(a_,c2a+}xI}(c1a_) =
1
1
2( C2, a+a_ }{2(e + u) - xl}(cla_) = 1
2(C2,c}(U 1 +u3)(cla_) = 1 4( C2, c }cla_.
Substituting all this into equation (5.24), we find 1 {a_(cla_)}(c2 a+) + 16 Q (a+)Q(a_)(cl o(2)a1 2(C2,c}c1a_,
so
Thus we find
1
+ 4(C2,c}c1a- =
140
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
16Q(a+)-2Q(a_)-lcl(C2a+)
=
16Q(a+)-2Q(a_ )-2( C2, c: )cla_ - 4Q(a+)-lQ(a_ )-l(Cl 0 (2)a_
=
4Q(a+)-lQ(a_)-lN(C2,c:)cla_ - 4Q(a+)-lQ(a_)-1(Cl o(2)a_ = 4Q(a+)-lQ(a_)-1{Cl 0 (N(C2'C:)C: - (2)}a-
=
4Q(a+)-lQ(a_)-1(cloc2)a_. In the same way one computes that
16Q(a+)-lQ(a_)-2c1(C3a_) = 4Q(a+)-lQ(a_)-1(c3 oCl)a+. (b) 32Q(a+)-lQ(a_)-1(C2a+)(c3a_) (c) Finally,
16Q(a+)-2(c2a+)2
= 2C3 OC2 by the definition of o.
= 16Q(a+)-2("21 Q(c2a+)(e + u) _ 1 = 16Q(a+) 2"4 Q(c2)Q(a+)(u l = Q(a_)N(c2)(Ul
Q(c2a+)xd
+ U3)
+ U3),
and similarly
The remaining computations needed to prove formula (5.23) are left to the reader. Finally, we show that a reduced J-algebra as in (i) and one as in (ii) cannot be isomorphic. This will be done by showing that the cubic form det is reducible in case (i), but irreducible in case (ii). In case (i), consider an element z = Au + J.L(e - u) + x with x E Eo. Using the Hamilton-Cayley equation (5.7), one finds by a straightforward computation that det(z) = A(J.L2 - Q(x», which is reducible. For case (ii), we may assume that k is algebraically closed. Consider A = H(Cj 11. 12, 13) and its subspace V = H(kj 11. 12;/3) consisting of the elements h({t,6,6jCl,C2,C3) with all Ci E k. The polynomial det is homogeneous of degree three, so if it were reducible on A, the factors would be homogeneous of degree at most two. Hence the restriction of det to V, which is the common 3 x 3 determinant, would have to be reducible or identically zero. It is known that this is not the casej see, e.g., [Ja 74, Th. 7.21. 0 We already named reduced J-algebras of type (i) in the Theorem Jalgebras of quadratic typej we call those of type (ii) proper J-algebras, since our main interest is in this type of J-algebras, or rather in those which are isomorphic to H(Cj 11. 12, 13) with an octonion algebra C (these are the reduced Albert algebras).
5.5 Further Properties of Reduced J-algebras
141
Corollary 5.4.6 A reduced J-algebra is proper if and only if the determinant polynomial of A is absolutely irreducible. The image of a J-algebra A under an isomorphism is of the same type as A itself, that is, of quadratic type or proper according to whether A is of quadratic type or proper.
5.5 Further Properties of Reduced J-algebras The structure theory for J-algebras in the previous section is based on the existence of an idempotent, i.e., it holds for reduced algebras only. We now look for conditions that ensure a J-algebra is reduced, and in that case we classify the primitive idempotents. This being done, we will prove that in a proper reduced J-algebra, i.e., in H(Ci'Yl>'Y2,'Y3), the composition algebra C is independent (up to isomorphism) of the choice of the primitive idempotent u and of the choices of Xl> a+ and a_.
Theorem 5.5.1 In a J-algebra A, an element x satisfies x x x = 0 if and only if either x is a multiple of a primitive idempotent (and then (x, e) i= 0) or x 2 = 0 (and then (x,e) = 0). If A contains a i= 0 with a2 = 0, then it contains a primitive idempotent u with ua = O. So a J-algebra is reduced if and only if it contains x f. 0 with x x x = O. Proof. Let x x x = O. If (x, e) = 0, we infer from Lemma 5.2.1 (i), x 2 - Q(x)e = O. Hence
0= (x 2 - Q(x)e, e) = 2Q(x) - 3Q(x) = -Q(x),
so x 2 = O. Conversely, if x 2 = 0, the Hamilton-Cayley equation ( 5.7) implies that Q(x) = ~(x, e)2. Since Q(x) = ~(x, x) = (x 2, e) = 0, we conclude that Q(x) = (x, e) = 0, whence x x x = 0 by part (i) of Lemma 5.2.1. If x x x = 0 and (x,e) f. 0, we may assume that (x,e) = 1 and then Lemma 5.2.1 (i) yields x2 -
X -
(Q(x) -
~)e =
O.
Taking the inner product of both sides of this equation with e, we find (x,x) -1- 3Q(x)
!
3
+ 2 = 0,
hence Q(x) = and therefore x 2 = x, so x is a primitive idempotent. Conversely, if x is a primitive idempotent then (x, e) = 2Q(x) = 1, so x x x = 0 by Lemma 5.2.1 (i). Let a2 = 0, a f. O. As we saw, this implies Q(a) = 0 and (a, e) = O. Since the restriction of Q to e.l is nondegenerate, there exist b E e.l with Q(b) = 0 and (a, b) = 1. From equation (5.13) we infer
142
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
2a(ab) = a (since a x a = 0), (5.25) 2 2 2 2b(ab) = -ab + b + {a, b }e (b x b = b by Lemma 5.2.1 (i»),(5.26) 2a(ab2) = (a, b2 }a. (5.27) Equation (5.12) with x = a, y = band z = ab yields
a(b(ab» + b(a(ab» + (ab)2
3
1
= 2ab + 2{ a, b2 }a,
since by Lemma 5.2.1 (i), 1
3{a,b,ab) = {a x ab,b} = (a(ab) - 2a,b} = 0
(by equation (5.25»).
Computing a(b(ab» and b(a(ab» with the aid of equations (5.25)-(5.27), we derive from this
1 1 (ab)2 = 2ab + 4{ a, b2 }a.
Now one easily verifies that u = e + {a, b2 }a - 2ab is idempotent. Further, {u, e} = 1, so u is primitive. By (5.25), ua = O. 0
Theorem 5.5.2 A J-algebra A is reduced if and only if the cubic form det represents zero nontrivially on A. Proof. If A contains a primitive idempotent u, then u x u = 0 by the previous theorem, so det(u) = O. Conversely, let x E A be nonzero with det(x) = O. By Lemma 5.2.1 (iv), either x x x = 0 or y = x x x i= 0 and y x y = O. By the previous theorem again, A is reduced. 0
Proposition 5.5.3 Let A be a reduced J-algebra and let u E A be a fixed primitive idempotent. The primitive idempotents in A are the elements
(i) t = (Q(y) + 1)-l(U+ ~Q(y)(e - u) + yoy + y) (y E Ell Q(y) i= -1); (ii) t = ~(e-u)+x+y (x E Eo, Q(x) =~, Y EEl, xy = h, Q(y) = 0). In type (ii), the condition Q(y) = 0 can be replaced by yoy = O. The primitive idempotents of type (i) are characterized by the fact that {t, u} i= 0, those of type (ii) by {t,u} = O. The elements tEA with t 2 = 0 are, up to a scalar factor, of the form (i) t (ii) t
= u - ~(e = x+y
u) + Y 0 Y + Y (y E Ell Q(y) = -1); (x E Eo. y EEl. Q(x) = Q(y) = 0, xy = 0, yoy
= 0).
In case (ii), Q(y) = 0 already follows from yoy = O. An element t with t 2 = 0 is of type (i) if {t, e} i= 0 and of type (ii) if {t, e} = O.
5.5 Further Properties of Reduced J-algebras
143
Proof. The notations are as in §5.3. To find the primitive idempotents and the nilpotents of order 2, we describe the elements tEA with txt = o. Let
(e,'1 E k, x E Eo, Y EEl). A straightforward computation yields
So txt = 0 is equivalent to the following set of equations:
e+e'1- 21Q(y) = -e'1- Q(x)
1
+ 2Q (y)
0,
= 0,
yo y - (e + '1)x = 0, 2xy - ey = 0
(e,17 E k, x
E Eo, y E
Ed·
We distinguish three cases. (i) +17 =1= o. Replacing t by a nonzero multiple, we may assume that +17 = 1. Then we must have
e
e
1
t = u + 2Q(y)(e - u) + y 0 y + y Using part (iv) of Lemma 5.3.3 one sees that the set of equations is satisfied, whence txt = o. From (t, e) = 1 + Q(y) it follows by Th. 5.5.1 that t 2 = 0 if Q(y) = -1 and that otherwise (Q(y) + I)-it is a primitive idempotent. (ii) + 17 = 0, =1= o. In this case we may assume that = and we find
e
e
e !
1
t=2(e-u)+x+y,
!,
where Q(x) = xy = !y, yo y = 0 and Q(y) the last two conditions. For if y 0 y = 0, then
= o.
We may drop either of
0= Q(y 0 y) = !Q(y)2, 4
1,
!Y
so Q(y) = o. Conversely, if Q(x) = xy = and Q(y) = 0, choose Xl = x. In the decomposition of E with respect to this Xl we have y E E+. By Lemma 5.4.2 (i), yo y = Q(Y)Xl = O. Since (t, e) = 1, these elements are primitive idempotents. (iii) = 17 = o. Then
e
t=x+y
(X E Eo,
y E E}, Q(x) = Q(y) = 0, xy =0, yoy = 0).
As in (ii), yo Y = 0 implies Q(y)
= o. These elements are nilpotent.
144
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
The statement about a primitive idempotent t being of type (i) if ( t, u)
o and of type (ii) if (t, u) = 0 follows from the fact that (t,u) = (Q(y)
+ 1)-1 -# 0
= 0 for t of type (ii). Similarly for t 2 = o.
for t of type (i) and (t, u)
-#
0
From the classification of primitive idempotents we easily derive the following lemma.
Lemma 5.5.4 If u and t are primitive idempotents in a l-algebra, then there exist primitive idempotents Vo = U,V1, ... , Vn-bVn = t with n :::;: 3 such that (vi-lIvd = 0 for 1:::;: i:::;: n. Proof. Let (t, u) t = (Q(b)
-# OJ
by the above proposition, 1
+ 1)-l(u + "2Q(b)(e - u) + bob + b)
We have (t,u) = (Q(b) (i) (t, u) -# 1, i.e., Q(b) the form
1 v = "2(e - u)
+x +y
+ 1)-1. We distinguish two cases. -# o. A primitive idempotent v with (u, v) = (x E Eo, Q(x) =
Then
_
(t,v) = (Q(b)
1
4'
y EEl, xy
0 is of
1
= 4Y' Q(y) =0).
1
+ 1) l("2 Q(b) + (bob,x) + (b,y}).
If we choose x = -Q(b)-lb 0 b, y result holds with n :::;: 2. (ii) (t, u) = 1, so Q(b) = o. Pick 1 2
(b EEl, Q(b) -# -1).
v = -(e - u)
+x
= 0, then
(t, v) = O. So in this case the
1
(x E Eo, Q(x) = 4).
Then (t, v) = (b 0 b, x ). If this equals 1, replace x by -x, so we may assume that (t, v) -# 1. Hence we can go from v to t in at most two steps, by (i). 0
Remark 5.5.5 The elements x with x x x = 0 have a geometric characterization. Assume that k is algebraically closed and that A is a proper J-algebra over k. The cubic polynomial function det is irreducible (see Cor. 5.4.6). It defines an irreducible cubic hypersurface S in the projective space P(A) (whose points are the one-dimensional subspaces of A). It follows from (5.16) that the singular points of S are the lines kx, where x -# 0 and x x x = O.
5.6 Uniqueness of the Composition Algebra
145
5.6 Uniqueness of the Composition Algebra In Th. 5.4.5 we saw that a proper reduced J-algebra is isomorphic to an algebra H(Cj 'Yl, 72,73). We show in this section that the composition algebra C depends only on A and not on the choice of an idempotent u nor on the choices of Xl, a+ and a_. So we may call C the composition algebra associated with A. This will be followed by the result that C depends only on the cubic form det.
Theorem 5.6.1 If A is a proper reduced J-algebra, then the composition algebra C such that A ~ H(C j 71. 72, 73) is uniquely determined up to isomorphism. Proof. We fix a primitive idempotent u, and for any other primitive idempotent t we consider
= (x', t) = 0, tx' = O} = {x' E A I( x', e) = 0, tx' = 0 }, (tx',e) = 0 if tx' = O. In Eb we choose 3li with Q(xi) =
E~ = {x' E A I (x', e)
since (x',t) = and then
C' = {x'
E E~
I (x', xi ) =
~,
0 }.
By Witt's Theorem, the restriction of the quadratic form Q to the orthogonal complement C' of xi in Eb is unique up to isometry. The norm N on C' is a multiple of Q, so it is unique up to similarity. By Th. 1.7.1, this implies uniqueness of the composition algebra up to isomorphism. So we have to show for one choice of xi in Eb only that the restriction of Q to C' is similar to the restriction of Q to C. By Lemma (5.5.4) it suffices to prove this for a primitive idempotent t with (t, u) = O. So we may assume by Prop. 5.5.3 that t is of the form 1 t='2(e-u)+a+b
(a E Eo, Q(a) =
1
4'
1 bE Eb ab = 4b, Q(b) = 0).
We recall that the last condition can be replaced by bob = O. The zero space Eb of t consists of the elements x' = + TJU + x + y (e, "I E k, x E Eo and y E E I ) which satisfy (x', e) = 0 and tx' = O. Writing out these two conditions, we get the following five equations in "I, x and y.
ee
e,
3e + "I
= 0,
(5.28)
e+ (a, x) + '2 (b, y) = 0,
(5.29)
1
-e - (a, x ) + '12 (b, y) = 0, 1 2x + ea + boy = 0, 1
1
4Y + ay + (e + '2 TJ )b + bx =
O.
(5.30) (5.31)
(5.32)
146
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
Equation (5.28) yields 1/ =
-3e. The equations (5.29) and (5.30) give =0
( b, y)
and
e= - (a, x ).
From (5.31) we get
= -2ea - 2b 0 y. If x satisfies this equation, then e= - (a, x ), for x
(a,x)
= -2e(a,a) -2(boy,a) = -e - 2( by, a )
-e - 2(ab,y) 1 = -e - -(b,y) 2 = -e (since (b,y) = 0). =
From (5.32) we infer, using (5.31),
ay =
1
-4 Y + eb + 2(b 0 y)b.
By Lemma 5.3.3 (v),
(b 0 b)y + 2(b 0 y)b = Now bob = 0, Q(b)
= 0 and
(b, y)
ay = All this together shows that x' E
1 41 Q(b)y + 4( b, y)b.
= 0, so (b
0
y)b = O. Hence
1
-4 Y + eb.
Eb if and only if
x' = e(e - 3u - 2a) - 2b 0 y + y If we pick
e= ~ and y =
~b, then indeed (b, y) = Q(b) = 0 and
1
ay = '2ab =
1
1
1
1
gb = -gb + 4b = -4 Y + eb.
Further, boy = !y 0 y = o. So if we choose xi = ~(e - 3u - 2a) + !b, then xi E Eb, and one easily verifies that Q(xi) = ~. For x' E Eb as in (5.33),
( x', xi ) =
2e + (a, boy) + ~ ( b, y ).
Since
( a, boy) = (a, by) = (ab, y) =
41 (b, y) = 0,
5.6 Uniqueness of the Composition Algebra we find (x', xi)
147
= 2{. Hence
a' = {x'
= -2b 0 y + y \ y E El. (b, y) = 0, ay =
-~y}.
If we choose Xl = a, then b E E+ and y E E_, so automatically (b, y) = O. It follows that a' = {x' = -2boy+y\y E E_}. (5.34) Using Lemma 5.4.2 (vii), we find for x' E
Q(x')
= 4Q(b 0
y)
a',
+ Q(y) = Q(b)Q(y) + Q(y) = Q(y),
(5.35)
so we see that a' and E_ are isometric. Since the latter is similar to a (with multiplier iQ(a+)), we conclude that a and a' are similar. 0 We now prove that the associated composition algebra depends only on the determinant.
Theorem 5.6.2 If A and B are proper reduced J-algebras over k with determinants detA and detB, respectively, then the associated composition algebras are isomorphic if and only if there exists a linear transformation t : A -+ B such that detB(t(x)) = odetA(x) (x E A) for some 0 E k*. Proof. Let A = H(aj 1'1. 1'2, 1'3) and B = H(a'j 1'1' 1'2' 1'3)' and let s : a -+ a' be an isomorphism of composition algebras. For x = h({l, {2, ~3j Cl, C2, C3) E A we have by equation (5.11):
detA(x) = 666-I';ll'26N{cd-I'llI'36N{c2)-1'2ll'l6N{c3)+( ClC2, C3), and similarly for detB' The linear transformation t:
A
-+
with Ai
B, h{~l,6,6;cl.c2,c3)
=
1--+
h{Al~l.A26,A36js(cl),s{c2),s{c3))
b:+ll'i+2)-ll':+21'i+l (indices mod 3) satisfies detB{t(x)) =
detA{x). Conversely, we will prove that if det is given up to a nonzero scalar factor, then a is determined up to isomorphism. By Th. 1.7.1 it suffices to show that the norm N of a is determined up to a nonzero scalar factor. Take v:/:O in A with v x v = O. Consider the quadratic form Fv on A defined by
Fv{x)
= (v,x,x)
(x E A).
We will show that Fv determines N up to a scalar factor. Two cases must be distinguished. (a) v is a primitive idempotent. We then decompose A as in § 5.3 with respect to v instead of u. By equation (5.14),
148
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
1 3Fv(x) = (vx,x) - Q(x) - (x,e)(v,x) + 2(x,e}2
(x E A).
For x = ee+7]v+a+b (e,7] E k, a E Eo, bE E I ) this leads after some simple computations to
3Fv(x)
=
e - Q(a).
This shows that the radical Rv of Fv is kv $ E I . The quadratic form induced by Fv on AIRv is equivalent to the restriction of Fv to Sv = ke $ Eo, a complement of Rv in A. This restriction is given by
3Fv(ee + a)
=
e - Q(a)
(e E k, a EEo).
We see that Sv is the orthogonal direct sum of a hyperbolic plane, viz. ke$kx l for Xl E Eo with Q(xt} = and G, so Fv determines the restriction of Q to G by Witt's Theorem. The latter in turn is a scalar multiple of the norm N onG. (b) v 2 = o. By Th. 5.5.1 we can choose a primitive idempotent u with uv = O. Decompose A with respect to u. From the classification of elements with square zero in Prop. 5.5.3 we infer that v E Eo with Q(v) = O. Using (5.14) we find for x = ee + 7]u + a + b (e,7] E k, a E Eo, bE EI):
1,
3Fv(x)
= (v,x 2 ) -
(x,e)( v,x)
= -(e + 7])( v,a) + (v,b 0 b).
The radical of Fv is easily seen to be
Rv
= H(e - u)
+ a + b leE k, a E Eo, (v, a) = 0,
bE Ell vb
= O}.
The isotropic element v is contained in a hyperbolic plane in Eo. So there such exist Xl E Eo with Q(XI) = and c E G = Xf n Eo with Q(c) = that v is a nonzero multiple of Xl + c, say v = Xl + c. Decompose Er = E+ $ E_ with respect to Xl and write b = b+ + L with b± E E±. Then vb = l(b+ - L) + cb+ + cb_, so vb = 0 if and only if cb_ = -lb+ and cb+ = 1b_. From L = 4cb+ it follows by Lemma 5.3.3 (i) that cb_ = 4c(cb+) = Q(c)b+ = -lb+. So vb = 0 is equivalent to L = 4cb+, hence
1
-1
A complementary subspace of Rv is
Sv
= {ee + 7]VI + Lie, 7] E k,
L E E_ }
for some fixed VI E Eo, (v, VI) = 1, Q(VI) = O. The quadratic form induced by Fv on AI Rv is equivalent to the restriction of Fv to Sv, which is given by
ri
5.7 Norm Class of a Primitive Idempotent
149
Sv is the orthogonal direct sum of the hyperbolic plane ke $ kVI and E_. Hence Fv determines the restriction of Q to E_ up to equivalence. Since the latter is equivalent to a scalar multiple of the norm N on C, Fv determines N up to a scalar factor. 0
5.7 Norm Class of a Primitive Idempotent In a proper reduced J-algebra the isometry class of the restriction of Q to Eo is not independent of the choice of the primitive idempotent u. For x = ~XI +c (~E k, c E C), 1
Q(x)
e
= 4 + aN(c) ,
where a = ~Q( a+ )Q( a_) (cf. Prop. 5.4.4). The isometry class of this form depends on the class of a in k* modulo the subgroup
N(C)* = {N(c) ICE C, N(c) '" O}. This class is denoted by 11:( a) and is called the norm class of a:
lI:(a) = aN(C)* E k*jN(C)*.
11:(a) depends on the primitive idempotent u, but we claim that it is independent of the choice of Xl E Eo with Q(xt} = ~. For a different choice of Xl in Eo, say xi, leads to another composition algebra C' with norm N' and iden+a' N'(c'). tity element c'. For X = ~'xi +c' (e E k, c' E C,), let Q(x) = By Witt's Theorem, there exists a linear transformation t : C -+ C' such that oN(c) = o'N'(t(c)) (c E C). Take c E C with t(c} = c', then aN(c) = a', which shows that a' has the same norm class as a. We may therefore call
H,2
lI:(a) the norm class of u, denoted by lI:(u). Proposition 5.7.1 Let A be a proper reduced J-algebm, let u be a primitive Set idempotent in A and Xl E Eo with Q(XI) =
1.
T = (ke EEl ku EEl kxt}J. = C EEl E I . The set of norm classes of the primitive idempotents in A coincides with
{1I:(Q(t))
It E T,
Q(t) '" O}.
Proof. By Witt's Theorem, the restriction of the norm Q to T is independent of the special choice of u and Xl in A. We fix u and Xl. We are going to compute the norm classes lI:(v) for the different primitive idempotents v. First assume (v, u) '" 0, so by Prop. 5.5.3, v = (Q(b)
1
+ l)-l(u + 2Q (b)(e -
u)
+ bob + b)
(b EEl, Q(b) '" -1).
150
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
We determine the zero space
x'
Eb of v. Writing out the equation vx' = 0 for
= ~e + 'T}U + x + y with~, 'T} E k, x E Eo and y EEl, i.e., 1
(u + 2 Q (b)(e - u) + bob + b)(~e + 'T}U + x + y) = 0, we arrive at the following four equations in
1
~,
1
'T}, x and y. 1
2Q(b)~+2(bob,x)+4(b,y) =0,
1 1 1
-2Q(b)~
1
(5.36)
+ ~ + 'T} - 2( b 0 b,x) + 4( b,y) = 0,
(5.37)
1 2 Q(b)x + ~b 0 b + boy = 0,
(5.38)
1
1
(4 Q (b) + 2)y + (~+ 2'T})b + (b 0 b)y + bx = O.
(5.39)
Multiplying equation (5.38) by 2b, we find with the aid of Lemma 5.3.3 (iv) and (v)
1
1
Q(b)bx + 2~Q(b)b + 4 Q(b)y +
1
4( b, y)b -
(b 0 b)y = O.
(5.40)
Adding equations (5.36) and (5.37), we find (5.41) From (5.39) we infer
1
(b 0 b)y = -(4 Q (b)
1
+ 2)y -
~b
1
- 2'T}b - bx
= O.
If we substitute this and (5.41) into equation (5.40) and then divide this by !(Q(b) + 1) (recall that Q(b) ¥- -1), we find
y = -2bx -~b.
(5.42)
Conversely, using Lemmas 5.3.2 and 5.3.3, we see that if y has this form the equations (5.36)-(5.39) hold if and only if
(-Q(b)
+ 1)~ + 'T} - (b 0 b, x) = o.
(5.43)
The condition (x', e) = 0 is equivalent to (5.44) Thus we find that the elements of Eb are of the form (5.45)
5.7 Norm Class of a Primitive Idempotent
, where
~
151
and x have to satisfy
-(Q(b)
+2)~
- {bob,x}
= O.
(5.46)
Eb is easily computed:
The norm Q on
= (Q(b) + 3)e + (Q(b) + I)Q(x) + 2~{ bob, x}. (5.47) If Q(b) = -2, then by equation (5.46) {b 0 b, x} = O. In this case we choose Xl = !b b, then Q(XI) = ! and x E Xf n Eo = C by (5.46). Take x~ = !(e - 3u - b); according to equation (5.45) with e = ! and x = 0, x~ E Eo and Q(xl) = !. Since {x', xi} = e, the subspace C' = (xl).l n Eo Q(x')
0
consists of the elements
x'
=x -
(x E C).
2bx
(5.48)
For such an element,
= (Q(b) + I)Q(x)
Q(x')
by (5.47), so ~(v) = ~(Q(b) + I)~(u). If Q(b) =I -2, -1, we get from (5.46): we find as elements of Eo:
(5.49)
e= -(Q(b) + 2)-1{ b
x'(x) = -(Q(b) + 2)-1( b 0 b,x)(e - 3u - b) + x - 2bx
0
b,x}. Thus
(x E Eo).
An easy computation shows
Q(x'(x» = (Q(b)
+ I){ Q(x) - (Q(b) + 2)-2( bob, X}2},
and hence
(x'(x),x'{y)}
= (Q{b) + I){ (x, y) -
Now, in addition to Q(b) choose Xl
=
Q(b)-lb 0 b
Q(XI) = Q(xl)
For
X
and
=I
2(Q(b)
+ 2)-2( b 0 b,x}( bob, y}}.
-2, -1, we assume Q(b)
x~
=
=I o. In this case we
~Q(b)-I(Q(b) + I)-l(Q(b) + 2)x'(b 0 b).
= !, as one easily verifies. C = {x E Eo I (b 0 b, x) = O} and C' = {x'(x) E Eb Ix E C}. (5.50)
E C,
Q(x'(x»
= (Q(b) + I)Q(x),
(5.51)
so again we find ~(v) = ~(Q(b) + I)~(u}. From equations (5.49) and (5.5I) we conclude that the possible norm classes of primitive idempotents include all ~(Q(b) + I)~(u) with b E El. Q(b) =f -1,0. We may drop the condition Q(b):f:. here, since ~(u) is also a
°
152
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
norm class. With the notations of § 5.4 it follows from Prop. 5.4.4 that 11:(u} = II:(Q(a+}Q(a_}}. We conclude that the possible norm classes of primitive idempotents we have found so far are the norm classes of the nonzero elements of the form
(Ci E C). These are allll:(Q(t}} with t E T, Q(t} =J o. Now consider any primitive idempotent v. Pick a primitive idempotent U such that (v, u) = O. We remarked already that a change of u does not affect the possible values of Q on T. For such v it follows from the proof of Th. 5.6.1 that lI:(v} = II:(Q(a+)}II:(u} = II:(Q(a_)}, so lI:(v} = II:(Q(t)) for some t E T with Q(t} =J O. 0
5.8 Isomorphism Criterion. Classification over Some Fields If two proper reduced J-algebras are isomorphic, the quadratic forms Q and Q' must be equivalent by Prop. 5.3.10, and by Th. 5.6.1 the associated composition algebras are isomorphic. We will now show the converse.
Theorem 5.8.1 Two proper reduced J-algebras A and A' with isomorphic associated composition algebras are isomorphic if and only if the quadratic forms Q on A and Q' on A' are equivalent. If this is the case and if u E A and u' E A' are primitive idempotents, there exists an isomorphism of A onto A' which carries u to u' if and only if u and u' have the same norm classes:
lI:(u}
= lI:(u'}.
Proof. Assume Q and Q' are equivalent. Prop. 5.7.1 implies that we can choose primitive idempotents u E A and u' E A' such that their norm classes are the same. This implies that the restrictions of Q to Eo and of Q' to Eb are equivalent, hence the same holds for the restrictions of these quadratic forms to El and Ef by Witt's Theorem. So we can pick a+ E El and a~ E Ef such that Q(a+} = Q'(a~} =J O. Take Xl = iQ(a+}-la+ 0 a+ E Eo; by Lemma 5.3.6, Q(Xl} = and a+ E E+. Similarly with a~ in A'. Choose any a_ E E_ with Q(a_} =J 0 and a'- E E'- with Q'(a'-} =J O. Since
1
= lI:(u} = lI:(u'} = II:(Q'(a~}Q'(a~)), we may replace a'- by some a'-c' so as to make Q(a_} = Q'(a'-}; here dE G', the orthogonal complement of x~ in Eo, which as a composition algebra is II:(Q(a+}Q(a_)}
isomorphic to the composition algebra C of A. Now it follows from the proof of Th. 5.4.5 that A and A' are isomorphic to the same algebra H(C;'Y1,'Y2,'Y3}, viz. with
5.8 Isomorphism Criterion. Classification over Some Fields
153
Under these isomorphisms the primitive idempotents u and u' are both mapped upon the matrix h(l, 0, OJ 0, 0, 0) with 1 in the left upper corner and zeros elsewhere. Thus we have found an isomorphism of A onto A' which 0 carries u to u'. Corollary.5.8.2 If C is a split composition algebm, there is only one isomorphism class of proper reduced J-algebms with C as associated composition algebm. The automorphism group of such a J-algebm is tmnsitive on primitive idempotents. Proof. If C is split, its norm form N takes on all values in k. So the quadratic forms Q and Q' on any two proper reduced J-algebras which have C as associated composition algebra are necessarily equivalent (see equation (5.3) for the form of Q and Q'). Since k* jN(C)* has only one element in this case, 0 there is only one norm class of primitive idempotents. The above theorem reduces the classification of proper reduced J-algebras over a given field k to a problem about quadratic forms over k. We will discuss the situation for some special fields. We only consider Albert algebras, so the associated composition algebras are octonion algebras, since that is the case we are most interested in. We make use of the classification of octonion algebras over special fields that is given in § 1.10. (i) k algebmically closed. By Th. 5.5.2, A is reduced. There is only the split octonion algebra in this case, so Cor. 5.8.2 implies that all Albert algebras over k are isomorphic and that Aut(A) is transitive on primitive idempotents. (ii) k = JR, the field of the reals. The cubic form det represents zero nontrivially over the quadratic extension C of JR, hence so it does over JR itself by Lemma 4.2.11. So Th. 5.5.2 implies that A is reduced. There are two isomorphism classes of octonion algebras C, the split algebra and the Cayley numbers. All reduced Albert algebras with split C are isomorphic and in that case Aut(A) is transitive on primitive idempotents. For the Cayley numbers, N is positive definite and takes on all positive values, so k* jN(C)* = {±1}. In this case there are two isomorphism classes of reduced Albert algebras, for as we see from equation (5.3) there are two inequivalent possibilities for the quadratic form Q, viz., the positive definite form with all 'Yi = 1 and the indefinite form with, e.g., 'Y1 = 'Y2 = 1, 'Y3 = -1. In the positive definite case, all primitive idempotents have norm class 1, so Aut(A) is transitive on them. In the indefinite case, the norm class of a primitive idempotent can be 1 or -1, so then there are two transitivity classes of primitive idempotents under the action of Aut (C).
154
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
(iii) k a finite field. According to a theorem of Chevalley [Che 35, p. 75] (see also [Ore, Th. (2.3)], [Lang, third ed., 1993, p. 214, ex. 7], [Se 70, §2.2, Th. 3] or [Se 73, p. 5D, the cubic form det represents zero nontrivially over a finite field, so A is reduced by Th. 5.5.2. C must be the split octonion algebra, so there is one possibility for A, with Aut(A) acting transitively on the primitive idempotents.
(iv) k a complete, discretely valuated field with finite residue class field. The cubic form det represents zero nontrivially (see [Sp 55, remark after Prop. 2], or [De] or [LeD, so A is reduced. C is split, so there is one isomorphism class of Albert algebras A and Aut(A) acts transitively on the primitive idempotents. (v) k an algebraic number field. We know that every twisted composition algebra over such a field k is reduced (see the end of § 4.8). In the next chapter we will show that this implies that every Albert algebra over k is reduced (see Cor. 6.3.4). As in (v) of § 1.10 we use Hasse's Theorem on the classification of quadratic forms (see [O'M, §66]). There is only one possibility for kv ®k A at each finite or complex infinite place v by (iii) and (i) above. At each real place there are three possibilities as we saw in (ii), so we get 3r isomorphism classes of Albert algebras, r denoting the number of real places of k. For k = Q this leads to three isomorphism classes of Albert algebras, just as in the real case.
5.9 Isotopes. Orbits of the Invariance Group of the Determinant In this last section of Ch. 5 we intend to prove a transitivity result for the linear transformations in a proper reduced J-algebra that leave the determinant invariant, a result we need in Ch. 7. For this purpose, we develop a procedure to construct from a J-algebra a new J-algebra with different identity element and different norm. We further characterize automorphisms of J-algebras by the fact that they leave e and the determinant invariant, also for use in Ch. 7. A is as in the previous sections. We first give two special cases of formula (v) in Lemma 5.2.1, which will be frequently used in this section.
4(x x x) x (x x y) = det(x)y + 3{ x, x, y)x
+ 4(x x y) x (x x y) = 3{ x, x,y)y + 3{ x, y, y)x,
(5.52)
2(x x x) x (y x y)
(5.53)
where x, yEA. From the first formula we derive a simple but important lemma.
5.9 Isotopes. Orbits of the Invariance Group of the Determinant
Lemma 5.9.1 If a,x E A and det(a)
155
i= 0, then a x x = 0 implies x = o.
Proof. Since a x x = 0 we have 3( a, a, x) = (a, a x x) = O. From (5.52) we obtain det(a)x = O. Since det(a) i= 0, we must have x = O. 0 Let a be an element of A with det(a) = A i= O. On the vector space A we define a symmetric bilinear form ( , ) a by
(x,Y)a
= -6A- 1 (x,y,a) + 9A- 2 (x,a,a)(y,a,a)
(X,yEA).
(5.54)
Notice that
(x,a)a = 3A- 1 (x,a,a),
(5.55)
whence (a,a) = 3. The form is nondegenerate. We have
(X,y}a
= (X,-2A- 1 y x a+ 3A- 2 (y,a,a}a x a).
If this is zero for all x, then y x a = aa x a for some a E k, so (y-aa) x a = O. Then y = aa by the above Lemma, but (x, a}a is not identically zero, so y=O. Let Qa be the nondegenerate quadratic form on A whose associated bilinear form is ( , }a:
(x E A).
(5.56)
By (5.55) we can also write this as
(x E A).
(5.57)
Further, we define a new product on A, for which the notation. a will be used:
x.aY = 4A- 1 (X x a) x (y x a)
+ ~((X,Y}a - (x,a}a(y,a}a)a
(x,y
E
A).
(5.58) E A with det(a) = A i:- O. The algebra Aa which has the vector space structure of A, the norm Qa as in (5.56) and the product .a defined by (5.58), is a J-algebra with a as identity element. The determinant of Aa is deta(x) = A-1 det(x) (x E A).
Proposition 5.9.2 Let a
For a = e we get the original J-algebra structure of A (with Qe = Q and dete
= det).
Aa is reduced or proper if and only if A is reduced or proper, respectively. If A is proper and reduced (hence so is Aa), then the composition algebras associated with Aa are isomorphic to those associated with A.
156
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
Proof. We first observe that Qa(a)
= !. Using (5.52) we derive from (5.58): (x E A),
so a is an identity element of Aa. To verify (5.5) for Aa, we have to show that {x.aY, z}a is symmetric in x, y and z. From (5.54) we find
{x.ay,z}a
= -6,\-1{x. ay,z,a} +9,\-2{x.ay,a,a}(z,a,a}.
Substituting (5.58) into this, we get:
(x.aY, z}a
3 = -24,\-2( (x x a) x (y x a), z, a} + '2,\-l(X, y )a(z,a,a)
_~,\-l(x,a)a(y,a}a(z,a,a) + 36,\-3( (x x a)
x (y x a),a,a)(z,a,a).
The first term on the right hand side equals -24,\-2(x x a,y x a,z x a), which is symmetric. The third term on the right is symmetric by (5.55). For the second term we find, using (5.54),
~,\-l(X,Y)a(z,a,a} = -9,\-2(x,y,a)(z,a,a)+ 27 - (x,a,a 2 } ( y,a,a)(z,a,a. ) 2'\
As to the fourth term, we have 4( (x x a) x (y x a),a,a) = 4( (x x a) x (a x a),y,a).
Applying (5.52) to the right hand side we get: 4( (x x a) x (y x a),a,a) = '\(x,y,a)
+ 3(x,a,a}(y,a,a},
(5.59)
so 36,\-3 ( (x x a) x (y x a),a,a)(z,a,a)
= 9,\-2(x,y,a}(z,a,a}+
27,\-3(x,a, a}( Y,a, a)( z,a, a}. We see that the contribution of the second plus the fourth term is symmetric. This proves the symmetry of (x.aY, z}a in x, y and z, and hence (5.5). Now to the proof of (5.4). We use the notation x· 2 for x.aX. By (5.57),
Qa(x· 2) = _3,\-1(x· 2,x· 2,a} + ~(x·2,a);. If (x,a}a = 0, we get using (5.58) for _3,\-1(x· 2,x· 2,a):
-3'\ -1( 4,\-1(x x a) x (x x a) + Qa(x)a, 4,\-1 (x x a) x (x x a) + Qa(x)a, a) =
5.9 Isotopes. Orbits of the Invariance Group of the Determinant
157
-16,x-3( «x x a) x (x x a)) x «x x a) x (x x a)),a)
-24,x-2Qa(x)( (x x a) x (x x a),a,a) - 3Qa(X)2. By Lemma 5.2.1 (iv) we get for the first term on the right hand side:
-16,x-3(det(x x a)x x a,a} = -48,x-3det(x x a)(x,a,a)
=
-16,x-2det(x x a)(x,a}a = O. With (5.59) we find -24,x -2Qa(x)( (x
X
a) x (x x a), a, a)
=
-6,x-1Qa(x)(x,x,a} -18,x-2Qa(X)(x,a,a)2 = 2Qa(x)2 -6,x-1Qa(x)(x,a}~ = 2Qa(X)2. Finally, by (5.5), 1
.2
2
= 2Qa(x) 2 . Adding up we get Qa(x· 2) = Qa(x)2 if (x, a}a = O. Thus, Aa is a J-algebra. 2(X ,a}a
We now compute deta' Let Xa denote the cross product in Aa, corresponding to ( , , }a according to (5.16). By Lemma 5.2.1 (i) and (5.58) we have:
X Xa X = 4,x-l(X x a) x (x x a) - (x,a)ax
(x
E
A).
(5.60)
Using (5.53), (5.55) and (5.57), we find from (5.60):
x XaX
= -2,x-l(x x x) x (a x a) -
1
(Qa(x) - 2(x,a}~)a
(x
E
A). (5.61)
So for x E A,
3deta(x)
= (xxax,X)a = -6,x-l(X xax,x,a) +9,x-2(x xax,a,a}(x,a,a}. (5.62)
With (5.61) we calculate (x Xa x, x, a) as follows:
_ 1 (x Xa x,x,a) = -2,x l( (x x x) x (a x a),x,a) - (Qa(x) - 2(x,a)~)(x,a,a} 1 = -2,x-l( (x x a) x (a x a),x, x) - (Qa(x) - 2(x, a }~)(x,a, a}
=
-~det(x) - ~,x(Qa(X) - ~(x,a}~),
the last equality coming from (5.52), (5.57) and (5.55). Similarly, one finds:
1 ) -21 ( x,a)a)' 2 (xxax,a,a)=-a,x(Qa(X
158
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
Plugging in these two expressions one gets from (5.62) that deta(x) =
),-1 det(x)
(x
E
A).
In case a = e we have), = det(e) = I, so dete(x)
= det(x)
(x E A). For
x,YEA, (x,Y)e = -6(x,y,e) + 9(x,e,e)(y,e,e) = -2(x,y x e) + (x,e x e)(y,e x e). By Lemma 5.2.1 (i), x x e = -!x+!( x, e )e. Using this formula, one derives by a straightforward computation that (x, Y)e = (x, y). In a similar way we find for x, yEA, 1
1
X'eY = 4(x x e) x (y x e) + '2(x,y)e - '2(x,e)(y,e)e =
1
111
x x y + '2(x, e)y + '2(y,e)x + '2(x, y)e - '2(x, e)(y,e)e,
which equals xy by Lemma 5.2.1 (i). Thus we see that Ae = A. Aa and A have the same determinant function up to a nonzero factor, so they are simultaneously reduced or proper by Th. 5.5.2 and Cor. 5.4.6, respectively. The last result is a consequence of Th. 5.6.2, as we see by taking for t : A -+ Aa the identity map. 0 We call the J-algebra Aa an isotope of A, and these two J-algebras are said to be isotopic. The next proposition answers the question when two isotopes Aa and Ab are isomorphic. We also obtain a transitivity result for transformations of a J-algebra that leave the determinant invariant. This is the result we hinted at in the introductory paragraph of this section. An isomorphism t : Aa -+ Ab must carry the identity element to the identity element, so tea) = b, and it must preserve the determinants, so detb(t(x)) = deta(x) (x E A), provided dimk(A) > 2 (see Prop. 5.3.10). Proposition 5.9.3 Let A be a proper l-algebra, and let a, b E A, with det(a) det(b) :1= O. The following are equivalent. (i) Aa ~ A b. (ii) there exists a linear transformation t : A -+ A such that tea) = band
(t(x), t(y), t(z»
= det(a)-1 det(b)( x, y, z,)
(x, y, z E A).
If, moreover, A is reduced, the conditions are also equivalent to (iii) the bilinear forms det(a)-1 (x, y, a) and det(b)-1( x, y, b) are equivalent. Proof. Recall that Aa and Ab are also proper. We noticed already the implication (i) ~ (ii). Also, (ii) ~ (iii) clearly holds in all cases. Because the algebra structure of Aa is completely determined by a (see (5.54) and (5.58», (ii) implies (i). If A is reduced all Aa have isomorphic associated composition algebras. That in this case (ii) and (iii) are equivalent follows from Th. 5.8.1. 0
r
\
5.10 Historical Notes
159
Finally, we give a characterization of automorphisms of J-algebras. Proposition 5.9.4 If A is a J-algebro of dimension> 2, then a linear tronsformation t of A is an au.tomorphism if and only if t{e) = e and det{t{x)) = det{x) (x E A). Proof. The "only if" part is known (see Prop. 5.3.10); we prove the "if" part. Since Ae = A,
(x,y) = -6{x,y,e) +9{x,e,e){y,e,e) by (5.54). So a linear transformation t that leaves e and det invariant, also leaves ( , ) invariant. From
= (x x y,z)
(t(x x y),t(z))
=3{x,y,z) = 3{ t{x), t(y), t(z)) = (t(x) x t(y), t(z) ) it follows that
t(x x y)
= t(x) x t(y)
(x,y
(x,y,z E A) E
A).
Using (i) of Lemma 5.2.1 one derives that t(xy) = t(x)t(y) (x, YEA).
0
5.10 Historical Notes Jordan algebras over the reals were introduced in the early thirties by the physicist P. Jordan, who proposed them in the foundation of quantum mechanics; see [Jo 32]' [Jo 33] and the joint paper [JoNW] with J. von Neumann and E. Wigner. The general theory over arbitrary fields of characteristic not two was developed by several people. We just mention A.A. Albert and N. J acobson, in particular their joint paper [AlJa] where one finds among other things the classification of Albert algebras over real closed fields and algebraic number fields. The definition of J-algebras, a limited class of Jordan algebras including the Albert algebros, and the whole approach followed in the present chapter originates from T.A. Springer's paper [Sp 59]. The notion of isotopy of Jordan algebras was introduced by Jacobson, see [Ja 68, p.57j. The notion of isotopy introduced in 5.9 is an adaptation to J-algebras. The characterization of the automorphisms of a J-algebra in Prop. 5.9.4 as the linear transformations that leave the cubic form det invariant and fix the identity element e was earlier proved by N. Jacobson in [Ja 59, Lemma 1]. C. Chevalley and R.D. Schafer [CheSch] gave an equivalent characterization,
160
5. J-algebras and Albert Algebras
viz., as transformations that leave the quadratic form Q and the cubic form det invariant. They dealt with Lie algebras F 4 and E6 over algebraically closed fields in characteristic zero, so instead of automorphisms they considered derivations; see also H. Freudenthal[Fr 51].
'i.:.' ~r
I "
6. Proper J-algebras and Twisted Composition Algebras
The study of J-algebras in the previous chapter has yielded a description of all reduced J-algebras. In the present chapter we develop another description of J-algebras which includes all nonreduced ones. For this purpose we make a link between J-algebras and twisted composition algebras. We will see that a J-algebra is reduced if and only if certain twisted composition algebras are reduced. This will lead to the result, already announced at the end of Ch. 5, that every J-algebra over an algebraic number field is reduced (see Cor. 6.3.4). As in the previous chapter, a field will always be assumed to have characteristic =1= 2,3.
6.1 Reducing Fields of J-algebras Let A be a J-algebra over a field k. In Prop. 5.3.8 we saw that for a E A, the minimum polynomial rna divides the characteristic polynomial Xa and has the same roots. The following proposition is an immediate consequence. Proposition 6.1.1 If Xa is irreducible over k, then k[a] is a cubic extension field of k and Xa has a root in this field, viz., a itself. If Xa with a ~ ke is reducible over k, then k[a) contains an element x :f:. 0 with x x x = o. So A is not reduced if and only if k[aJ is a cubic extension field of k for all a ~ ke. Proof. If Xa is irreducible, rna = Xa. If Xa is reducible, it has a root in k since it is of degree 3. If not all roots of Xa in a splitting field are equal, k[aJ contains a primitive idempotent. If Xa has three equal roots in k, then k[a] contains a nilpotent element, hence also an x :f:. 0 with x 2 = o. In either case we find a nonzero x with x x x = 0, so A is reduced (see Th. 5.5.1). The rest ~c~ar. 0 Thus, a nonreduced J-algebra A over k of dimension> 1 necessarily contains a cubic extension field l of k, viz., any k[a] for a ~ ke. In l ®k l there exist idempotents, hence I ®k A is reduced. We call an extension field I of k such that l®kA is reduced a reducing field of A. A J-algebra is reduced if and only if the cubic form det represents zero nontrivially by Th. 5.5.2. Hence if A ~ not reduced and l is a reducing field of A, the cubic form det does not
r!
162
6. Proper J-algebras and Twisted Composition Algebras
represent zero on A, but it does represent zero on I ®k Aj by Lemma 4.2.11 the degree of lover k can not be 2. If A is not reduced and 1 is a reducing field, the reduced J-algebra 1®k A is either of quadratic type or proper (cf. Th. 5.4.5). This does not depend on the choice of l, for if l' is another reducing field, we pick a common extension m of land l', then the reduced algebras l ®k A and l' ®k A must be of the same type as m ®k A. So it makes sense to call a J-algebra A over k of quadratic type or proper according to whether l ®k A is of quadratic type or proper for any reducing field l of k. A is said to be an Albert algebra if and only if l ®k A is an Albert algebra for some (hence any) reducing field l. We will see towards the end of this chapter (see Cor. 6.3.3) that a nonreduced J-algebra must necessarily be proper. In a nonreduced J-algebra the cubic form det does not represent zero nontrivially by Th. 5.5.2, so by Lemma 5.2.3 every nonzero element has a J-inverse. For this reason, a nonreduced J-algebra (Albert algebra) is also called a J-division algebra (Albert division algebra, respectively). For given a E A with dimk k[a] = 3, we define F = k[a].l, so A = k[a] $ F as a vector space over k. We will in particular be interested in the case that k[a] is a field. From the structure of J-algebra on A we will derive a structure of twisted composition algebra on F over the field k[a] such that A is reduced if and only if F is reduced as a twisted composition algebra. Notice that if k[a] is of degree 3 over k and is not a field, then A is reduced anyway, as we saw above. By way of example, we first consider a simple situation, viz., a reduced J-algebra H(Cj/I./2,/3) and a = h(al,a2,a3jO,0,0) with three distinct ai, in the notation of {5.1}. Then
k[a] = {h{6,6,6jO,0,0)16,6,6 and
E
k}
F = { h(O, 0, OJ CI, C2, C3) ICII C2, C3 E C}.
So in this example k[a] is not a field, but a split cubic extension of k, and we will provide F with a structure of twisted composition algebra over a split cubic extension (viz., k[a]) of k as treated in the first part of § 4.3. This has sufficient analogy with the field case to exhibit essential phenomena. (If instead of the above split extension k[aJ of k we have k[aJ = l with 1 a cubic cyclic field extension of k, then Al = 1®k A will be a J-algebra over l and we may suppose that we are in the situation of the example with k replaced by l.) As action of k[a] on F we take b.x
= -2b x x = -2bx+ (b,e}x
(b E k[a], x E F).
Writing this out explicitly we find h(6, e2, 6j 0, 0, O).h(O, 0, OJ Cl, C2, C3) = h(O, 0, OJ 6cl, 6C2, 6 C3),
which is the natural structure of free k[a]-module on F.
6.2 From J-algebras to Twisted Composition Algebras
163
On k[a] we consider an automorphism of order three:
The group < a > can be considered as a "Galois group" of k[a] over k. We compute the cross product of two elements x = h(O, 0, 0; c}, C2, C3) and y = h(O, 0, 0; d}, d2, d3) of F; using Lemma 5.2.1 we get:
x xy
= - ~h(-Y3"1'Y2{ Cl, d1}, 'Yl 1'Y3{ C2, d2}, 'Y2"1'Y1 {C3, d3 }; 0, 0, 0)+
+~h(O, 0, 0; 'Y2"1'Y3(C2d3 + d2C3), 'Y3"1'Y1 (C3d1 + d3Ct), 'Yl1'Y2(C1d2 + d1C2)). If we define
N(x, y)
= h(-y3"1'Y2{C1, dt}, 'Yl 1'Y3{ C2, d2 ), 'Y2"1'Y1 (C3, d3 ); 0, 0, 0), -1
-
-1
-
-1
-
x*y=h(0,0,0;'Y2 'Y3 C2d3,'Y3 'Y1C3d1,'Y1 'Y2C1d2), we see that
111 x x Y = -2 N (x, y) + 2x * y + 2Y * x.
N{,) is a nondegenerate symmetric k[a]-bilinear form on the free k[a]-module F, associated with the quadratic form NO with N(x) = !N(x, x), and * is a k-bilinear product in F which is a-linear in the first variable and a 2-linear in the second one. The conditions (ii) and (iii) of Def. 4.1.1 are easily verified, so F is a twisted composition algebra over the split cubic extension k[a] of k. We now return to the general case.
6.2 From J-algebras to Twisted Composition Algebras We again consider an arbitrary a E A with dimk k[a] = 3, and F = k[a].L, so A = k[a] EB F. By Lemma 5.2.1 (i), k[a] is closed under the cross product, i.e., b x c E k[a] for b, C E k[a]. From (5.5) we infer that k[a]F = F and from Lemma 5.2.1 (i) and (iii) we derive:
2b x (b x x)
= _b2 X X
(b E k[a],
x E
F).
(6.1)
As in the example in the previous section, we introduce an action of k[a] on F by k-linear transformations:
p(b)(x) = -2b x x = -2bx + {b, e}x
(b E k[a], x E F).
(For the second equality, see (i) of Lemma 5.2.1.) Then p : k[a] is k-linear, p(e) = id, and from equation (6.1) it follows that
(b E k[a]).
-+
(6.2)
Endk(F)
164
6. Proper J-algebras and Twisted Composition Algebras
Linearizing this relation we obtain
p(be) Since p(a2) that
= p(a)2
1 = 2"(p(b)p(e) + p(e)p(b))
it follows that p(a3)
= p(b)p(c)
p(be)
(b,e E klan.
= p(a)3, from which we conclude (b, e E klan.
We can therefore define a structure of k[a]-module on F by
b.x = p(b)(x)
(b E k[a], x E F).
(6.3)
The product b.x written with a dot should be distinguished from the ordinary J-algebra product bx which is written without a dot. Notice that (Ae).x = Ax for A E k and x E F, so we may identify k with the subfield ke of k[a], which will usually be done in the sequel. We will write be.x for (be).x, which equals b.(e.x) (x E F, b, e E k[a]). From now on we assume that a is chosen such that k[a] is a field of degree :3 over k, which we denote by I. As in Ch. 4, I' is the normal closure of lover k, so if 11k is not Galois, then I' = 1(..fD) with D a discriminant of ljk. Further, k' = k( ..fD). We fix a generator q of Gal(l' jk'), also considered as an element of Gal(l' jk) and as a k-isomorphism of 1 into I'. Finally, T is the element of Gal(I'lk) whose fixed field is I if l' =1= I, and T = id if I' = l. We first express the cross product in 1 in terms of the field product and q. Lemma 6.2.1 For b,c E I, 1
b x e = 2"(q(b)q2(c) + q2(b)q(c)). We have det(b)
= Nl/k(b)
and b x b = NI/k(b)b- 1 if b =1= O.
Proof. For bEL, the Hamilton-Cayley equation 1 b3 - (b,e}b 2 - (Q(b) - 2"(b,e}2)b - det(b) = 0
has roots b, q(b) and q2(b) in l', whence
b + q(b) + q2(b)
= Trl/k(b) =
(b, e)
(6.4)
and
bq(b)q2(b)
= Nl/k(b) = det(b).
Using part (ii) of Lemma 5.2.1 we obtain the last formulas of the lemma. We also see that b x b = q(b)q2(b), from which we obtain the first formula. 0
A and F are vector spaces over lj recall that A = I E9 F. To prepare for a structure of twisted composition algebra over I on F, we define the maps N : F x F --+ I and f : F x F --+ F by 1
x x Y = -2"N(x,y) + f(x,y)
(x,y E F).
(6.5)
6.2 From J-algebras to Twisted Composition Algebras
165
Lemma 6.2.2 N is a nondegenerate symmetric l-bilinear form on F. Proof. Symmetry and k-bilinearity are clear. For bEL and x, y E F we have:
(b.x,y)
= -2(b x x,y) = -2(b,x x y) = (b,N(x,y)).
Using this repeatedly, we derive for b, c E I and x, y E F:
= (cb.x, y) = (cb, N(x, y)} = (c, bN(x, y)}. This implies that N(b.x, y) = bN(x, y), so N is a symmetric I-bilinear form. If x E F satisfies N(x, y) = 0 for all y E F, then . (c, N(b.x, y)}
(y E F)
(x,y) = (e.x,y) = (e,N(x,y)} =0 and hence x
= O. Thus, N
(6.6)
o
is nondegenerate.
From (6.4) and (6.6) we infer that
(x, y)
= TrI/k(N(x, y))
(x,y E
F).
(6.7)
Put N(x) = !N(x,x). Now we focus attention on the component f(x, y) of x x y in F .. Proposition 6.2.3 With squaring operation
x· 2 = f(x,x)
(x E F)
and norm N, F is a twisted composition algebra over I (not necessarily normal). Proof. (a) It is obvious that Lemma 5.2.1, we find:
f is symmetric and k-bilinear. Linearizing (ii) in
b(x x y) + x(b x y) + y(b x x)
= 3(x,y,b}e
(b
E
l, x, Y E F).
The right hand side equals (x x y, b }e, in which we replace x x y by its component in l. Thus we get 1
b(x x y) + x(b x y) + y(b x x) = -2(N(x,y),b}e
(bEI,x,yEF).
From this formula we derive by equating the components in F on either side and using (6.2), (6.5) and Lemma 5.2.1 (i):
f(b.x,y) + f(x,b.y) = «(b,e) - b).f(x,y)
(x, y E F, bEL).
Using the symmetry of f we conclude that 1
f(x, b.x) = "2 «( b, e) - b)f(x, x).
(6.8)
166
6. Proper J-algebras and Twisted Composition Algebras
Now (6.8) gives
J(b.x,b.x)
= -J(x,b2.x) + ((b,e) -
1 2( -( b2, e)
+ b2 + ({ b, e) -
From (6.2) we see that Tr'/k(b) - b Inserting these formulas we obtain
=
b)2)J(x,x).
= u(b) + u2(b),
= u(b)u2(b)J(x, x)
J(b.x, b.x)
b)J(x,b.x)
and similarly for b2.
(b E 1, x E F).
This shows that the squaring operation defined by x· 2 = J(x, x) for x E F satisfies condition (i) of Def. 4.2.1. (b) It is obvious that condition (ii) of Def. 4.2.1 is fulfilled, for
(x + y).2 _x· 2 _y .. 2 = 2J(x, y)
(x,y
E
F)
with J as in (6.5), and this is k-bilinear. (c) By Lemma 5.2.1 (iv), we know that
(x x x) x (x x x)
= det(x)x.
(6.9)
On the other hand, we infer from (6.5) that
xxx
= -N(x) + x· 2 .
(6.10)
This yields
(x x x) x (x x x)
= N(x) x N(x) + N(x).x ..2 -N(x .2) + (x .. 2) .. 2.
(6.11)
In (6.9) the right hand side has zero component in 1, so the same must hold in (6.11). Thus we find with Lemma 6.2.1,
N(x .. 2)
= N(x)
x N(x)
= u(N(x»u2(N(x»
(x E F),
which proves (iii) in Def. 4.2.1. (d) Using Lemma 5.2.1 (i) and (ii) and equation (6.10), we compute:
1
1
x x (x x x) = det(x) + 2( N(x), e)x - 2{ x, x .. 2 ).
(6.12)
On the other hand, we find with (6.10) and (6.5):
x x (x x x)
= x x (-N(x) +x ..2) = 21 (N(x).x - N(x,x" 2»+ J(x,x· 2).
(6.13)
The I-component on the right hand side of equation (6.12) is in k, so the same 0 must hold for (6.13), i.e., N(x, x .2) E k. This proves (iv) of Def. 4.2.1.
6.3 From Twisted Composition Algebras to J-algebras
167
Let u be a nonzero element of I. So>. = det(u) = N,/k(U) =F o. Then the isotope Au is defined. see § 5.9. By (5.58) and (5.61) the product on Au is given by
x.uy
1 1 = -2>,«xxy)x(uxu))+2>.-1(x,uXU}Y+2>.-1(y,UXU}X
(x,y
E A).
(6.14)
Notice that >.-l(u x u) = u- 1 . For x, y E I we obtain from part (iii) of Lemma 5.2.1 in a straightforward manner that X.uuy = u-1(xy). It follows that a also generates in the algebra Au the vector space l. Moreover, we see from (5.54) that the orthogonal complement of I relative to ( , ) is again F. We now have on F a new structure of I-module
(b,x)
1-+
Pu(b)x = -2b
Xu
x (b E l,x E F).
Using the bilinear version of (5.61) we see that this equals u-1.(b.x) = (u-1b).x. Likewise, we find for the bilinear function fu associated to the J-algebra Au that fu(x,y) = u-1·f(x,y). Let F be as in Prop. 6.2.3. The preceding results prove imply the following result. Proposition 6.2.4 The twisted composition algebra associated to the isotope Au is the isotope Fu-l of F. Isotopes of twisted composition algebras were defined in § 4.2.
6.3 From Twisted Composition Algebras to J-algebras Consider a twisted composition algebra F over a cubic extension field I of k; let I' be the normal closure of lover k as in the previous section, etc. We construct from F a J-algebra, which will turn out to be proper. Denote the multiplication of elements of F by elements of I by a dot, so A.X for >. E l and x E F; let N be the norm on F and N(, ) the associated I-bilinear form. Take A = I $ F as a vector space over k. Onl we define the quadratic form (6.15)
with associated bilinear form (>., IL E I).
(6.16)
Since 1, (I and (12 are linearly independent over I' by Dedekind's Theorem, Q is nondegenerate. In accordance with (6.7), Q is extended to a nondegenerate quadratic form on A by defining
168
6. Proper J-algebras and Twisted Composition Algebras
Q(A + x) = Q(A) + (N(x), e} =
1
Tr'/k(2A
2
(A E l, x E F).
+ N(x»
(6.17)
The associated bilinear form is
{A + X,J.I. + y}
= Tr,/k(AJ.I. + N(x,y»
(A,J.I.
E
I, x,y E F).
(6.18)
Define the k-bilinear
! :F
xF
-+
F, !(x, y)
1 = 2«x + y) *2 -x *2 _y *2).
The cross product x in A is defined by
(A + x) x (J.I. + y)
1
= 2{U(A)U 2 (J.I.) + U2 (A)U(J.I.) -
N(x,y)}+
1 !(x, y) - 2(A.y + J.I..x),
(6.19)
where A, J.I. E I, x, Y E F (cf. Lemma 6.2.1 and equations (6.2) and (6.5». Define the cubic form det on A by 3det(a)
= {a,a x a}
(cf. the definition of the cross product as given in (5.16». An easy computation shows that
(A E I, x E F),
(6.20)
with T(x) = {X*2,X} as in Def. 4.2.1 (iv). We define the ordinary product on A as is to be expected from Lemma 5.2.1 (i): 1 111 ab = a x b + 2( a, e}b + 2( b, e}a + 2( a, b}e - 2( a, e}( b, e }e.
(6.21)
A straightforward computation yields: 1
(A + x)(J.I. + y) = AJ.I. + 2{u(N(x,y» + u 2 (N(x, y»)}+ 1
!(x, y) + 2{(U(A) + U2 (A».y + (u{J.I.)
+ u2 (J.I.».x}.
(6.22)
Notice that AX = A.X for A E k and x E F, but this equality need not hold with arbitrary A E I. The multiplication
Ix F
-+
F, (A,X)
t-+
AX
does not define a structure of vector space over I on F, since A(J.l.X) and (AJ.I.)X are not equal in general. The cross product and the ordinary product on A are both commutative and k-bilinear, and the identity element e of I and k is also identity element for the product in A. Thus, A with the ordinary product is a commutative, not necessarily associative, algebra over k. We will show that it is a proper J-algebra.
r 6.3 From Twisted Composition Algebras to J-algebras
169
Definition 6.3.1 For a cubic extension 1 of k and a twisted composition algebra F over l, the k- algebra 1$ F provided with the product as in (6.21) together with the quadratic form Q as defined by (6.17) is denoted by A(1I F) and will be called the l-algebra associated with land F. Theorem 6.3.2 If 1 is a cubic extension of the field k and F a twisted composition algebra over l, the algebra A(l, F) is a proper l-algebra over k. Every l-algebra over k that contains an element a such that k[a] is a cubic field extension of k is of the form A(l, F), viz., with 1 = k[a] and F = k[a]l.. A(l, F) is reduced as a l-algebra if and only if F is reduced as a twisted composition algebra. Proof. We first verify the conditions (5.4) - (5.6) for A(l, F)j we start with a purely technical result. (a) If TrI/k(A) = 0, then TrI/k(A4) = 2 TrI/k(A 20'(A)2). This is easily verified by computing the fourth power of (A + O'(A) + 0'2(A» and equating this to O. (b) To prove (5.4), consider a = A+ x (A E l, x E F) with (a, e) = 0, i.e. with TrI/k(A) = O. It is straightforward to compute Q(a2) and Q(a)2 and to verify that these are equal, using TrI/k(A) = 0 and the result of (a). (c) For a = A+ x, b = j.I. + Y and c = 1/ + Z (A, j.I., 1/ E l, x, y, z E F) we find after some computing: (ab,e) = Trl/k(t), where
t stands for 1
AJ.l.V + '2 {(O'(V) (O'(J.I.)
' 2 + 0' 2 (v»N(x, y) + (O'(A) + 0' (A»N(y, z) +
+ 0'2 (J.I.»N(x, z)} + N(f(x, y), z).
If we extend F to a normal twisted composition algebra over If (cf. Prop. 4.2.2), we get 1 1
N(f(x, y), z) = '2 N (x * y, z) + '2N(Y * x, z).
By Def. 4.1.1 (iii), N(x*y, z) = O'(N(y*z, x», so TrI/k(N(x*y, z» is invariant under cyclic permutations of x,y and z, and similarly for TrI/k(N(y * x, z». Hence (ab, c) is invariant under cyclic permutations of a,b and c. This proves (5.5). (d) From the definition of Q in (6.17) it is immediate that Q( e) = ~ I as required in (5.6). This completes the proof that A(l, F) is a J-algebra. (e) We now want to prove that A(l, F) is proper. To this end, we consider
A(l, F)l = 1®k A(l, F) = 1®k 1$l ®k F. This is an algebra over 1with 1acting on the first factor of the tensor product. The action of 0' on 1 is extended to 1®k 1 as 1 ®k 0'. There are three orthogonal
170
6. Proper J-algebras and Twisted Composition Algebras
primitive idempotents ell e2, e3 in 1®k " which are permuted cyclically by q: q(ei) = ei-l (indices mod 3). We consider the product I x F -+ F, (A, x) 1-+ A.X as a k-bilinear transformation and extend it to an l-bilinear product on (I ®k I) x (I ®k F), also denoted by a dot (.). Similarly, we consider the I-bilinear form N( , ) ass~ ciated with the norm N of the (not necessarily normal) twisted composition algebra F as a k-bilinear form and extend it to an I-bilinear form on 1®k F, denoted by N( , )j this form is nondegenerate. For a E I ®k I define the I-linear transformation
ta : 1®k F
-+
1®k F, x 1-+ ax.
From (6.22) one infers that ta(x) = !(q(a) + q2(a».x (x E I ®k F). Since N( , ) is I-bilinear on F, ta is symmetric for all a E 1 ®k " for
N(ta(x), y)
1 = N(2(q(a) + q2(a».x, y)
= N(x, 21 (q(a) + q2(a».y) = N(x, ta(y» (x, y E F). Hence ta is symmetric on 1®k F for all a E 1®k 1. In particular,
(indices mod 3). Each tEl is a symmetric linear transformation with t~; = !tE;, so I ®k F is the direct sum of eigenspaces of tEl with eigenvalues 0 and Since tEl and tE; commute, they leave each other's eigenspaces invariant. As tEl + tE2 + tE3 = id and tEl tE2 tE3 = 0, the eigenspaces with eigenvalue 0 have dimension over 1 equal to dim, F and the eigenspaces with eigenvalue have dimension 2 dim, F. We pick the idempotent u = Cl in A(l, F),. By the preceding argument, dim, Eo > 0 and dim, El > o. It follows that A(l, F)" hence also A(l, F) itself, is proper (see Th. 5.4.5 and its proof). (f) By Th. 5.5.1, A(l, F) is reduced if and only if there exists A+X =f 0 (A E I, x E F) such that (A + x) x (A + x) = o. By (6.19), the latter is equivalent to
!.
!
and
(6.23)
So, if A(l, F) is reduced, then F is reduced by Th. 4.2.10. Conversely, if F is reduced, pick a nonzero x E F such that x· 2 = A.X for some A E 1. By condition (iii) in Def. 4.2.1,
q(N(X»q2(N(x»
= A2N(x).
(6.24)
By action of q and q2, respectively, on this equation we get two equations:
6.4 Historical Notes
171
q2(N(x»N(x) = q(A2)q(N(x», N(x)q(N(x» = q2(A2)q2(N(x)). Multiplying these two equations we find:
N(X)2q(N(x»q2(N(x» = (q(A)q2(>.))2 q(N(X»q2(N(x». If N(x) -# 0, this implies N(x) would follow that
= ±q(A)q2(A). From N(x) = -q(A)q2(A) it
q(N(X»q2(N(x» = A2q(A)q2(A)
= _A2N(x),
which contradicts (6.24). So N(x) = q(A)q2(A) if x *2 = A.X and N(x) -# 0, hence x satisfies (6.23) and therefore A(l, F) is reduced. Now let x· 2 = .x.x and N(x) = O. AB we saw in step (a) of the proof of Th. 4.1.10, either x *2 = 0, hence x satisfies (6.23) with A = 0, or for y = x· 2 -# 0 we have y.2 = 0 and N (y) = 0, so y (instead of x) satisfies (6.23) with A = O. Again we conclude that A(l, F) is reduced. 0 If the J-algebra A with dimk A > 1 is not reduced, it certainly contains a cubic extension field l = k[a] of k. By the above theorem, A is of the form A(l, F) and therefore proper. Thus we have found: Corollary 6.3.3 If a l-algebra A is not reduced, then it is proper. In particular, a nonreduced l-algebra of dimension 27 is an Albert division algebra.
The above theorem implies that if a field k has the property that every twisted composition algebra over a cubic extension of k is reduced, then every J-algebra over k is reduced. For fields k with this property, see, e.g., Th. 4.8.3. Examples are the algebraic number fields. We have seen at the end of 4.8 that every twisted composition algebra of dimension 8 over a cubic extension of an algebraic number field is reduced. Together with the above theorem this gives the result we announced in (v) at the end of Ch. 5: Corollary 6.3.4 Over an algebraic number field every Albert algebra is reduced.
6.4 Historical Notes As remarked in the historical note to Ch. 4, the use of twisted composition algebras for the description of proper J-algebras stems from T.A. Springer (see [Sp 63]). With this device, Springer managed to prove that every Albert algebra over an algebraic number field is reduced, a result originally proved in a quite different way by A.A. Albert (see [AI 58, Th. 10]; in that paper, Albert also proved that Albert algebras over real closed fields are reduced).
7. Exceptional Groups
In this chapter we identify two algebraic groups associated with Albert algebras. We first determine the automorphism grouPi this will be shown to be an exceptional simple algebraic group of type F 4. Then we study the group of transformations that leave the cubic form det invariant and show that this is a group of type E6 • As in the previous two chapters, all fields are supposed to have characteristic :f: 2,3. We mainly deal with Albert algebras, but several results hold, more generally, for proper J-algebras.
7.1 The Automorphisms Fixing a Given Primitive Idempotent In this section we study Aut(A)u, the group of automorphisms of a proper reduced J-algebra A that fix a given primitive idempotent u. For some results, we will have to restrict to reduced Albert algebras. Notations being as in § 5.3, an automorphism s that fixes u must leave invariant the zero space Eo and the half space El defined by u. Since s is orthogonal, it induces orthogonal transformations t in Eo and v in Eli we will see in Th. 7.1.3 that t must even be a rotation. The fact that s is an automorphism implies that t and v satisfy the relation v(xy) = t(x)v(y) (x E Eo, y E Ed· This situation will first be analyzed. That analysis will lead to Th. 7.1.3, which identifies Aut(A)u as the spin group of the restriction of Q to Eo. Proposition 7.1.1 (i) Let A be a proper reduced J-algebm. Let u be a primitive idempotent and Eo and El the zero and half space, respectively, of u in A. For every rotation t of Eo there exists a similarity v of El such that v(xy) = t(x)v(y) (7.1) (x E Eo, y EEl). If t = map:
Sal Sa2 ... Sa2"
for certain ai E Eo, then one may take for v the following
174
7. Exceptional Groups
(ii) Assume that A is an Albert algebra. Then for any rotation t of Eo the similarity v of EI such that equation (7.1) is satisfied, is unique up to multiplication by a nonzero scalar, and the square class of the multiplier of v equals the spinor norm of t: lI(v) = u(t). Moreover, if t is an orthogonal transformation of Eo which is not a rotation, then there does not exist a similarity v of EI satisfying (7.1). Proof. This result is somewhat similar to the Principle of Triality, and the proof resembles the proof we gave for that Principle in Th. 3.2.1. First consider a reflection Sa : X 1-+ X - Q(a)-l( X, a}a in Eo. We have
a(xy) = -x(ay) + ~(a,x}y
(by Lemma 5.3.3
(ii»)
= -(x - Q(a)-l(a,x}a)(ay) (by Lemma 5.3.3 = -sa(x)(ay) (x E Eo, y EEl)'
(i»)
From Lemma 5.3.3 (vi) we infer that y 1-+ ay is a similarity with multiplier ~Q(a).
It is easily seen that if (tb VI) and (t2' V2) satisfy equation (7.1), then so does (tlt2' VI V2). Since every rotation t is a product of an even number of reflections, the existence of a similarity V such that (7.1) holds easily follows. The square class of the multiplier of this v evidently equals the spinor norm of t. Assume that A is an Albert algebra. To prove the uniqueness statement of (ii), it suffices to prove that t = id implies v = >.. id for some>. E k*. So let v be a similarity of El with
v(xy) = xv(y) Now we saw in Cor. 5.3.4 that there is a representation .. id for some>. E k. Finally, let t be an orthogonal transformation of Eo which is not a rotation and suppose there exists a similarity v of EI such that (7.1) holds. Write t = satt with a reflection Sa and a rotation t}, and pick a similarity VI of EI such that til and VI satisfy (7.1). We saw above that there exists a similarity V2 of E I , viz. V2(y) = ay, such that V2(XY) = -Sa(X)V2(Y)' Then for w = vv} V2 we find
w(xy)
= -xw(y)
(x
E
Eo, y E Ed.
Using again the representation
r [ ~
7.1 The Automorphisms Fixing a Given Primitive Idempotent
175
with the representation .2. id for some>. E k. Over k we have EI = W + EB W _ with W± the eigenspace of w for the eigenvalue ±>.. If x E Eo, then
v(y) 0 v(y) = n(v)t(y 0 y) Proof. In the equation v(xy) Lemma 5.3.3 (iv), we then find
t(y 0 y)v(y) =
=
t(x)v(y) we replace x by y
0
Yj using
1
4Q (y)v(y)
Assume Q(y) f O. With Xl = Q(y)-lt(yoy) we have Q(XI) = i and Xl v(y) = iv(y), so v(y) E E+ if we decompose EI in E+ and E_ with respect to Xl! as in § 5.4. By Lemma 5.4.2 (i),
v(y) 0 v(y)
= Q(V(Y))XI = n(v)t(y 0 y).
Working over an algebraic closure of k, this relation holds on all of EI by Zariski continuity. 0 Theorem 7.1.3 Let A be a reduced Albert algebm over k, u a primitive idempotent and Eo and EI the zero and half spaces of u in A. The restriction mapping (s E Aut(A)u)
is a homomorphism of Aut(A)u onto the reduced orthogonal group O'(Qj Eo) with kernel of order two. Proof. Let s be an automorphism of A with su = u. As we remarked at the beginning of this section, s leaves Eo and El invariant, and induces orthogonal transformations t and v in Eo and El, respectively. Since s is an automorphism, t and v satisfy the relation (7.1). This implies by Prop. 7.1.1 that t is a rotation. Since v is orthogonal, n(v) = 1 and hence a(t) = 1. Thus we have a homomorphism ResEo : Aut(A)u ~ 0'(Qj Eo), s
1-+
S\Eo'
176
7. Exceptional Groups
Conversely, given a rotation t of Eo with 0'(t) = 1, we choose a similarity v of EI such that (7.1) holds. Since lI(v) = O'(t) = 1, we may choose v such that n(v) = 1, so v is an orthogonal transformation. Define the linear transformation s : A -+ A by
see)
= e,
s(u)
= u,
slEo
=t
and SIEI
= v.
With Lemma 7.1.2 one easily verifies that s(z2) = s(z)2 for z E Aj since the product in A is commutative, s is an automorphism of A. This proves surjectivity of ResEo : Aut(A)u -+ O'(Qj Eo). If t = id, then v = A. id by Prop. 7.1.1j but since v is orthogonal in the present situation, v = ± id. Hence the kernel of ResEo consists of two elements. 0 In Prop. 7.1.1 we found a relation between spinor norms of rotations in Eo and square classes of multipliers of similarities in E I . We are now going to show that the group of spinor norms in Eo coincides with the group of square classes of multipliers in E I . First a lemma.
Lemma 7.1.4 Let A be a proper reduced l-algebra. For any y, Z EEl satisfying Q(y)Q(z) =F 0 there exist elements al,a2,'" ,al E Eo such that z = al(a2('" (alY)"
.».
It is always possible to do this with an even number I of multiplications. Proof. The notations are as in § 5.4. We first consider the case that y 0 y = .\zoz for some.\ E k*j this implies that Q(y)2 = .\2Q(z)2, so Q(y) = ±.\Q(z). Take Xl = Q(z)-lz 0 z. Then Q(XI) = and X1Z = !z, so Z E E+. Further, XlY = ±b, so y E E±. If y E E_, there is c E C such that Z = cy (by Lemma 5.4.3, with a_ = y and a+ = z). If y E E+, we pick any c E C with Q(e) =F 0, then y' = cy E E_, so we can find c' E C such that e'y' = z. Now assume that y 0 y and z 0 z are linearly independent. For a = Q(y)Q(Z)-1 we have Q(y 0 y) = a 2Q(z 0 z) = Q(az 0 z). By Witt's Theorem there exists an orthogonal transformation t of Eo such that t(y 0 y) = az 0 Zj since dim(Eo) > 1, we may assume that t is a rotation. Write t as a product of reflections, t = Sal Sa2 ••• Sal' By Prop. 7.1.1, the similarity
!
V:
El
-+
El ,
W
1-+
al(a2('" (alw)",»
satisfies relation (7.1). By Lemma 7.1.2,
v(y) 0 v(y) = n(v)t(y 0 y) = AZ 0 z. So by the first part of the proof, v(y) can be transformed into Z by one or two multiplications by elements of Eo. If in this way we end up with an odd number of multiplications, we can multiply in addition by 4XI with Xl = Q( z) -1 Z 0 Z as in the first part of the proof, since 4Xtz = z. 0
7.1 The Automorphisms Fixing a Given Primitive Idempotent
177
Proposition 7.1.5 Let A be a proper reduced J-algebra, 11. a primitive idempotent and Eo and El the zero and half spaces, respectively, of 11. in A. The group of spinor nonns of rotations of Eo with respect to QIEo coincides with the group of square classes of multipliers of similarities of El with respect to QIEI' Proof. In view of Prop. 7.1.1 it suffices to show that for every similarity v of El there exists a rotation t of Eo such that u(t) = v(v). Pick y E El with Q(y) -I- O. Applying the preceding lemma to y and z = v(y), we obtain an even number of elements at. a2, ... , al of Eo such that
v(y)
= al(a2('"
(alY)"
.».
Then n(v) = Q(at}Q(a2) ... Q(al)' So for the rotation
one has indeed u(t)
= v(v).
o
More explicitly, this proposition says that the group of spinor norms of the quadratic form + aN (e) in dim C + 1 variables coincides with the group of square classes of multipliers of similarities with respect to the quadratic form N(e) + aN(d) in 2 dimC variables (for those a E k* whose norm class ~(a) is the norm class of a primitive idempotent 11. E Aj cf. § 5.7).
e
We next discuss the algebraic groups occurring of the situation of the present section. A13 in previous chapters we denote algebraic groups by boldface letters. Let again K denote an algebraic closure of K and put AK = K ®k A etc. View A as a subset of AK. The group Aut(AK)u is an algebraic group, denoted by G u . Further, we have the spin group Spin(Qj Eo). Proposition 7.1.6 G u is isomorphic to Spin(Q, Eo). Proof. The spin group Spin(QjEo) is the subgroup of the even Clifford algebra CI+(Qj EO)K consisting of the products s = al 0 ... 0 a2h with ai E Eo, Q(ai) = 1, see § 3.1. For such an s define "p(s) E G u to be the linear map of AK fixing e, 11., Eo and El. such that "p( s) lEo = Sal ... Sa2h and
Then 1/J is a homomorphism of algebraic groups. It follows from Th. 7.1.3 that it is bijective. Let 11' : Spin(Qj Eo) -. SO(Qj Eo) be the canonical homomorphism. Then 11' = ResEo o"p. Since the characteristic is not 2, 11' is a separable homomorphism. Hence the Lie algebra homomorphism d1l' is bijective (see [Sp 81, 4.3.7 (ii)]. But then d"p also must be bijective. It follows that 1/J is an isomorphism (see [loc.cit., 5.3.3]). 0
178
7. Exceptional Groups
Corollary 7.1.7 The Lie algebra L = L(Gu ) is the space of derivations d of = O.
AK with du
Proof. By [Hu, p. 77J, L is contained in the space S of these derivations (cf. 2.4.5). If dES then de = du = 0, and d(Ei) C Ei (i = 0,1). Put di = diE,. From Lemma 5.3.2 we see that
(di(x),y)
+ (X,di(y»)
=0
for x, y E E i . In particular, for x E Eo we have that do(x) is skew symmetric relative to QIEo' Using [Sp 81, 7.4.7 (3)J it follows that d 1-+ do is a linear map of S to L(SO(Q; Eo». If x E Eo and do(x) = 0 then dl(xy) = xdl(y) for y EEl. Arguing as in the proof of the uniqueness part of Prop. 7.1.1 we see that dl = >. id. But since >.( y, y) = (y, dl (y») = 0 (y EEl) we must have >. = O. Hence the map d 1-+ do of S is injective. It follows that dimL:5 dimS:5 dimL(SO(Q;Eo))
= dimSO(Q;Eo) = dimGu = dimL.
It follows that S =L, as asserted.
o
7.2 The Automorphism Group of an Albert Algebra We are now going to show that the automorphisms of an Albert algebra form an exceptional simple algebraic group of type F4. Let A be an Albert algebra over a field k, and K an algebraic closure of k. We keep the notations of the previous section. Then G = Aut(AK) is an algebraic group.
Theorem 7.2.1 G is a connected simple algebraic group of type F4 which is defined over k. Proof. (a) We first show that G is a connected algebraic groupof dimension 52. We do this by considering its action on the variety V of primitive idempotents in AK' By Cor. 5.8.2, this action is transitive. We claim that V is an irreducible variety of dimension 16. Consider the orthogonal primitive idempotents UI = U, U2 = !(e-u)+xI and Ua = !(e-u)-xi (cf. the beginning of the proof of Th. 5.4.5), and let l-'i be the Zariski open subset of V defined by l-'i = {t E V I {t, u;} ~ O}. VI consists of the primitive idempotents of type (i) in Prop. 5.5.3, i.e., the elements _ 1 (y E Ell Q(y) i= -1). t = (Q(y) + 1) I(u + 2Q(y)(e - u) + Y 0 Y + y)
Since the y E EI with Q(y) i= -1 form a Zariski open set in E I , VI is an irreducible variety of dimension 16. Similarly for V2 and Va. If t E V, t ¢ V}, it is of type (ii) as in Prop. 5.5.3:
7.2 The Automorphism Group of an Albert Algebra 1
t='2(e-u)+x+y
=!
(x
E
Eo, Q(x)
1
= 4' Y E E1,
Q(y)
179
= 0).
=! -
Then (t,U2) + (Xl'X) and (t,U3) (X1,x). At least one of these two must be =I 0, so t E V2 or t E V3. Hence V = \r1 U V2 U Va. Moreover, we see that V2 n V3 =10, and similarly for V1 n V2 and VI n V3 · Hence Vi n V; is an open dense subset of Vi. We conclude that VI n V2 n V3 is an irreducible open subset of each Vi. Hence its closure contains all Vi, and must be V. Then V, being the closure of an irreducible subset, is itself irreducible. As V = VI it has dimension 16. By Prop. 7.1.6, the stabilizer G u of u in G is isomorphic to Spin(Q; Eo). The latter is a connected quasisimple algebraic group of type B4, which has dimension 36. It follows that G is connected (cf. [Sp 81, 5.5.9 (1)] and has dimension 52. (b) Gleaves e.l = K(e- 3u) E9Eo E9E1 invariant, since it leaves the quadratic form Q invariant (see Prop. 5.3.10); we show that this is an irreducible representation. The stabilizer G u of u in Gleaves K(e - 3u), Eo and E1 invariant. In Eo it induces the rotation group by Th. 7.1.3, so there it acts irreducibly. G u induces in E1 the spin representation of Spin(Q; Eo), which is irreducible. (This irreducibility also follows from Prop. 7.1.1 and Lemma 7.1.4.) So the representation of G u in e.l is the sum of the three inequivalent irreducible representations in K (e - 3u), Eo and E l . Every G-invariant subspace of e.l contains a Gu-invariant subspace. Since G is transitive on the primitive idempotents, it can move u to U2, so e - 3u to e - 3U2 = -!(e - 3u) - 3X1 and El to E+ + C (where C = n Eo, cf. § 5.4). It follows that the representation of G in e.l is irreducible. (c) Since G has a faithful irreducible representation, it is reductive (see the proof of Th. 2.3.5). A central element of G must induce >.. id in e.l for some >. E K*; since its restriction to Eo is a rotation (cf. Th. 7.1.3) we must have >. = 1. So G haS trivial center and is semisimple. (d) Since G has trivial center, G = G 1 x·· ·xG s , each G i being simple and Gi centralizing G j for i =I j; see [Sp 81, Th. 8.1.5]. Notice that G i n TI#i G j = id, since a finite normal subgroup must be central. Let 7ri : G --+ G i be the projection on the i-th component. By Th. 7.1.6, G u is a quasisimple algebraic group of type B 4, so dim G u = 36. We have 7ri(G u) =I id for some i, say, for i = 1. Since G u is quasisimple, the kernel of the restriction of 7r1 to G u is finite, so dim 7r1 (G u ) = 36. Hence dim G 1 ~ 36. Since G has dimension 52, we must have 7ri(G u) = id for i > 1, so G u ~ G 1 . G 2 , ... , G s centralize G b hence also G u . If t E G normalizes G u , then t(u) is fixed under the action of G u ; since G u leaves no other idempotents fixed than u, it follows that t(u) = u. Hence N(G u) = G u . This implies that G i ~ G u ~ G 1 for i > 1, hence s = 1. We conclude that G is a simple group of dimension 52. A simple algebraic type of classical type has dimension l2 -1
Xf
180
7. Exceptional Groups
or ~l(l - 1) for some integer l. Such a dimension cannot equal 52, hence G must be of exceptional type, and can only be of type F4 (see e.g. [Bour, PlanchesJ). (e) To prove that G is defined over k, we proceed as in the proof of Prop. 2.4.6. In the present case it suffices to show that the Lie algebra L(G) coincides with the space of derivations D = Der(A K ), or that dim D :5 52. Let u be a primitive idempotent of AK and let EI be its half space, as usual. If dE D we have d(u) = d(u 2 ) = 2u.d(u), which shows that d(u) EEl. On the other hand, the subspace of D of derivations d with d(u) = 0 has dimension 36, by Cor. 7.1.7. SincedimEI = 16, weseethatdimD :516+36 = 52, as desired. 0 We state explicitly a result mentioned in the proof.
Corollary 7.2.2 L(G)
= Der(AK).
7.3 The Invariance Group of the Determinant in an Albert Algebra A is as in the previous section. In this section we consider the algebraic group H of linear transformations of AK leaving det invariant, and prove that this is an exceptional simple algebraic group of type E6. To a large extent the proof goes along the same lines as that of the previous theorem. At the end of the proof, however, we need an extra argument, viz., that H has an outer automorphism; we first give a proof of that fact . . For a bijective linear transformation t of any J-algebra A, define i : A -+ A by (x,y E A), (t(x),i(y)} = (x,y) the contragredient of t. It is clear that linear transformations t and u of A.
i =t
and that tv.
= iil
for bijective
Proposition 7.3.1 Let A be a J-algebra and let H be the group of bijective linear transformations t of A leaving the cubic form det invariant. Then t E GL(A) lies in H if and only if t(x) x t(y) If t lies in H then so does
l.
= l(x x y)
(x,y E
The mapping
- :H
-+
H, t
is an outer automorphism of order 2 of H.
1-+
l,
A).
7.3 The Invariance Group of the Determinant in an
Albert Algebra
181
= K. If t
leaves
Proof. It suffices to give the proof for algebraically closed k det invariant, then,
(t(x x y),t(z»)
= (x x y,z) = 3{x,y,z) = 3{t(x),t(y),t(z») =
(t(x) x t(y), t(z»)
(x, y, z E A),
so i(x x y) = t(x) x t(y). The argument may be reversed, which proves the first statement of the proposition. If t E H then
i(x x x) x i(x x x) = (t(x) x t(x» x (t(x) x t(x» = det(t(x»t(x) = det(x)t(x)
(x
E
A)
by Lemma 5.2.1 (iv). Replacing x by x x x and using (iv) and (vii) of the same lemma, we arrive at
det(x)2i(x) x i(x) = det(x x x)t(x x x) = det(x)2t(x x x)
(x E A).
Hence i(x) x i(x) = t(x x x) if det(x) '" OJ by Zariski continuity it holds for all x E A. Linearization yields i(x) x i(y) = t(x x y) (x, YEA), which implies that i E H. So t t-+ i is an automorphism of H. Suppose it were inner. Then there would be u E H such that i = utu- 1 for all t E H. Let e be a primitive third root of unity in k, and take t = e. id. Then i = utu- 1 = e. id. But from the definition of i we infer that i = e- 1 . id. Thus we arrive at a contradiction. 0 Now we come to the main result of this section. Theorem 7.3.2 H is a connected, quasisimple, simply connected algebraic group of type Eo which is defined over k. Proof. (a) By Cor. 5.4.6 the polynomial function det on AK is irreducible. Hence w = {x E AK I det(x) = 1} is a 26-dimensional irreducible algebraic variety. H acts on it. For a E W, let Bo. be the bilinear form on AK with Bo.(x,y) = (x,y,a) for X,y E AK. This form is nondegenerate, for
(x,y,a)
=0
implies that y x a = 0, hence y = 0 by Lemma 5.9.1. Over the algebraically closed field K any two nondegenerate symmetric bilinear forms of the same dimension are equivalent. So by Prop. 5.9.3, H acts transitively on W. (b) The stabilizer He of e in H is the automorphism group G, by Prop. 5.9.4. By Th. 7.2.1 this is a connected algebraic group of dimension 52. Together with (a) this implies that H is a connected algebraic group of dimension 52 + 26 = 78.
182
7. Exceptional Groups
(c) He = Aut(AK), acting in A K , has as irreducible subspaces Ke and e.L, as we saw in part (b) of the proof of Th. 7.2.1. H leaves neither of these subspaces invariant, so its faithful representation in AK is irreducible. Hence H is reductive (see the proof of Th. 2.3.5). A central element of H must be of the form A. id with A3 = 1, so the center of H has order 3. It follows that H is semisimple. (d) To prove that H is quasisimple we argue as in the proof of part (d) of Th. 7.2.1. There are some complications, however; one is that H has nontrivial center, so it need not be a direct product of quasisimple groups. Let H = H' / D, where H' = HI X .•. X H s , each Hi being quasisimple and Hi centralizing H j for i i= j, and where D is a finite central subgroup. Let {! be the projection of H' onto H, and 1I"i that of H' onto its i-th component Hi. Let H~ be the identity component of (!-I(He). Then (!(H~) = He and H~ is a simple group of type F4, so dimH~ = 52. We have 1I"i(H~) i= id for some i, say, for i = 1. The kernel of the restriction of 1I"i to H~ is trivial since H~ is simple, so dim 11"1 (H~) = 52. Hence dim HI ~ 52. Since H' has dimension 78, we must have 1I"i(H~) = id for i > 1, so H~ ~ HI and therefore He ~ {!(Hl)' H 2 , ..• ,Hs centralize HI. so {!(H2 ), ... ,{!(Hs) centralize He. Now consider the normalizer N(He) of He in H. If t E H normalizes He, then t(e) is fixed under the action of He. Since the representation of He in e.L is irreducible, the elements of W that are fixed under He lie in ke n W = {ee Ie3 = 1 }. It follows that the identity component of N(He) is He itself, so {!(Hi) ~ He ~ {!(H1 ) for i > 1. This implies that s = 1, since {! has finite kernel. Hence H is a quasisimple group of dimension 78. The argument of the proof of Th. 7.2.1 now gives that there are three possible types for such a group, viz., B6, C6 and E6 Since H has an outer automorphism by Prop. 7.3.1, it can not be of type B6 or C6, so it is of type E6; see [Hu, § 27.41, or [Sp 81, Th. 9.6.2]. Since its center has order 3, H must be the simply connected group of that type (see [Sp 81, 8.1.11] and [Bour, Planches]). (e) The proof that H is defined over k is similar to part (e) of the proof of Th. 7.2.1. The Lie algebra L(H) is contained in the space S of linear maps t of AK such that (t(x),x,x) = 0 (x E AK), as follows for example by an argument using dual numbers. From (5.14) we see that for t E S we have (t(e), e} = 0, hence t(e) lies in a hyperplane of AK, which has dimension 26. Using Cor. 7.2.2 we conclude that dim S ~ 78, from which one deduces that S coincides with L(H). An application of [Sp 81, 12.1.2] proves that H is defined over k. 0
7.4 Historical Notes C. Chevalleyand R.D. Schafer [CheSch] discovered that the automorphism group of an Albert algebra over 1R or C is a simple Lie group of type F 4; see
7.4 Historical Notes
183
also [Fr 51]. The characterization of E6 as the stabilizer of the cubic form det goes back to H. Freudenthal [Fr 51] for the real casej Chevalley and Schafer gave a different description of E 6. Notice that Chevalley and Schafer as well as Freudenthal all worked with Lie algebras, so with derivations rather than automorphisms, and with linear transformations t such that (t(x), x, x) = 0 for all x. It was again L.E. Dickson who in 1901 considered the analog of the complex Lie group E6 over an arbitrary field, as a linear group in 27 variables that leaves a certain cubic form invariantj see [Di 01b] and [Di 08]. N. Jacobson, inspired by Dickson and by Chevalley's Tohoku paper [Che 55], studied the automorphism group of an Albert algebra and the stabilizer of the cubic form det over arbitrary fields of characteristic not two or three in a series of papers [Ja 59], [Ja 60], [Ja 61]. He proved, for instance, that these groups are simple (quasisimple, respectively) if the Albert algebra contains nilpotent elements (or is reduced, respectively). The result in Th. 7.1.3 that the automorphisms of an Albert algebra over an algebraically closed field that leave a primitive idempotent invariant form a group isomorphic to Spin(9) is found in [Ja 60].
8. Cohomological Invariants
In this final chapter we discuss a number of more recent developments in the theory of octonion and Albert algebras. Specifically, we deal with some cohomological invariants. At the end we make the connection with the Freudenthal-Tits construction (or first Tits construction) of Albert division algebras. The presentation will be more sketchy than in the preceding chapters. The invariants we will discuss are elements of certain Galois cohomology groups. In the first section we therefore give a rudimentary exposition of some notions from Galois cohomology, mainly referring to the literature for definitions and proofs.
8.1 Galois Cohomology Let k be a field and ks a separable closure. Denote the (topological) Galois group Gal(ks/k) by r. Let A be a finite abelian group on which r acts continuously, i.e., via a finite quotient by an open subgroup. We then have the cohomology groups Hi(r, A), also written as Hi(k, A). See [Se 64, Ch. I, § 2 and Ch. II, § 11. The group operation in Hi(k,A) is usually written as addition. For generalities about homological algebra and, in particular, cohomology of groups, see also [Ja 80, Ch. 6]. Assume B is another finite abelian group with continuous r -action. There are cup product maps
Here A ® B is the tensor product of A and B considered as Z-modules, and the r-action on it is defined by )'(a ® b) = )'(a) ® )'(b). For an i-cocycle J, and a j-cocycle g, the cup product of their cohomology classes [f] E Hi(k, A) and [g] E Hj(k, A) is [f] U [g] = [h] with the (i + j)-cocycle h defined by
(8.1) (see [CaEi, Ch. 11, § 7] or [Br, Ch. 5, § 3]j in the latter the definition is slightly different, with a factor (_l)ij inserted). We have
186
8. Cohomological Invariants
(c E Hi(k,A),
dE Hj(k,B»).
(8.2)
Let n be an integer prime to char(k). We denote by ILn the group of nth roots of unity in ks with the natural r-action. Br(k) denotes the Brauer group of k; it may be identified with H2(r, k:) (see [Ja 80, § 4.7 and § 8.4]). If A is a central simple algebra of dimension n 2 over its center k, then its class [AJ has order dividing n in Br(k). We denote the subgroup of Br(k) of elements whose order divides n by nBr(k). The following facts are well known.
Proposition 8.1.1 Let n be prime to char(k). (i) Hl(k,lLn) ~ k*j(k*)n. (ii) H2(k,lLn) ~ nBr(k). Proof. We have an exact sequence
the third arrow being the n-th power map. This gives rise to a long exact sequence 1-+ Jtl(r,J.tn)
-+
HO(r,k:) ~ HO(r,k:)
-+
HI(r,lLn)
-+
HI(r,k:) ~
~ HI(r, k:) -+ H2(r, J.tn) -+ H2(r, k:) ~ H2(r, k:).
If A is a r-module, HO(r, A) is the subgroup of r-invariant elements in A, so HO(r,k:) = k*. By Hilbert's Theorem 90, HI(r,k:) = 1. Hence we find an exact sequence k* ~ k* -+ HI(r, ILn} -+ 1,
which implies (i). Since H2(r, k:) ~ Br(k), the last four terms of the long exact sequence yield the exact sequence
This implies (ii). The isomorphism of (i) can be made explicit. For a E k*, let an n-th root of a. The map
o
eE k: be (8.3)
is a I-cocycle of r with values in ILn whose cohomology class raj depends only on the coset a(k*)n. The map a(k*)n ~ [a) is an isomorphism k* j(k*)n ..:::. HI (k, ILn). We will consider this as an identification, so [a) stands for the I-cohomology class as well as for the class of a mod (k*)n in k* j(k*)n. As before, we assume that n is prime to char(k). Let ZjnZ be the cyclic group of order n with trivial r-action. If ILn C k, the r-action on it is trivial, so
8.1 Galois Cohomology
187
then J.tn ~ Z/nZ as a r-module. In that situation, choose a primitive n-th root of unity ( E k. Then we have an isomorphism (8.4) We identify Z/nZ ® Z/nZ with Z/nZ via the isomorphism
(i + nZ) ® (j + nZ)
1-+
ij
+ nZ.
(8.5)
Via the isomorphism of (8.4) this yields an isomorphism
-+
(8.6)
/l-n·
As the notation indicates, this isomorphism depends on (: if w is another primitive n-th root of unity and ( = wa , then
as is readily checked. We also obtain an isomorphism
-+
Z/nZ.
(8.7)
If w is as above, we have
xn
= a,
yn
= {3,
xyx- 1
= (y.
This is a central simple algebra over k of dimension n 2 • If a or (3 is an n-th power in k, then Ada, (3) is isomorphic to the matrix algebra Mn(k) (see [Mi, § 15, pp. 143-144]). Cyclic crossed products (see [AI 61, Ch. V], [ArNT, Ch. VIII, §§ 4 and 5] or [Ja 80, §§ 8.4 and 8.5]) of dimension n 2 over k can be viewed as cyclic algebras. For let l be a cyclic field extension of k of degree n, and let u be a generator of the Galois group Gal(l/k). We can write l = k("I) with "In = (3 E k*. Then u("I) = (y for some primitive n-th root of unity ( E k. For a E k*, the cyclic crossed product (l, u, a) is the vector space over l with basis 1, u, u 2 , ... ,un - 1 such that un = a and ue = u(e)u fore E l. Taking x = u and y = "I as generators, one sees that (l, u, a) = Ada, (3). The result in the following lemma is well-known, see e.g. [KMRT, p. 415]. For the convenience of the reader we sketch a proof. We first explain a notation. For a, (3 E k* we have their cohomology classes [a] and [f3] in Hl(k, /l-n) as defined by (8.3). The cup product [a] U (3]lies in H2(k,/l-n ® /l-n). The isomorphism ¢< of (8.6) induces an isomorphism of cohomology groups
¢( : H2(k, /l-n ® /l-n) sending [fJ to [4><
0
fJ·
-+
H2(k, /l-n),
188
8. Cohomological Invariants
Lemma 8.1.2 Assume that n is prime to char(k) and that J.Ln C k. Let a, {3 E k*, and let ( E k* be a primitive n-th root of unity. Then the class of Ada, {3) in Br(k) lies in nBr(k) and equals 4>,([a] U [{3l). Proof. A,(I, 1) ~ Mn(k) is generated by elements X and Y with relations xn = yn = 1 and XYX- 1 = (Y. Now A,(a,{3) is a k-form of A,(I, 1), that is, the ks-algebras ks ®k Ada, {3) and k, ®k A,(I, 1) are isomorphic. We give an explicit isomorphism of the former algebra onto the latter. Let ~,TJ E k, be n-th roots of a and {3, respectively. Then
= ~ ® X,
® x)
1JI(1
1JI(1
® y)
= TJ ® y,
defines such an isomorphism. The Galois group acts on k, ®k A,(a, {3) and on ks ®k A,(I, 1) via the first factor. For 0' E
r r, CtT
= 1JI 00' 0 1JI- 1 00'-1 = 1JI 0
tT1JI-l
is an automorphism of ks ®k Ad1, 1) ~ Mn(k,). It defines a noncommutative l-cocycle of in the automorphism group of k., ®k Adl, 1) (see [Se 64, Ch. I, § 5]); this automorphism group is isomorphic to PGLn(k,) by the SkolemNoether Theorem. Define functions a and bon with values in {O, 1, ... , n - I} by
r
r
Notice that a(O') + a(r) - a(ar) = 0 or n for a, r E r and similarly for b. A direct check shows that CtT is the inner automorphism Inn(gtT), where gtT
=
X-b(tT)ya(tT)
CtT,T"
=
gtTa(gT" )g;;}
(a E r).
Put
(a,r
E
r).
We compute this explicitly: CtT,T"
Since a(O') xn = yn whence
=
X-b(tT)ya(tT) X-b(T")ya(T")y-a(tTT") Xb(tTT")
=
(a(tT)b(T") X-b(tT)-b(T")y+a(tT)+a(T")-a(tTT") Xb(tTT").
+ a(r)
- a(ar)
= 0 or n
and similarly for b, and since further = 1,
= 1, we have y+a(tT)+a(T")-a(tTT) = 1 and X-b(tT)-b(T")+b(tTT) CCI,r -
/"a(tT)b(T)
~
(0', r
E
r).
This function C is a 2-cocycle of r with values in /Ln, and it is well known that its cohomology class in H2(k, /Ln) = nBr(k) is the class of A,(a, {3) (see [Sp 81, § 12.3.5 (1)] and [Se 64, Ch. I,§§ 5.6 and 5.7]). On the other hand, by (8.3) [a] = fI] with
r
r
8.2 An Invariant of Composition Algebras
189
(0' E r), and similarly for [,8] = [g]. By (8.1) the cup product is [a] U [,8] = [h] with
(O',r E r) .. Then 4>«[a] U [,8D =
[4>,0 h], and (4),0 h) (0', r)
= (O(o-)b(T).
This proves the Lemma.
o
Recall that 4>, as defined by (8.6) depends on the choice of (, hence so does 4>(. If w = (0 is another primitive n-th root of unity, then the class of Ada, (3) in the Brauer group equals a4>;:'([a] U [(3]). Only for n = 2 is the isomorphism 4>, canonical, viz., 4>-1. In that case A_l (a, (3) is a quaternion algebra, whose class in 2Br(k) is 4>~1 ([a] U [,8D; we simply write [a] U [{3] for this class in the sequel. For n = 3 we have a canonical isomorphism 4>, : /-L3 ® /-L3 -+ Z/3Z as in (8.7), since there is only one other root of unity besides (, viz., (2, and 4>,2 = 224>, = 4>,. Hence the class 4>(*([a] U [,8]) in H2(k,Z/3Z) is uniquely determined. By abuse of notation, we write [a] U [,8] for this class and call it "the cup product of [a] and [(3] in H2(k, Z/3Z)".
8.2 An Invariant of Composition Algebras The first cohomological invariant we deal with is an invariant of composition algebras. We will use a theorem of Merkuryev-Suslin [MeSu]. Let D be a division algebra with center k, of degree n over k. Assume n to be prime to char(k). Then the class [D] in the Brauer group of k is an element of H2(k, /-Ln). For a E k* denote by [a] its class in k* j(k*)n = H1(k,/-Ln). The cup product [a] U [D]lies in H3(k, f.Ln ® f.Ln).
Theorem 8.2.1 (Merkuryev-Suslin) Assume that n is prime to char(k) and not divisible by a square. Let a E k*, and let D be a division algebra with center k, of degree n over k. Then [a] U [D] = 0 if and only if a is the reduced norm of an element of D. For a proof, see [MeSu, 12.2]. The difficult part of the theorem is the "only if" part. We will need the theorem for n = 2,3. In these cases we have /-Ln ® /-Ln ~ Z/nZ (see the end of the previous section). Assume that char(k) :/: 2. Let C be a composition algebra of dimension 4 or 8. In C we choose an orthogonal basis of the form e, a, b, ab or e,a,b,ab,c,ac,bc, (ab)c as in Cor. 1.6.3. Recall that in the octonion case we
190
8. Cohomological Invariants
call such elements a, b, c a basic triple. If e is a quaternion algebra, it determines an element of order 1 or 2 in the Brauer group, so an element [e] E H2(k, '1../2'1..). Taking as generators a and b as above, we see that e is the cyclic algebra A_ I ( -N(a), -N(b)), so [e] equals the cup product [-N(a)] U [-N(b)] (see Lemma 8.1.2 and the remark following it). Hence that cup product is independent of the choice of the elements a and b that provide the orthogonal basis. Conversely, this cup product determines the class [e] in the Brauer group; since e is the only 4-dimensional algebra in its class, it is determined up to isomorphism by [-N(a)] U [-N(b)]. e is split if and only if [e] = 0, that is, if [-N(a)] U [-N(b)] = o. We now exhibit a similar invariant in the case that is an octonion algebra.
e
Theorem 8.2.2 Let e be an octonion algebra over k, with char(k) =f: 2, and let a, b, c be a basic triple in e. (i) The cup product (a, b, c) = [-N(a)] U [-N(b)] U [-N(c)] E H3(k, '1../2'1..) does not depend on the choice of the basic triple a, b, c. (ii) (a, b, c) = 0 if and only if e is split. Proof. Let D be the subalgebra of e with basis e, a, b, abo It is a quaternion algebra over k and [D] = [-N(a)] U [-N(b)]. This is 0 if and only if D is split, in which case e is also split. Assume that D is a division algebra. The element c is anisotropic and orthogonal to D. It follows from Prop. 1.5.1 that the class of N(c) modulo the group ND(D*) ofreduced norms of nonzero elements of D is uniquely determined. (Recall that the reduced norm of D coincides with the composition algebra norm N.) By the "if" part of Th. 8.2.1, (a,b,c) = (a,b,d) if the anisotropic elements c and d are both orthogonal to D. It also follows from Th. 8.2.1 that (a, b, c) = 0 if and only if -N(c) E ND(D*). Using Prop. 1.5.1 we see that this is so if and only if e is split. Now (ii) follows. If e is split (i) also follows. Assume that e is a division algebra. Let a', b', d be another basic triple; we have to prove that (a', b', d) = (a, b, c). Denote by D' the quaternion subalgebra generated by a' and b'. The 4-dimensional subspaces Dl. and D'l. of el. have an intersection of dimension ~ 1. Taking d =f: 0 in that intersection, we have
( a, b, c)
= (a, b, d) =
(d, a, b).
(Notice that the cup products are symmetric since the coefficient group is '1../2'1...) We have, similarly,
( a' , b' , d)
= (d, a', b' ).
Hence, in order to prove (i) we may assume that a = a'. Then a similar argument yields that we may assume that c = c', or by symmetry of the cup products, b = b'. But then we are in the case already dealt with. 0
8.3 An Invariant of Twisted Octonion Algebras
191
We write now (a, b, c) = 1(C). This is an invariant of the octonion algebra C, lying in H3(k,Z/2Z). In fact, I(C) completely characterizes the k-isomorphism class of C, see [Se 94, Th. 9]. In characteristic 2 there also exists a cohomological invariant that characterizes octonion algebras up to k-isomorphismj see [Se 94, § 10.3].
8.3 An Invariant of Twisted Octonion Algebras In this section we introduce an invariant of twisted octonion algebras, which will be used in the next section to obtain an invariant of Albert algebras. We first define it in a special case and will afterwards handle the general situation. From now on, all fields are assumed to have characteristic not 2 or 3. Let l be a cubic cyclic field extension of k and F a normal twisted octonion algebra over l. We assume that k contains the third roots of unity. There is o E k such that l = k(e) with = o. Fix a generator (7 of Gal(l/k) and a primitive third root of unity ( E k such that (7(e) = (e. We further assume that F is isotropic and we choose a E F with N(a) = 0 and T(a) = A 1= o. Decompose F with respect to a:
e
F
= la E9la * a E9 El(a) E9 E2(a)
(see §§ 4.5 and 4.9). Let D be the k-algebra generated by l and the transformation t with t 3 = -A that we introduced in the first paragraph of § 4.7. D is isomorphic to the cyclic crossed product (l, (7, - A) (see Lemma 4.7.1), so to the cyclic algebra A,( -A, 0). The class of D in 3Br(k) = H2(k, '1./3'1.) is [D] = [-A] U [0] (see Lemma 8.1.2 and the remark at the end of § 8.1). In Hl(k, '1./3'1.) = k* /(k*)3 we have [-A] = [A] = [T(a)], so by (8.2) we find [D] = -[0] U [T(a)]. Choose v E El(a) with T(v) 1= OJ the existence of such a v follows from Lemma 4.7.2. Consider the cup product g(a,v)
= [0] U [T(a)] U [T(v)] = -[D] U [T(v)]
E
H3(k, '1./3'1. ® '1./3'1.).
Identifying '1./3'1. ® '1./3'1. with '1./3'1. by the isomorphism of (8.5), we get g(a, v) in H3(k, '1./3'1.). If we replace v by another element w E El(a) with T(w) oF 0, T(v) gets replaced by T(v)v, where v is a nonzero reduced norm of an element of D, according to Lemma 4.7.6. This does not change the cup product [D] U [T(v)] by the "if" part ofTh. 8.2.1. Hence g(a, v) depends only on a, and we may write g(a) instead. In a similar way one sees that the cup product [0] U [T(a)] U [T(v ' )] with Vi E E2(a), T(v ' ) 1= 0, is independent of the particular choice of Vi. Lemma 8.3.1 There exists T(V)2.
Vi E
E2(a) with (v, Vi) = T(v) and T(v ' ) =
192
8. Cohomological Invariants
Proof. By Th. 4.6.2 we may assume that F = .r(V, t), with V = E1(a), V' = E2(a). We have the O'-linear map t of V with t(x) = x * a (x E V). Take v' = t(v) A t-1(v). By (4.76),
T(v)
= (v,t(v) AC1(v)} = {v,v'}.
Further, using (4.64) we see that
t'(v')
= C1(v) A v,
t,-l(V')
= v A t(v).
Using (4.70) we conclude that
t'(v') A t,-l(V')
= T(v)v,
whence by (4.76)
T(v')
= (t'(v') A t,-l(v'), v'} = T(v){ v, v'} = T(v)2. o
In Hl(k, '1../3'1..) ~ k* /(k*)3 we find
[T(v')]
= [T(v)2] = [T(V)-l] = -[T(v)].
Thus we have also:
= -[a] U [T(a)] U [T(v')] = [D] U [T(v')] for v' E E2(a), T(v') # o. g(a)
Now we are going to prove that g(a) is independent of the particular choice of a, and that it is zero if and only if F is reduced. Proposition 8.3.2 Assume that k contains third roots of unity, that l is a cubic cyclic extension of k and F an isotropic twisted octonion algebra over l. If a, bE F are isotropic with T(a)T(b) # 0, then g(a) = g(b). F is reduced if and only if g(a) = O.
Proof. If F is reduced, then there exist a nonzero v E El(a) and u E D such that T(v) = ND(u) by Th. 4.8.1. IfT(v) # 0, then
= -[D] U [T(v)] = -[D] U [ND(U)] = 0 by Th. 8.2.1. Assume now that T(v) = O. Pick Vo E Eo with T(vo) # o. By Lemma 4.7.6, T(v) = T(vo)ND(w) for some nonzero wED. Then ND(w) = g(a)
0, so D is not a division algebra. Hence D ~ M3 (k), so [D] = 0 and therefore g(a) = o. If, conversely, g(a) = 0, then T(v) E ND(D) by Th. 8.2.1. This implies by Th. 4.8.1 that F is reduced. Now assume that F is not reduced. Then D is a division algebra by Cor. 4.8.2, hence T(v) # 0 for all nonzero v E E2(a) by Lemma 4.7.6. First
r
i
8.3 An Invariant of Twisted Octonion Algebras
193
assume that a * b = O. By Lemma 4.9.2, E2(a) n El(b) i= O. Pick a nonzero v E E2(a)nEl(b)j then v is isotropic and T(v) i= O. According to Lemma 4.9.1, a E El(V) and bE E2(V). Then g(a)
= -[0] U [T(a)] U [T(v)] =
[0] U [T(v)] U [T(a)]
=g(v)
(by (8.2)) (since a E E 1 (v)).
Similarly, g(b) = g(v). Hence g(a) = g(b). Finally, let a * b = d i= O. By condition (ii) of Def. 4.1.1, d is isotropic, and by (4.4) and (4.6) we have b*d = d*a = O. According to what we already proved, g(b) = g(d) = g(a). 0 From the Proposition we see that g(a) is, in fact, an invariant of F. We denote it by g(F) or g(F, k). To define g(F, k) we assumed that k contains the third roots of unity and that F is isotropic. We now want to get rid of these restrictions and we also want to include nonnormal twisted octonion algebras. We first recall some results from Galois cohomology which we shall use. Let k, ks and A be as in the beginning of § 8.1. If m is a finite separable extension of k, the Galois group Gal(ks/m) is a subgroup of r = Gal(ks/k). The cohomology groups Hi(m, A) are defined and we have a restriction homomorphism Resm/k : Hi(k, A) -+ Hi(m, A) which is induced by the restriction of co cycles of Gal(ks/k) with values in A to the subgroup Gal(ks/m). If m/k is a Galois extension, the Galois group Gal(m/k) acts on Hi(m, A) (see [Se 64, Ch. I, p. 12-13]) and the image of Resm/k is fixed elementwise by Gal(m/k) ([loc.cit., p. 11]). If, moreover, the order of A is prime to the degree [m : k), then Resm/k defines an isomorphism of Hi(k, A) onto the subgroup of Gal(m/k)-invariant elements of Hi(m, A) (as follows from [CaEi, Cor. 9.2, p. 257]). m being arbitrary, let m' be a finite separable extension of m. Then Resm'/k
= Resm'/m o Resmlk .
Finally, Resmlk is compatible with cup products. Let now k be any field with char(k) i= 2,3, and let F be a twisted octonion algebra over a cubic field extension l of k. We shall define an invariant g(F) = g(F, k) of F, lying in H3(k, J.L3 ® J.L3) = H3(k, 7./37.) (for this identification see the end of § 8.1). We proceed in several steps. (a) F is an isotropic normal octonion algebra over l and (1'. We use the notations of the beginning of this section, but we do not assume that k contains the third roots of unity. D is defined as before. The class [D] now lies in H2(k,J.L3)' Choose again v E El(a) with T(v) i= O. We have [T(v)] E Hl(k, J.L3). Define g(F, k) to be the element -[D] U [T(v))
194
8. Cohomological Invariants
of H3(k, J.L3 ® J.L3) = H3(k,Z/3Z). We have to show that this is independent of choices. Let k' = k(J.L3) and put I' = k' ®k I, F' = I' ®l F. Then F' carries an obvious structure of normal twisted octonion algebra over l' and (1'. We have the invariant g(F', k') dealt with above, and it is clear that Resk, /k(g(F, k» = g(F', k'). To prove that g(F, k) is independent of choices, we use the injective homomorphism Reskl/ k to pass to k', over which field we have already proved independence (in Prop. 8.3.2). (b) Let F be as in (a) and let Fp. be an isotope of F (see § 4.1). We claim that g(Fp., k) = g(F, k). Fp. and F have the same underlying vector space and proportional quadratic forms. The cubic form of Fp. is NI/k(J.L)T, where T is the cubic form of F. An isotropic vector a for F can also serve for Fw The cyclic crossed product which it defines for Fp is (I, (1', -NI/k(J.L)A), which is isomorphic to D = (l, (1', -A) (the notations being as before). Since the space E} (a) is the same for F and Fp., we conclude that
g(Fp., k)
= -[DJ U[NI/k(J.L)T(v)J.
As NI/k(J.L) is a reduced norm of an element of D we conclude that g(Fp., k) = g(F, k), establishing our claim. (c) F is an arbitrary normal octonion algebra over I and (1'. We may assume that F is anisotropic. Replacing F by an isotope we may assume that we are in the situation of Case (A) in § 4.11. We then have the quadratic extension k} of k and the cyclic extension h = k1 ®k I of kt, whose Galois group is is generated by (1'. Moreover, we have the isotropic normal twisted composition algebra F1 over II and (1'. Then g(Ft, k 1) is defined. Denote again by T1 the nontrivial automorphism of kt/k. It acts on II and commutes with (1'. We have a T1-linear automorphism v of Fl. This can be viewed as an isomorphism of F1 onto the twisted algebra Tl (Ft) (Le., F1 with the scalar action of It twisted by T1). It follows that g(Ti (Ft), kt} = g(F1' kt}. But g(Tl(Ft),k1) = T1.g(Ft,kt). Hence g(F},kt} is fixed by Gal(kt/k) and there exists a unique g(F, k) E H3(k, 1./31.) with
g(Ft. k 1) = Resk1/dg(F, k». As in step (a), g(F, k) is independent of choices. Also, if F' is an isotope of F we have g(F', k) = g(F, k) (by step (b», (d) Let F be a normal twisted octonion algebra over I and (1'. The opposite FO of F is a normal twisted composition algebra over I and (1'2. It has the same underlying vector space and quadratic form as F, but its product x *0 y is the reversed product y * x (x, y E F). The cubic form of FO is the same as the form T of F. We claim that g(FO, k) = g(F, k). To show this we may perform quadratic extensions, to reduce to the situation that F is isotropic over k and J.L3 C k. Then choose a as before, with T(a) = A f:. O. The cyclic crossed product defined by a for FO is (I, (1'2, -A), which is isomorphic to the opposite D' of D = (l, (1', -A). Then
8.4 An Invariant of Albert Algebras
195
g(FO, k) = -[D'] U [T(v')] = [D] U [T(v')], where v' lies in the space like El(a) relative to FO and T(v') '" o. But from § 4.9 we see that this space coincides with the space E2(a) relative to F. Using Lemma 8.3.1, we conclude that g(~, k) = g(F, k), as claimed. (e) F is arbitrary. We may assume that F is nonnormal. Let k', l' and F' be as in Prop. 4.2.4. Then F' is a normal twisted octonion algebra over l' and (J. So g( F', k') is defined. T being the nontrivial automorphism of k' /k, we have the T-linear antiautomorphism u of F' of F'. This can be viewed as an isomorphism of the twisted algebra T(F') onto (F')o. Proceeding as in step (c) we see that T.g(F',k') = g((F')O,k'). By step (d) this equals g(F',k'). It follows that there exists a unique g(F, k) E H3(k, 71./371.) with g(F', k') = Res k , /k(g(F, k)). We have now defined g(F, k) for any twisted octonion algebra F. It follows from our constructions that this invariant can be defined in the following manner. Let m/k be a tower of quadratic extensions such that m contains third roots of unity and that Fm = m ®k F is an isotropic normal twisted octonion algebra. Let g(Fm, m) be as in Prop. 8.3.2. Then g(F, k) is the unique element of H3(k, 71./371.) such that
Resm/k(9(F, k)) = g(Fm, m). If m' /m is a finite tower of quadratic extensions, then it follows from the definitions that
Resm'/m(g(Fm,m)) = g(Fm"m'). From this one concludes that g(F, k) does not depend on the particular choice of m. By Th. 5.5.2 and Lemma 4.2.11, Fm is reduced if and only if F is so. Hence F is reduced if and only g(F, k) = o. Thus, g(F) is an invariant which detects whether F is reduced or not. The answer to the following question is not known: assuming that F is isotropic, is its isomorphism class uniquely determined by g(F)? This is related to a similar question for Albert algebrasj see the end of the next section.
8.4 An Invariant of Albert Algebras Let A be an Albert algebra over a field k, char(k) '" 2,3. We will attach to it an invariant g(A) E H 3 (k,71./371.). Consider a E A, a ¢ ke. If k[a] is not a cubic field extension of k, then we set ga(A) = OJ by Prop. 6.1.1, A is reduced in this case. Assume now that k[a] = l is a cubic field extension of k. As in § 6.2, we take F = l1. and make this a twisted octonion algebra over l. We define ga(A) = g(F).
196
8. Cohomological Invariants
It is obvious that this depends only on the field 1 and not on the particular choice of a in I. It is our purpose to show that it is even independent of I, in other words, that ga (A) is an invariant of A. By Prop. 8.3.2, g(F) = 0 if and only if F is reduced; by Th. 6.3.2, this is the case if and only if A is reduced. So, in particular, if F is reduced, g(F) does not depend on I. Assume now that A is a division algebra, so F is not reduced. We recall from Th. 5.5.2 that A is a division algebra if and only if the cubic form det does not represent 0 nontrivially over k, and according to Lemma 4.2.11 the property of a cubic form of not representing 0 nontrivially is not affected by quadratic extensions of the base field. We have seen in the previous section that g(F) is not affected either by quadratic extensions of k, so we may assume that /.L3 C k. Then a may be chosen in I such that a3 = a E k. By the Hamilton-Cayley equation (5.7) this is equivalent to Q(a) = (a,e) = 0 and det(a) = a. Moreover, I is a cyclic extension of k. As in § 8.3, we fix a third root of unity ( E k, and denote by u the unique generator of Gal(ljk) with u(a) = (a. Since ljk is cyclic, we may consider F as a normal twisted octonion algebra over I with a product which is u-linear in the first factor and u 2-linear in the second one. After another quadratic extension, if necessary, we may assume that the norm N of F is isotropic. Recall that the cubic form T associated with F does not represent zero nontrivially if F is not reduced (see Th. 4.1.10). We saw in the previous section that ga(A) = g(F) = [a] U [T(b)] U [T(c)], where b E F, b 1= 0 (and hence T(b) 1= 0), Q(b) = 0, and c E E1(b), c 1= o. This can also be written as
ga(A) = [det(a)] U [det(b)] U [det(c)], since T(x) = det(x) for x E F by (6.20). Recall from the previous section that we may replace c E E1(b) by a nonzero d E E2(b), provided we put a minus sign in front of the cup product:
ga(A) = -[det(a)] U [det(b)] U [det(d)]. The restriction to F of Q is related to N by Q(x) = TrI/k(N(x))
(x E F)
(see (6.7) or (6.17)). It follows that for an I-subspace of F the orthogonal complement with respect to ( , ) (the k-bilinear form associated with Q) coincides with the orthogonal complement with respect to N( , ) (the lbilinear form associated with N). From (6.22) we get that x *2 = x 2 if x E F, N(x) = O. The action of 1 on F is given by (6.3) and (6.2); recall that this action is denoted with a dot to distinguish it from the J-algebra product in A, so we write d.x for dEL and x E F. In particular, we have e.x = x, since (a, e) =
a.x = -2ax
(x E F),
o. All this together leads to the following conclusion.
(8.8)
r, 8.4 An Invariant of Albert Algebras
197
Lemma 8.4.1 E(b), the orthogonal complement oflbEf7lb*b in F with respect to N( , ), is the orthogonal complement in A with respect to ( , ) of
Eo(b) = ke $ ka $ ka 2 $ kb $ kab $ ka 2 b $ kb2 $ kab 2 $ ka2b2. Next we characterize El(b) and E 2(b) within E(b) in terms of the product in A.
Lemma 8.4.2 For i
= 1,2 we have
Proof. From (6.22) we know:
v * w + w * v = 2vw
(v,w E F, N(v,w)
= 0).
(8.9)
Replacing v by a. v we get
(a.v) * w + w * (a.v)
= 2(a.v)w
(v,w E F, N(v,w) =
0),
which can be written as
(a.(v * w) + (2a.(w * v) = 2(a.v)w
(v,w
E
F, N(v,w)
= 0).
(8.10)
0).
(8.11)
Similarly,
(2a.(v * w)
+ (a.(w * v) =
2v(a.w)
(v,w E F, N(v,w) =
By (4.55) and (4.56), El(b) = {w E Eo(b).L Ib*w = O}. Let wE El(b). From (8.9) we see that w * b = 2bw. From (8.10) and (8.11) with v replaced by b we obtain, using (8.8),
-4(2a(bw) = -4(ab)w, -4(a(bw) = -4b(aw), whence (ab)w = (b(aw) = (2a(bw). Conversely, let w E Eo(b).L satisfy (ab)w = (b(aw). From (8.11) and (8.8) we obtain
(2a.(b * w) + (a.(w * b) = -4b(aw) = -4(2(ab)w. On the other hand, we have by (8.10),
(a.(b * w)
+ (2a.(w * b) =
-4(ab)w.
Dividing this by ( and then subtracting it from the previous equation,we get «(2 _ l)a.(b * w) = o. Hence b * w = 0, so w E El(b). This proves the Lemma for El(b). The case of E2(b) is similar. 0
198
8. Cohomological Invariants
As we see from the proof, the condition (ab)w = (ib(aw) already suffices to characterize Ei(b), but for the application that follows it is convenient to have a condition in which a and b appear symmetrically. We now interchange the roles of a and b. Let I' = k[b], F' = k[b].l. We take the generator (7' of Gal(l' jk) such that (7'(b) = (2b, so we also interchange the roles of ( and (2. We have the subspaces E'(a), EHa) and E~(a) in F', and also Eo(a).
Lemma 8.4.3 El(b)
= E~(a).
Proof. Since a and b playa symmetric role in the set of generators of Eo(b) (see Lemma 8.4.1), Eo(a) = Eo(b) and hence E'(a) = E(b). Now the result follows from Lemma 8.4.2. 0 After these preparations we can prove that ga(A) is independent of the choice of a. Replacing k by a tower of quadratic extensions (which we are allowed to do) we may assume that
a E A, a ¢ ke, Q(a) = (a,e)
= OJ
c..L e, a, a2 , b, ab, a2 b, b2 , ab 2 , a2 b2 , c
bE k[a].l,b::l O,Q(b)
= OJ
::I 0, (ab)c = (b(ac).
The independence of ga(A) follows from the following theorem.
Theorem 8.4.4 Let A be an Albert division algebm over k and let a, b, c be as above. Then g(A) = [det(a)] U [det(b)] U [det(c)] is a nonzero element of H3(k, Zj3Z) that is independent of the particular
choice of the elements a, band c. Proof. Let a' E A satisfy the same conditions as a. We have to prove that ga(A) = ga' (A). After performing quadratic extensions we may assume that k contains the third roots of unity and that k[a] and k[a'] are cyclic over k. Choose an isotropic element b ::I 0 in A orthogonal to e, a, a2, a', (a')2 (which may require another quadratic extension of k). Pick a nonzero c E E~ (a). Then
gb(A)
= -[det(b)] U [det(a)] U [det(c)] = [det(a)] U [det(b)] U [det(c)]
= ga(A) Similarly, gb(A)
= ga' (A).
(by (8.2»)
(by Lemma 8.4.3).
Hence ga(A)
= ga' (A).
0
With the aid of [PeRa 96, § 4.2] and the results of the next section one can identify g(A) with plus or minus the Serre-Rost invariant. (Due to choices that have to be made, there is a sign ambiguity in the definition of the latter invariant, anyway.) J.-P. Serre has raised the question whether g(A) together with two invariants of A in H*(k,Zj2Z) characterizes A up to isomorphism (see [Se 94, § 9.4] or [PeRa 94, p. 205, Q. 1]).
r, 8.5 The Freudenthal-Tits Construction
199
8.5 The Freudenthal-Tits Construction In this section we briefly indicate how the decomposition of an Albert division algebra A into subspaces Eo(b), EI(b) and E2(b) is related to the PreudenthalTits construction (or first Tits construction) of A (see [Ja 68, Ch. IX,§ 12], [PeRa 94, p. 200], [PeRa 96, § 2.5] or [PeRa 97, § 6]). We continue to consider the situation of § 8.4, assuming that 11-3 C k. Let D again be the k-algebra generated by 1 and the transformation t with t 3 = -). that we introduced in the first paragraph of § 4.7. Since A is a division algebra F is not reduced, hence D is a division algebra by Cor. 4.8.2. Eo(b) is a 3-dimensional vector space over 1 = k[a], on which t acts a-linearly by
t(aibi) = a(a)ibi+1 = (ia i bi+1, with b3 = det (b). This provides Eo (b) with a structure of I-dimensional vector space over D. D acts on V = EI(b) as in § 4.7, which makes it a I-dimensional vector space over D. The opposite algebra D' acts on V' = E2(b) (see § 4.7). Since D' and D are anti-isomorphic by Lemma 4.7.5, E2(b) is also a I-dimensional vector space over D. Take ao = e, then Eo(b) = Dao. Pick al '" 0 in Eb then EI(b) = Dal' In E2(b) we take a2 = T(at}-lt(al)l\rl(al). By Lemma 8.3.1, T(a2) = T(al)-l and (aba2) = 1. Further, (ti(at},a2) = 0 for i = 1,2. We now have a decomposition A = Dao ED Dal ED Da2. Besides the reduced norm N v , we have on D the reduced trace Tv. Over the dual numbers k[c] (c '" 0, c2 = 0) one has
Nk [ej®k v (1
+ c1.£) = 1 + cTv(u),
so from Lemma 4.7.4 we get that Tv(~o
+ elt + ~2t2) = TrI/k(~O).
Put a = T(al)j then T(a2) = a-I. For u = ~o + ~lt + 6t2 let u' be as in Lemma 4.7.5 and put u = ~o a(~t)t+a2(e2)t2. A tedious but straightforward calculation, using the results of Chapter 7, yields that for z = d'"oao + dIal + d2a2 E A we have det(z) = Nv(do) + aNv(dt}
+ a-INv(d2) -
Tv(d od l d2).
(8.12)
This is precisely the cubic form that plays the role of det in the FreudenthalTits construction, also called first Tits construction (see[PeRa 94, (14)], [PeRa 96, § 2.5] or [PeRa 97, § 6]). Starting with a central simple 9-dimensional algebra Dover k and an element a E k* the construction produces a structure of Albert algebra on D ED D ED D, whose identity element is (1,0,0) and whose cubic form is given by (8.12). One can verify, using Prop. 5.9.4, that the Albert algebra obtained from our D and a is isomorphic to A.
200
8. Cohomological Invariants
8.6 Historical Notes The invariant of octonion algebras dealt with in § 8.2 stems from J.-P. Serre; see [Se 94, § 8 and§ 10.3]. The invariant mod 3 of Albert algebras in § 8.4 has been introduced by M. Rost [Ro], following a suggestion by Serre [Se 91]. H.P. Petersson and M.L. Racine gave a simpler proof for its existence [PeRa 96] and named it the Serre-Rost invariant. Their proof is valid in all characteristics except three, and in [PeRa 97J they show that with certain modifications their approach works in characteristic three as well. Our construction of the invariant of twisted octonion algebras in § 8.3 was inspired by the work of Petersson and Racine. It is, in fact, the Serre-Rost invariant in disguise. The approach to the Serre-Rost invariant via the twisted composition algebras, given here, works only in characteristic not two or three. It would be interesting to extend this to the remaining characteristics. What is nowadays usually called the first Tits construction is already found in H. Freudenthal's paper [Fr 59, § 26J for the special case that D is the 3 x 3 matrix algebra over the reals. This is why we use the name Freudenthal- Tits construction. J. Tits communicated the construction in its present general form and a second construction which is closely related to the first one to N. Jacobson, who published them in his book [Ja 68, Ch. IX, § 12J
References
[AI 58] A.A. Albert: A construction of exceptional Jordan division algebras. Ann. of Math. 67 (1958), 1-28. [AI61] A.A. Albert: Structure of Algebras. Amer. Math. Soc. ColI. Publ. 24. Providence, 1961. [AlJa] A.A. Albert and N. Jacobson: On reduced exceptional simple Jordan algebras. Ann. of Math. 66 (1957), 400-417. [Ar] E. Artin: Geometric Algebra. Interscience, New York, 1957, 1988. [ArNT] E. Artin, C.J. Nesbitt and R.M. Thrall: Rings with Minimum Condition. University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, 1944. [Ba] E. Bannow: Die Automorphismengruppen der Cayley-Zahlen. Abh. Math. Sem. Univ. Hamburg 13 (1940), 240-256. [BI] F. van der Blij: History of the octaves. Simon Stevin 34 (1961), 106-125. [BISp 59] F. van der Blij and T .A. Springer: The arithmetics of octaves and the group G 2 • Proc. Kon. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. A 62 (=Indag. Math. 21) (1959), 406-418. [BISp 60] F. van der Blij and T.A. Springer: Octaves and Triality. Nieuw Arch. Wisk. (3) 8 (1960), 158-169. [Bor] A. Borel: Linear Algebraic Groups. Benjamin, New York, Amsterdam, 1969. Second ed.: Graduate Texts in Math. 126. Springer, Berlin, New York etc., 1991. [Bour] N. Bourbaki: Groupes et Algebres de Lie, Chapitres 4, 5 et 6. Hermann, Paris, 1968, Seconde ed. Masson, Paris, 1981. [Br] K.S. Brown: Cohomology of Groups. Graduate Texts in Math. 87. Springer, Berlin, New York etc., 1982. rCa 14] E. Cartan: Les groupes reels simples, finis et continus. Ann. Sci. :Ecole Norm. Sup. (3) 31 (1914), 263-355. Oeuvres 1,1, 399-491. rCa 25] E. Cartan: Le principe de dualite et la theorie des groupes simples et semisimples. Bull. Sci. Math. 49 (1925), 361-374. ffiuvres 1,1, 555-568. [CaEi] H. Cartan and S. Eilenberg: Homological Algebra. Princeton University Press, Princeton, 1956. , [Che 35] C. Chevalley: Demonstration d'une hypothese de M. Artin. Abh. Math. Sem. Univ. Hamburg 11 (1935),73-75. [Che 54] C. Chevalley: The Algebraic Theory of Spinors. Columbia University Press, New York, 1954. Reprinted in: The Algebraic Theory of Spinors and Clifford Algebras. Collected Works, Vol. 2. Springer, Berlin, New York etc., 1997. [Che 55] C. Chevalley: Sur certains groupes simples. Tohoku Math. J. (2) 7 (1955), 14-66. [CheSch] C. Chevalley and R.D. Schafer: The exceptional simple Lie algebras F 4 and E6. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 36 (1950), 137-141. [De] V.B. Demyanov: On cubic forms in discretely valued fields. Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR (N.S.) 74 (1950), 889-891 (Russian).
202
References
[Di Ola] L.E. Dickson: Theory of linear groups in an arbitrary field. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1901), 363-394. Math. papers II, 43-74. [Di 01b] L.E. Dickson: A class of groups in an arbitrary realm connected with the configuration of 27 lines on a cubic surface. Quart. J. Pure Appl. Math. 33 (1901), 145-173. Math. papers V, 385-413. [Di 05] L.E. Dickson: A new system of simple groups. Math. Ann. 60 (1905), 400417. [Oi 08] L.E. Dickson: A class of groups in an arbitrary realm connected with the configuration of 27 lines on a cubic surface (second paper). Quart. J. Pure Appl. Math. 39 (1908), 205-209. Math. papers VI, 145-149. [Dieu] J. Oieudonne: La geometrie des groupes classiques. Ergebnisse der Math. und ihrer Grenzgebiete, Neue Folge, Band 5. Springer, Berlin etc., 1955, Second ed.1963. [Eb] H.-D. Ebbinghaus et al.: Zahlen. Grundwissen Math. 1. Springer, Berlin, New York etc., 1983. [Fr 51] H. Freudenthal: Oktaven, Ausnahmegruppen und Oktavengeometrie. Mimeogr. notes, Math. Inst. Utrecht, 1951, 1960. Reprinted in Geom. Oedicata 19 (1985), 7-63. [Fr 59] H. Freudenthal: Beziehungen der E7 und Es zur Oktavenebene. VIII. Proc. Kon. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. A 62 (=Indag. Math. 21) (1959),447-465. [Gre] M. Greenberg: Lectures on Forms in Many Variables. Benjamin, New York, Amsterdam, 1969. [Gro] H. Gross, Quadratic Forms in Infinite Dimensional Vector Spaces. Progress in Math. 1. Birkhauser, Boston, Basel etc., 1979. [Ho 78] G.M.D. Hogeweij: Ideals and Automorphisms of Almost-classical Lie Algebras. Dissertation, Utrecht University, 1978. [Ho 82] G.M.D. Hogeweij: Almost-classical Lie algebras. Proc. Kon. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. A 85 (=Indag. Math. 44) (1982),441-460. [Hu] J.E. Humphreys: Linear Algebraic Groups. Graduate Texts in Math. 21. Springer, Berlin, New York etc., 1975. [Ja 39] N. Jacobson: Cayley numbers and normal simple Lie algebras of type G. Duke Math. J. 5 (1939), 775-783. [Ja 58] N. Jacobson: Composition algebras and their automorphisms. Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo (2) 7 (1958), 55-80. [Ja 59] N. Jacobson: Some groups of transformations defined by Jordan algebras. I. J. Reine Angew. Math. 201 (1959), 178-195. [Ja 60] N. Jacobson: Some groups of transformations defined by Jordan algebras. II, Groups of type F 4. J. Reine Angew. Math. 204 (1960), 74-98. [Ja 61] N. Jacobson: Some groups of transformations defined by Jordan algebras. III, Groups of type E61. J. Reine Angew. Math. 207 (1961), 61-85. [Ja 62] N. Jacobson: Lie Algebras. Interscience, New York, 1962. [Ja 64a] N. Jacobson: Lectures in Abstract Algebra III - Theory of Fields and Galois Theory. D. Van Nostrand, Princeton etc., 1964. Second pro Graduate Texts in Math. 32. Springer, Berlin, New York etc., 1975. [Ja 64b] N. Jacobson: Triality and Lie algebras of type D4. Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo (2) 13 (1964), 129-153. [Ja 68] N. Jacobson: Structure and Representations of Jordan Algebras. Amer. Math. Soc. ColI. Publ. 39. Providence, 1968. [Ja 69] N. Jacobson: Lectures on Quadratic Jordan Algebras. Tata Institute of Fundamental Research, Bombay, 1969. [Ja 71] N. Jacobson: Exceptional Lie Algebras. Lecture Notes in Pure and Applied Mathematics, Vol. 1. Marcel Dekker, New York, 1971.
References
203
[Ja 74] N. Jacobson: Basic Algebra I. Freeman, San Francisco, 1974, Second ed. Freeman, New York, 1985. [Ja 80] N. Jacobson: Basic Algebra II. Freeman, San Francisco, 1980, Second ed. Freeman, New York, 1989. [Ja 81] N. Jacobson: Structure Theory of Jordan Algebras. The Univ. of Arkansas Lecture Notes in Math., Vol. 5. Fayetteville, 1981. [Jo 32] P. Jordan: Uber eine Klasse nichtassoziativer hyperkomplexer Algebren. Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen (1932), 569-575. [Jo 33] P. Jordan: Uber Verallgemeinerungsmoglichkeiten des Formalismus der Quantenmechanik. Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen (1933), 209-214. [JoNW] P. Jordan, J. von Neumann and E. Wigner: On an algebraic generalization of the quantum mechanical formalism. Ann. of Math. (2) 36 (1934), 29-64. [KMRT] M.-A. Knus, A. Merkurjev, M. Rost, J.-P. Tignol, The Book of Involutions, Amer. Math. Soc. ColI. Publ. 44. Providence, 1998. [Lam] T.Y. Lam: The Algebraic Theory of Quadratic Forms. Benjamin, Reading, Mass., 1973. [Lang] S. Lang: Algebra. Addison Wesley, Reading, Mass. etc., 1965. [Le] D.J. Lewis: Cubic homogeneous polynomials over p-adic number fields. Ann. of Math. 56 (1952), 473-478. [McC] K. McCrimmon: A general theory of Jordan rings. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 56 (1966), 1072-1079. [MeSu] A.S. Merkuryev and A.A. Suslin: K-cohomology of Severi-Brauer varieties and the norm residue homomorphism. Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 46 (1982), 10111046 (Russian). English translation: Math. USSR Izv. 21 (1983),307-340. [Mi] J. Milnor, Introduction to Algebraic K-theory. Annals of Math. Studies Nr. 72. Princeton University Press, Princeton, 1971. [O'M] O.T. O'Meara: Introduction to Quadratic Forms. Grundlehren math. Wissenschaften 117. Springer, Berlin, New York etc., 1963. [PeRa 94] H.P. Petersson and M.L. Racine: Albert algebras. In: W. Kaup, K. McCrimmon and H.P. Petersson (ed.): Jordan Algebras (Proc. Conf. Oberwolfach, August 9-15, 1992), pp. 197-207. W. de Gruyter, Berlin, New York, 1994. [PeRa 96] H.P. Petersson and M.L. Racine: An elementary approach to the SerreRost invariant of Albert algebras. Indag. Math., N.S., 7 (1996), 343-365. [PeRa 97] H.P. Petersson and M.L. Racine: The Serre-Rost invariant of Albert algebras in characteristic three. Indag. Math., N.S., 8 (1997), 543-548. [Ro] M. Rost: A mod 3 invariant for exceptional Jordan algebras. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris Ser. I Math. 315 (1991), 823-827. [Schaf] R.D. Schafer: An Introducion to Nonassociative Algebras. Academic Press, New York, London, 1966. [Schar] W. Scharlau: Quadratic and Hermitian Forms. Springer, Berlin, New York etc., 1985. [Se 64] J.-P. Serre: Cohomologie Galoisienne. Lecture Notes in Math. 5. Springer, Berlin etc., 1964; 5-e ed. 1994. English translation, Galois Cohomology, with new material and an Appendix added, 1997. [Se 70] J.-P. Serre: Cours d'arithmetique. Presses Universitaires de France, Paris, 1970. [Se 73] J.-P. Serre: A Course in Arithmetic. (English translation of [Se 70].) Graduate Texts in Math. 7. Springer, New York etc., 1973. [Se 91] J.-P. Serre: Resume des cours de l'annee 1990-91. Annuaire du College de France (1991), 111-121. [Se 94] J.-P. Serre: Cohomologie galoisienne: progres et problemes. Sem. Bourbaki, no. 783, 1994. Asterisque 227 (1995), 229-257.
204
References
[Sp 52J T.A. Springer: Sur les formes quadratiques d'indice zero. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 234 (1952), 1517-1519. [Sp 55] T.A. Springer: Some properties of cubic forms over fields with a discrete valuation. Proc. Kon. Nederl. Akael. Wetensch. A 58 (=Indag. Math. 17) (1955), 512-516. [Sp 59] T.A. Springer: On a class of Jordan algebras. Proc. Kon. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. A 62 (=Indag. Math. 21) (1959), 254-264. [Sp 63] T.A. Springer: Oktaven, Jordan-Algebren und Ausnahmegruppen. Vorlesungsausarbeitung von P. Eysenbach. Mimeogr. notes, Math. Inst. Gottingen, 1963. [Sp 73J T .A. Springer: Jordan Algebras and Algebraic Groups. Ergebnisse der Math. und ihrer Grenzgebiete, Band 75. Springer, Berlin, New York etc., 1973. [Sp 81] T.A. Springer: Linear Algebraic Groups. Progress in Math., Vol. 9. Birkhauser, Boston,Basel etc., 1981, second ed., 1998. [Steil R. Steinberg, Lectures on ChevalIey Groups. Mimeogr. notes, Yale University Math. Dept., 1967. [Stu] E. Study: Grundlagen und Ziele der analytischen Kinematik. Sitzungsber. Berliner Math. Ges. 12 (1913), 36-60. [Ti] J. Tits: Classification of algebraic semisimple groups. In: A. Borel and G.D. Mostow (eds): Algebraic Groups and Discontinuous Subgroups, pp. 33-62. Amer. Math. Soc. Proc. of Symposia in Pure Math., Vol. 9. Providence, R.I., 1966. [VaJ F. Vaney: Le paralIelisme absolu dans les espaces elliptiques reels a 3 et a 7 dimensions et Ie principe de trialite. These, Paris, 1929. [Weill A. Weil: Basic Number Theory. Grundlehren math. Wissenschaften, Band 144. Springer, Berlin, New York etc., 1967, Third ed. 1974. [Weiss] E.A. Weiss: Oktaven, Engelscher Komplex, Trialitatsprinzip. Math. Z. 44 (1938), 580-611. [Zo 31] M. Zorn: Theorie der alternativen Ringe. Abh. Math. Sem. Univ. Hamburg 8 (1931), 123-147. [Zo 33J M. Zorn: Alternativkorper und quadratische Systeme. Abh. Math. Sem. Univ. Hamburg 9 (1933), 395-402.
r Index
u-isometric, 3 u-isometry, 3 u-similar, 3 u-similarity, 3 u-isomorphism of composition algebras, 4
Albert algebra, 118 Albert algebra, nonreduced, 162 Albert division algebra, 162 Algebra associated with a twisted composition algebra, J-, 169 Algebra of quadratic type, 162 Algebra, Albert, 118 Algebra, Albert division, 162 Algebra, alternative, 11 Algebra, Clifford, 38 Algebra, composition, 4 Algebra, composition division, 18 Algebra, even Clifford, 39 Algebra, istropic twisted composition, 95 Algebra, J-, 118 Algebra, J- - of quadratic type, 130 Algebra, J-division, 162 Algebra, Jordan, 122 Algebra, Jordan - of a quadratic form, 130 Algebra, nonreduced Albert, 162 Algebra, nonreduced proper J-, 162 Algebra, normal twisted composition, 70 Algebra, normal twisted octonion, 72 Algebra, octonion, 14 Algebra, opposite, 104 Algebra, proper J-, 140 Algebra, quaternion, 14 Algebra, reduced J-, 125 Algebra, reduced normal twisted composition, 73 Algebra, split composition, 19 Algebra, split octonion, 19
Algebra, split quaternion, 19 Algebra, twisted composition, 79 Algebra, twisted composition - over a split cubic extension, 90 Algebra, twisted octonion, 83 Algebra,cyclic, 187 Algebraic triality, 37 Alternative algebra, 11 Alternative laws, 10 Anisotropic quadratic form, 2 Anisotropic subspace, 2 Anisotropic vector, 2 Associated composition algebra, 145 Associative, power, 6 Associator, 11 Basic triple, 15 Basis, standard orthogonal, 15 Basis, standard symplectic, 15 Basis, symplectic, 15 Bilinear form associated with a quadratic form, 1 Bilinear form, nondegenerate, 2 Center of a composition algebra, 20 Center of an orthogonal transvection, 3 Characteristic polynomial, 120 Clifford algebra, 38 Clifford algebra, even, 39 Clifford group, 39 Clifford group, even, 39 Composition algebra, 4 Composition algebra associated with a proper reduced J-algebra, 145 Composition algebra, isotropic twisted, 95 Composition algebra, normal twisted, 70 Composition algebra, reduced normal twisted,73 Composition algebra, split, 19 Composition algebra, twisted, 79
206
Index
Composition division algebra, 18 Composition subalgebra, 4 Conjugate, 7 Conjugation in a composition algebra, 7
Construction, first Tits, 199 Construction, Freudenthal-Tits, 199 Contragredient linear transformation, 180 Cross product, 122 Crossed product, 102 Cyclic algebra, 187 Derivation, 33 det, 119 Determinant function, 120 Determinant of a J-algebra, 120 Determinant of a semilinear transformation, 100 Division algebra, Albert, 162 Division algebra, composition, 18 Division algebra, J-, 162 Doubling a composition algebra, 13 Equivalent quadratic forms, 3 Even Clifford algebra, 39 Even Clifford group, 39 Field, reducing, 161 First form of triality, 45 First Tits construction, 199 Freudenthal-Tits construction, 199 Galois group, 90 Geometric triality, 37 Group, Clifford, 39 Group, even Clifford, 39 Group, Galois, 90 Group, norm one, 26 Group, orthogonal, 3 Group, projective similarity, 47 Group, projective special similarity, 47 Group, reduced orthogonal, 40 Group, rotation, 3 Group, rotation (in characteristic 2), 28 Group, special orthogonal, 3 Group, special similarity, 42 Group, spin, 40 Half space, 126 Hamilton-Cayley equation, 119 Hyperbolic plane, 3 Idempotent, 123
Idempotent, primitive, 124 Identities, Moufang, 9, 10 Identity, Jordan, 121 Improper similarity, 45 Index, 3 Inner product, 118 Inner product on a composition algebra, 4
Inverse in a J-algebra, 125 Inverse in a nonassociative algebra, 8 Inverse, J-, 125 Involution, 85 Involution, main, 39 Isometric, 3 Isometric, 0'-, 3 Isometry, 3 Isometry, 0'-, 3 Isomorphism of composition algebras, 4 Isomorphism of composition algebras, 0'-,4
Isomorphism of composition algebras, linear, 4 Isomorphism of J-algebras, 118 Isomorphism of normal twisted composition algebras, 70 Isomorphism of twisted composition algebras, 80 Isotopic J-algebras, 158 Isotopic normal twisted composition algebras, 70 Isotropic quadratic form, 2 Isotropic subspace, 2 Isotropic subspace, totally, 2 Isotropic twisted composition algebra, 95 Isotropic vector, 2 J-algebra, 118 J-algebra associated with a twisted composition algebra, 169 J-algebra of quadratic type, 130, 162 J-algebra, proper, 140 J-algebra, proper nonreduced, 162 J-algebra, reduced, 125 J-division algebra, 162 J-inverse, 125 J-subalgebra, 118 Jordan algebra, 122 Jordan algebra of a quadratic form, 130 Jordan identity, 121 Linear isomorphism of composition algebras, 4
Index Linearizing an equation, 5 Local multiplier, 51 Local similarity, 51 Local triality, 37, 53 Main involution, 39 Moufang identities, 9, 10 Multiplier, 3 Multiplier of a similarity, 38 Multiplier, local, 51 Nondefective quadratic form, 2 Nondegenerate bilinear form, 2 Nondegenerate quadratic form, 2 Nonnormal twisted composition algebra, normal extension, 83 Nonreduced Albert algebra, 162 Nonsingular subspace, 2 Nonsingular subspace of a composition algebra, 4 Norm class, 149 Norm class of a primitive idempotent, 149 Norm of a J-algebra, 118 Norm of a nonnormal twisted composition algebra, 79 Norm of a normal twisted composition algebra, 70 Norm on a composition algebra, 4 Norm one group, 26 Norm, reduced, 103 Norm, spinor, 40 Normal extension of a nonnormal twisted composition algebra, 83 Normal twisted composition algebra, 70 Normal twisted composition algebra, reduced, 73 Normal twisted octonion algebra, 72 Octonion, 14 Octonion algebra, 14 Octonion algebra, normal twisted, 72 Octonion algebra, split, 19 Octonion algebra, twisted, 83 Opposite algebra, 104 Orthogonal, 2 Orthogonal complement, 2 Orthogonal group, 3 Orthogonal group, reduced, 40 Orthogonal group, special, 3 Orthogonal transformation, 3 Orthogonal transvection, 3 Power associative, 6
207
Power of an element, 6 Primitive idempotent, 124 Product, cross, 122 Product, inner, 118 Projective similarity group, 47 Projective special similarity group, 47 Proper J-algebra, 140 Proper nonreduced J-algebra, 162 Proper similarity, 45 Quadratic form, 1 Quadratic form, anisotropic, 2 Quadratic form, associated bilinear form, 1 Quadratic form, isotropic, 2 Quadratic form, nondefective, 2 Quadratic form, nondegenerate, 2 Quadratic forms, equivalent, 3 Quadratic type, J-algebra of, 130, 162 Quaternion, 14 Quaternion algebra, 14 Quaternion algebra, split, 19 Radical of a quadratic form, 2 Reduced J-algebra, 125 Reduced norm, 103 Reduced normal twisted composition algebra, 73 Reduced orthogonal group, 40 Reduced trace, 199 Reduced twisted composition algebra,
86 Reducing field of a J-algebra, 161 Reflection, 3 Related triple of local similarities, 55 Related triple of similarities, 45 Rotation, 3 Rotation (in characteristic 2), 28 Rotation group, 3 Rotation group (in characteristic 2), 28 Second form of triality, 45 Semilinear transformation, determinant of a, 100 Similar, 3 Similar, (1-, 3 Similarity, 3 Similarity group, 38 Similarity group, projective, 47 Similarity group, projective special, 47 Similarity group, special, 42 Similarity, (1-, 3 Similarity, improper, 45
208
Index
Similarity, local, 51 Similarity, proper, 45 Skolem-Noether Theorem, 26 Special (A, ~)-pair, 17 Special orthogonal group, 3 Special pair, 17 Special similarity group, 42 Special similarity group, projective, 47 Spin group, 40 Spinor norm, 40 Split composition algebra, 19 Split cubic extension, 90 Split octonion algebra, 19 Split quaternion algebra, 19 Square class, 38 Squaring operation in a twisted composition algebra, 79 Standard orthogonal basis, 15 Standard symplectic basis, 15 Subalgebra of a composition algebra, 4 Subalgebra of a nonassociative algebra, 6,122 Subalgebra, composition, 4 Subalgebra, J-, 118 Symmetric trilinear form associated with det, 120 Symplectic basis, 15
Triality, 42 Triality, algebraic, 37 Triality, first form of, 45 Triality, geometric, 37 Triality, local, 37, 53 Triality, second form of, 45 Trilinear form associated with det, symmetric, 120 Triple, basic, 15 Triple, related - of local similarities, 55 Triple, related - of similarities, 45 Twisted composition algebra, 79 Twisted composition algebra over a split cubic extension, 90 Twisted composition algebra, isotropic, 95 Twisted composition algebra, normal, 70 Twisted composition algebra, reduced, 86 Twisted composition algebra, reduced normal,73 Twisted octonion algebra, 83 Twisted octonion algebra, normal, 72
Tits construction, first, 199 Totally isotropic subspace, 2 1race, reduced, 199 1ransvection, orthogonal, 3
Witt index, 3 Witt's Theorem, 3
Printing: Weihert-Druck GmbH, Darmstadt Binding: Buchbinderei Schliffer, Griinstadt
Vector matrices, 19
Zero space, 126
T. A. SPRINGER' F. D. VELDKAMP
Octonions, Jordan Algebras and Exceptional Groups
The 1963 Gottingen notes of T. A. Springer are well-known in the field but have been unavailable for some time. This book is a translation of those notes, completely updated and revised. The part of the book dealing with the algebraic structures is on a fairly elementary level, presupposing basic results from algebra. In the group-theoretical part use is made of some results from the theory of linear algebraic groups. The book will be useful to mathematicians interested in octonion algebras and Albert algebras, or in exceptional groups. It is suitable for use in a graduate course in algebra.
World Mathematical Year
IS B N
3-540-66337-1
II I
9 783540 663379
http://www.springer.de